Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
55 results
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| a | rarely an expletive (see a-kupya-, a-pūpa-). According to  , the accent may be optionally either on the first or last syllable in certain compounds formed with a- (as /a-tīkṣṇa-or a-tīkṣṇ/a-, /a-śuci-or a-śuc/i-, /an-anna-or an-ann/a-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| a | see also /a-tūrta- and a-t/ūrta-, /a-bhinna- and a-bhinn/a-, etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhigrasta | mfn. equals abhi-panna- (overcome)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisaṃyatta | mfn. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhitṛd | -tṛṇatti- (Imper. 2. sg. -tṛndhi-[for tṛnd-dhi-]; Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. -t/ardas- ) to burst open, open, procure (waters) by bursting (the clouds) or by boring (id est digging a well) etc. ; to procure (v/ājam-, v/ājān-, g/āḥ-, gandharv/am-) ; annā etc.: Desiderative (subjunctive 3. plural -t/itṛtsān-) to try to open  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ācañcala | mfn. moving slowly to and fro,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| acchinnapattra | mf(ā-)n. (/acchinna--) (said of goddesses, of a bird, of an altar shaped like a bird) , having the wings uncurtailed, uninjured  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ahicchattra | m. the plant Odina Pennata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| akilina | mfn. (for a-- klinna-) not moist or wet,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākuḍmalīkṛta | mfn. half expanded, | ||||||
| |||||||
| amṛtodbhava | n. equals amṛt/otpanna- n. q.v  | ||||||
| |||||||
| amṛtopama | n. equals amṛt/otpanna- n. q.v | ||||||
| |||||||
| anākālabhṛta | m. a slave who became so voluntarily to avoid starvation in a time of scarcity (also spelt annākāla-bhṛta-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṇḍa | a pinnacle or cupola,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anisarga | mfn. unnatural, unnaturally affected.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānna | mfn. (fr. anna-), having food, one who gets food  | ||||||
| |||||||
| annāda | mf(/ī-, ā-)n. Superl. of the fem. annā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| annajīvana | (/anna--) mfn. living by food | ||||||
| |||||||
| annakāma | (/anna--) mfn. desirous of food | ||||||
| |||||||
| annapati | (/anna--) m. the lord of food, Name of savitṛ-, agni-, śiva-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| annapatya | (/anna--) n. the lordship over food | ||||||
| |||||||
| annatejas | (/anna--) mfn. having the vigour of food | ||||||
| |||||||
| annavat | (/anna--) mfn. Ved. possessed of food | ||||||
| |||||||
| antarjāta | mfn. inborn, inbred, innate.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anudātta | mfn. accentless, having the neutral general tone neither high nor low (id est both the grave or non-elevated accent explained by pāṇini- as sannatara- q.v - which immediately precedes the udātta-, and also the general accentless, neutral tone, neither high nor low, explained as eka-śruti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apannada | mfn. equals /a-panna-dat- q.v  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āśīrukti | f. benediction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| askannatva | (/a-skanna--) n. the not being spilt  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asvabhāva | m. unnatural or unusual character or temperament  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aśvadhāṭī | f. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem by jagannātha- paṇḍita-rāja-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātṛṇṇa | mfn. wounded (varia lectio /ā-tunna- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aurasa | mf(ī-)n. innate, own, produced by one's self  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avaghuṣṭa | mfn. "proclaimed aloud", offered publicly (as food) (see ghuṣṭā | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvartinī | f. Name of the plant Odina Pinnata etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avasanna | mfn. (opposed to ut-sanna-) deep (as a wound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avyavacchinnam | ind. or in compound avyavaccihinna-- ([ ]) uninterruptedly.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahalāṅga | m. Odina Pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahugandha | n. cinnamon | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahupralāpitā | f. () equals -bhāṣin-, ṣi-tā-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bālamūlikā | f. Hibiscus Cannabinus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bastaśṛṅgī | f. Odina Pinnata | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagīrathakanyā | f. "daughter of bhagī-ratha-", Name of gaṅgā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāminīvilāsa | m. Name of a poem by jagannātha- paṇḍita-rāja- (the 1st chapter contains allegorical precepts, the 2nd amatory subjects, the 3rd an elegy on a wife's death, the 4th teaches that consolation is only attainable through worshipping kṛṣṇa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgā | f. hemp (Cannabis Sativa) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhavya | mfn. gracious, favourable (equals prasanna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhikṣānna | (kṣā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhindu | bhinna- etc. See column 1.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhinna | mfn. equals bhinna-karaṭa- | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūtamātrā | f. the 10 primary objects (viz. vāc-, gandha-, rūpa-, śabda-, anna-rasa-, karman-, sukha-duḥkhe-, ānanda-or rati-or prajāti-, ityā-, manas-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakrabālā | f. Hibiscus cannabinus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakraśreṇī | f. Odina pinnata (bearing a curved fruit) | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakrībhū | to be made circular or bent (a bow) | ||||||
| |||||||
| cakṣurbahala | m. Odina pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| camatkṛ | to express astonishment ; to produce astonishment  | ||||||
| |||||||
| camūcara | m. a warrior , | ||||||
| |||||||
| camūrudṛś | f. an antelope-eyed woman ( iv, 3/4) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| caṇḍamarīci | m. equals -kara-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cāndana | mf(ī-)n. consisting of sandal-wood (cand-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| candramukuṭa | m. "moon-crested", śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| candrāya | Nom. yati-, yate-, to represent or resemble the moon ; (perfect tense Passive voice parasmE-pada yita- n. impersonal or used impersonally) | ||||||
| |||||||
| candropala | m. the moon-stone (candra-kānta-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| cāpādhiropa | m. stringing and bending a bow  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caramācala | m. equals ma-giri-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| carmānurañjana | n. "skin-colouring", white cinnabar | ||||||
| |||||||
| cāturī | f. (equals rya- ) dexterity, cleverness | ||||||
| |||||||
| catuṣka | n. a quadrangular courtyard (used for receiving guests) (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chaṭā | f. a mass, lump, assemblage, number  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chid | cl.7. chin/atti-, chintte- (imperative n/attu-;2. sg. ndh/i-[ confer, compare ];2. dual number nt/am-; subjunctive 1. sg. n/adai-; Potential ndet- ; cl.9. 1. sg. chinnāmi- ; imperfect tense 2. sg. achinad-,or nas- ; perfect tense ciccheda-, cchide-; parasmE-pada cchidvas-, ; Aorist acchidat-or acchaitsīt-[ subjunctive ch- etc.] ;2. sg. chitsi- ;1. plural chedma- ; A1. acchitta-and 2. sg. tthās-[ subjunctive ch- ], on ; future chetsyati-, ; ind.p. chittvā- infinitive mood chettum-; Passive voice chidyate-; See /a-cchidyamāna-; Aorist /acchedi-and chedi- ) to cut off, amputate, cut through, hew, chop, split, pierce etc. ; to divide, separate from (ablative;exceptionally instrumental case ) ; to destroy, annihilate, efface, blot out etc. ; (in mathematics) to divide : Passive voice to be split or cut, break : Causal chedayati- (Aorist acicchidat-) to cut off. ; to cause to cut off or through : Desiderative See cicchitsu- : Intensive cecchidīti- (), dyate- ( Va1rtt. 2 ) ; future Ist ditā-, Va1rtt. 2 ; ([ confer, compare , etc.; Latin scindo; Gothic skeida.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chinna | mfn. disturbed (kiṃ naś chinnam-,"what is there in this to disturb us?"there is nothing to care about ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| chinnama | m. Name of a poet (vv.ll. nnapa-, chittapa-) (chitrama- edition)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chinnapattrī | f. "having divided leaves", Hibiscus cannabinus | ||||||
| |||||||
| chinnataraka | mfn. (Comparative degree) equals chinnaka-tara-, vArttika 1 and 2 | ||||||
| |||||||
| cīna | m. Panicum miliaceum (also cinna- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| citrapuṣpī | f. "variegated-blossomed", Hibiscus cannabinus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| citraudana | mn. trā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| citrīya | Nom. yate- () to be surprised ; () to cause surprise (see ati--). | ||||||
| |||||||
| coca | n. the bark of cinnamon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cocaka | n. the bark of cinnamon | ||||||
| |||||||
| cora | m. Name of a poet  | ||||||
| |||||||
| da | mf(ā-)n. () giving, granting, offering, effecting, producing (exempli gratia, 'for example' abhī; gaja-vāji-vṛddhi--,"promoting the welfare of elephants and horses") etc. (see agni--; a-doma-d/a-; anna--, artha--, garbha--, janma--etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| da | equals d/at- see a-panna--, panna-- | ||||||
| |||||||
| dadhyac | -anna-, etc. See above.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dah | cl.1.P. dahati- (Epic also A1.; parasmE-pada d/ahati- imperfect tense /adahat-; Aorist adhāk- ; 1 . sg. kṣam- ;3. plural kskur- ; subjunctive dhāk- ;2. sg. dhakṣi-, ; parasmE-pada dh/akṣat-[also Nominal verb m.], d/ahṣat-, ; future dhakṣyati-[ ] [ Potential dhakṣyet-, ] etc.; dahiṣy-, ; infinitive mood dagdhum-) to burn, consume by fire, scorch, roast etc. ; to cauterise ; to consume, destroy completely etc. ; to torment, torture, pain, distress, disturb, grieve etc.: Passive voice dahyate- (ti- ) ; to be burnt, burn, be in flames etc. ; to be consumed by fire or destroyed ; to be inflamed (a wound) ; to be consumed by internal heat or grief, suffer pain, be distressed or vexed etc. ; Causal dāhayati- to burn or be burned etc. ; to cause to be cooked (Aorist plural adīdahan-): Desiderative didhakṣati- (confer, compare kṣā-, kṣu-) to be about to burn or consume or destroy (parasmE-pada kṣamāṇa-): Desiderative Causal (parasmE-pada kṣayat-) to cause any one to make efforts to burn : Intensive dandahīti-, hyate- () to burn or destroy completely (imperative dagdhi-) ; A1. to be burnt completely [ confer, compare Lithuanian degu4,"I am hot"; Gothic dag-s; Old German ta1h-t,"a wick"]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daivadatta | mfn. (for 2.See 2. daiva-) given by fate or fortune, innate, natural,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dala | n. cinnamon leaf.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dālbhyāyana | m. Name (also title or epithet) of a teacher,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dambholi | m. indra-'s thunderbolt  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daṇḍaka | n. equals kā (plural)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dantapattra | Nom. ttrati- to represent that ear-ring | ||||||
| |||||||
| dārusitā | f. cinnamon in sticks  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daśanavasana | n. equals -cchada-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| davadahana | m. the fire in a burning forest (naka-, ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dehodbhava | mfn. born in the body, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| dehodbhūta | mfn. born in the body, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhārājala | n. blood dripping from the edge of a sword  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhārāmbhas | (rā | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhārāñcala | (rā | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhavalaya | Nom. P. yati-, to make white illuminate ,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhvajocchrāya | m. equals jo  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dīrghakūraka | n. "long rice", a kind of rice (equals rājā | ||||||
| |||||||
| dīrghapallava | m. "having long shoots or tendrils", Cannabis Sativa or Crotolaria Juncea  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dīrghaphala | m. Odina Pennata | ||||||
| |||||||
| divaukaḥpati | m. Name of indra-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛḍha | mfn. whole, complete (opp. to bhinna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛḍhavalkā | f. Hibiscus Cannabinus | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛgañcala | m. a sidelong glance (see nayanā | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛganta | m. the outer corner of the eye | ||||||
| |||||||
| durantaparyanta | mfn. having a bad end  | ||||||
| |||||||
| duravalepa | m. disagreeable arrogance | ||||||
| |||||||
| durmaraṇa | () () n. any violent or unnatural death.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| durmaratva | () n. any violent or unnatural death. | ||||||
| |||||||
| durvigāha | mfn. difficult, dangerous (also -vigāhya- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvividhā | ind. in 2 parts or ways (vibhinna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| eṇīdṛś | mfn. deer-eyed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gam | Ved. cl.1 P. g/amati- (; subjunctive gamam-, g/amat-[ gamātas-, gamātha- ], gamāma-, gaman- ; Potential gam/ema- ; infinitive mood g/amadhyai- ) : cl.2 P. g/anti- (; imperative 3. sg. gantu-,[2. sg. gadhi-See ā--,or gahi-See adhi--, abhy-ā--, ā--, upā; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /agan-[ ] , 1. plural /aganma-[ ; confer, compare ] , 3. plural /agman- ; subjunctive [or Aorist subjunctive confer, compare ]1. plural ganma-,3. plural gm/an- ; Potential 2. sg. gamyās- ; preceding 3. sg. gamy/ās- ; pr. p. gm/at-, ) : cl.3 P. jaganti- (; Potential jagamyām-, yāt- ; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. ajagan-,2. plural ajaganta-or tana- ) : Ved. and Class. cl.1 P. (also A1. etc.) , with substitution of gacch- ([= ]) for gam-, g/acchati- (confer, compare ; subjunctive gā;2. sg. gacchās-[ ] or gacchāsi-[ ];2. plural gacchāta- ;3. plural g/acchān- ; imperfect tense /agacchat-; Potential gacchet-; pr. p. g/acchat- etc.; Aorist agamat- ;for A1.with prepositions confer, compare future gamiṣyati- etc.; 1st future g/antā-[ ] etc.; perf. 1. sg. jagamā-[ ],3. sg. jagāma-,2. dual number jagmathur-,3. plural jagm/ur- etc.; parasmE-pada jaganv/as-[ etc.] or jagmivas- f. jagm/uṣī- etc.;Ved. infinitive mood g/antave-, g/antav/ai-;Class. infinitive mood gantum-:Ved. ind.p. gatvāya-, gatv/ī-;Class. ind.p. gatv/ā-[ etc.] , with prepositions -gamya-or -gatya- ) to go, move, go away, set out, come etc. ; to go to or towards, approach (with accusative or locative case or dative case [ ; confer, compare ] or prati-[ ]) etc. ; to go or pass (as time exempli gratia, 'for example' kāle gacchati-,time going on, in the course of time) ; to fall to the share of (accusative) etc. ; to go against with hostile intentions, attack ; to decease, die ; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (accusative) etc. ; to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (exempli gratia, 'for example' mitratāṃ gacchati-,"he goes to friendship" id est he becomes friendly) etc. ; jānubhyām avanīṃ- ; dharaṇīṃ mūrdhnā- ; m/anasā- ; (without m/anasā-) to observe, understand, guess ; (especially Passive voice gamyate-,"to be understood or meant") and ; doṣeṇa- or doṣato- : Causal gamayati- (; imperative 2. sg. Ved. gamayā-or gāmaya-[ ] , 3. sg. gamayatāt- ; perf. gamay/āṃ cakāra- etc.) to cause to go ( ) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to (dative case ), bring to a place (accusative [ ] or locative case) etc. ; to cause to go to any condition, cause to become etc. ; to impart, grant ; to send away ; "to let go", not care about ; to excel ; to spend time etc. ; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain ; to convey an idea or meaning, denote ; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (accusative) to go by means of jigamiśati- another : Desiderative j/igamiṣati- ( jigāṃsate- ; imperfect tense ajigāṃsat- ) to wish to go, be going ; to strive to obtain ; to wish to bring (to light, prak/āśam-) : Intensive j/aṅganti- (), jaṅgamīti- or jaṅgamyate- ( ), to visit (parasmE-pada g/anigmat-) (imperfect tense aganīgan-) ; ([ confer, compare ; Gothic qvam; English come; Latin venioforgvemio.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gārbhiṇa | = simanto- | ||||||
| |||||||
| garuḍadhvaja | m. equals -ketu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| garut | m. n. (gaRa yavā | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghanaśṛṅgī | f. Odina pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gharmetarāṃśu | m. "having other than warm (id est cold) rays", the moon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ghuṇākṣaranyāya | m. fortuitous and unexpected manner, happy chance | ||||||
| |||||||
| girinandinī | f. equals -duhitṛ-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| glāyaka | mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' , anna--, diminishing one's food successively (a particular form of austerity)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grāmaṭikā | f. a miserable village  | ||||||
| |||||||
| granthinikā | f. a kind of bulbous plant (see chinna-g-.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| gṛhadruma | m. Odina pennata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gūḍhaja | mfn. (equals gūḍho  | ||||||
| |||||||
| guṇa | m. a secondary dish (opposed to anna- id est rice or the chief dish), side-dish  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haṃsāya | Nom. A1. yate-, to be like a goose or swan  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hariṇekṣaṇā | f. a deer-eyed woman  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hemakalaśa | m. a golden pinnacle or cupola  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hiṅgulaka | n. (prob.) vermilion, cinnabar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ikṣubhañjam | ind. as if breaking sugar-cane,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| indindirā | f. a large bee  | ||||||
| |||||||
| indukirīṭa | m. "moon-crested", Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ja | mf(ā-)n. "belonging to, connected with, peculiar to" See anūpa-, anna-, śahra--, sā | ||||||
| |||||||
| jagadābharaṇa | n. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem by jagannātha- paṇḍita-rāja-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jagannetra | Nom. trati- to represent the world's eye (as the moon)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jāgarūka | mf(ā-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' looking on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jayadeva | m. Name of the authors of , candrāloka-, and (the grammar) īṣat-tantra-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jhagiti | equals jhaṭ--  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kādambinī | f. a long line or bank of clouds  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kakh | cl.1 P. kakhati-, cakākha-, kakhitā-, etc., to laugh, laugh at or deride: Causal kakhayati-, to cause to laugh ([ confer, compare Latin cachinnare; Greek , ; O. H. G.huoch; German ha0her,heher; English cackle.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāla | m. meal-time (twice a day, hence ubhau kālau-,"in the morning and in the evening" ; ṣaṣṭhe kāle-,"in the evening of the third day" ; ṣaṣṭhā;or without anna- exempli gratia, 'for example' caturtha-kālam-,"at the fourth meal-time id est at the evening of the second day " )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaladhauta | n. gold and silver etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalakaṇṭhī | f. the female of that goose | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalana | n. the act of shaking, moving to and fro | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalaśa | m. a round pinnacle on the top of a temple (especially the pinnacle crowning a Buddhist caitya- or stūpa-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālātipāta | m. delay of time  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalla | mfn. also varia lectio for kanna- q.v  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmalatā | f. the plant Ipomaea (Quamoclit Pennata).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmāri | m. "love's adversary", Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmavallabha | m. the cinnamon tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāmboja | m. the plant Rottleria tinctoria (commonly Punnag)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kandalaya | Nom. P. kandalayati-, to bring forth or produce in abundance or simultaneously  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāntalaka | m. the tree Cedrela Toona (commonly tunna-,the wood of which resembles mahogany) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṇṭavallī | f. Acacia Concinna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṇṭha | m. the voice (see sanna-kaṇṭha-) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṇṭhanālī | f. throat, neck | ||||||
| |||||||
| kanyakubja | n. (f(ā-). ), Name of an ancient city of great note (in the north-western provinces of India, situated on the kālī nadī-,a branch of the gaṅgā-, in the modern district of Farrukhabad;the popular spelling of the name presents, perhaps, greater variations than that of any place in India[ exempli gratia, 'for example' Kanauj,Kunnoj,Kunnouj,Kinoge,Kinnoge,Kinnauj,Kanoj,Kannauj,Kunowj,CanowjCanoje,Canauj,etc.];in antiquity this city ranks next to ayodhyā- in Oude;it is known in classical geography as Canogyza;but the name applies also to its dependencies and the surrounding district;the current etymology[ kanyā-,"a girl", shortened to kanya-,and kubja-,"round-shouldered or crooked"] refers to a legend in ,relating to the hundred daughters of kuśanābha-, the king of this city, who were all rendered crooked by vāyu- for non-compliance with his licentious desires;the ruins of the ancient city are said to occupy a site larger than that of London) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāpāla | mf(ī-)n. made of skulls  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapiśaya | Nom. P. kapiśayati-, to redden, embrown  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karmarī | f. the manna of the bamboo  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karṇikā | f. Odina pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭa | m. forced, unnatural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭārtha | mfn. giving a forced or unnatural meaning | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭatā | f. (in rhetoric) state of being forced or unnatural. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭatva | n. (in rhetoric) state of being forced or unnatural. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṭubhāṣitā | f. sarcastic speech  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṭutiktaka | m. Cannabis Sativa | ||||||
| |||||||
| kauṇḍinya | mfn. coming from kuṇḍina-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kausalyeya | m. metron. fr. lyā- Name of rāma-candra-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaustubhadhāman | m. "abode of the kaustubha-", viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| kautukavat | mfn. interesting (as news)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kautukin | mfn. full of curiosity or admiration or interest in anything, vehemently desirous, eager (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') | ||||||
| |||||||
| kautukita | mfn. eagerly interested, eager | ||||||
| |||||||
| kavikamalasadman | m. "lotus-seat of poets"Name of brahmā- (see kamala-) as the supporter of poets  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kavīndra | m. a prince among poets | ||||||
| |||||||
| kavitā | f. poetry, ornate style (whether of verse or prose) | ||||||
| |||||||
| keliśvetasahasrapattra | Nom. P. ttrati-, to represent a white lotus for playing with  | ||||||
| |||||||
| keśakīṭaṭāvapatita | mfn. that on which a louse has fallen (see kīṭā | ||||||
| |||||||
| keśapakṣa | m. much or ornamented hair, tuft (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).). | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaṇḍa | mn. a piece, part, fragment, portion etc. (indoḥ kh-or tārā)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| khasakanda | m. Name of a bulbous plant (varia lectio nna-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kilina | mfn. = klinna-, , Scholiast or Commentator  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kimpāka | n. the fruit of Trichosanthes palmata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kisalaya | Nom. P. yati-, to cause to shoot or spring forth  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kiśoraka | m. the young of any animal | ||||||
| |||||||
| kliṣṭavartman | n. a disease of the eyelids (see klinna-v-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kośa | m. (in vedā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| koṣṭhaka | mn. "a granary, store-room" See annak- | ||||||
| |||||||
| krīḍārājatasudhāpātra | Nom. P. trati-, to represent a silver liquor-cup used as an object of amusement  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣīrakaṇṭha | m. "having milk in his throat", a youngling  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣmāpāla | m. equals -pa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣoṇipāla | m. "earth-protector" idem or 'm. "earth-lord", a king.'  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣoṇīruh | m. "growing from the earth", a tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuberaka | m. the tree Cedrela Toona (equals tunna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kulāṅgāra | m. "a family fire-brand", a man who foments domestic dissensions or ruins his family  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuñcikā | f. a key  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṇḍī | f. () a bowl, pitcher, pot  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṇi | m. the tree Cedrela Toona (equals tunna-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuñjavallarī | f. Name of a plant similar to Mimosa concinna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kūpamaṇḍūka | m. (gaRa pātresamitā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuraṅga | m. (hence like mṛga-) the spot in the moon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuraṅgākṣī | f. equals kuraṅga-nayanā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuraṅgalocanā | f. equals -nayanā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuraṅganābhi | m. musk (formed in a bag attached to the belly of the deer above the navel) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuruvinda | n. cinnabar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kūṭastha | mfn. (in philosophy) immovable, uniform, unchangeable (as the soul, spirit, space, ether, sound, etc.) , (pāli-. kūṭaṭṭha-,Samannaphala-sutta)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kutastya | mfn. coming from where?  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kutukita | mfn. curious, inquisitive | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuvalayamaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting of blue water-lilies  | ||||||
| |||||||
| laṭaparṇa | n. equals tvaca-, large cinnamon.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lavaṇiman | m. grace, beauty  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lūnaka | m. cut, divided etc. (equals bhinna-or bhedita-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lūta | mfn. equals pūrva-vicchinna- (Scholiast or Commentator) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mācikā | f. a fly (see gṛha-m-) Hibiscus Cannabinus (see kāka-m-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madanāri | m. equals na-dviṣ-,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madhumāsāvatāra | m. the setting in of the parka month  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maitrī | f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equality, similarity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| malli | f. (equals mallikā-) Jasminum Zambac (also ī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mallikāpīḍa | (kā | ||||||
| |||||||
| mālyapuṣpa | m. Cannabis Sativa or Crotolaria Juncea  | ||||||
| |||||||
| manāk | ind. shortly, immediately, at once  | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṇḍ | cl.1 P. maṇḍati-, to deck, adorn ; A1. maṇḍate-, to distribute or to clothe : Causal maṇḍayati- (Epic also te-), to adorn, decorate (A1.one's self Va1rtt. 18 ) etc. ; to glorify, extol ; to rejoice, exhilarate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| manojñā | f. (only ) the senna plant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| manu | f. manu-'s wife (equals manāvī-) ; Trigonella Corniculata [ confer, compare Gothic manna; German Mannus,son ofTuisto[TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his work Germania,as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans,mann,man; Anglo-Saxon man; English man.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| māraripu | m. "enemy of the god of love", Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārī | f. killing, slaughter | ||||||
| |||||||
| mātṛbandhū | f. an unnatural mother (see brahmab-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mātṛgandhinī | f. "having only the smell of a mother", an unnatural mother | ||||||
| |||||||
| mattavāraṇa | n. a turret, pinnacle, pavilion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mayūra | m. of a poet  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mayūravidalā | f. Hibiscus Cannabinus | ||||||
| |||||||
| mayūrikā | f. Hibiscus Cannabinus | ||||||
| |||||||
| meḍhraśṛṅgī | f. Odina Pinnata (whose fruit is like a ram's horn)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| meṣaśriṅgī | f. Odina Pinnata or Gymnema Sylvestre  | ||||||
| |||||||
| meṣavallī | f. Odina Pinnata | ||||||
| |||||||
| meṣaviṣaṇikā | f. Odina Pinnata | ||||||
| |||||||
| minna | mfn. become fat, fat (impersonal or used impersonally minnam-or meditam- ) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mitra | n. a particular mode of fighting (varia lectio for bhinna-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛgāṅkamauli | m. Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mukharekhā | f. feature, mien, air  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mukhaśodhana | n. cinnamon | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāgapota | m. equals -putra- (varia lectio pannage | ||||||
| |||||||
| naisarga | mfn. innate, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nam | cl.1 P. n/amati- (), te- (mostly intrans.; confer, compare ; pr. p. A1. namāna- ; perfect tense P. nā etc.;2. sg. nemitha-,or nanantha- ; subjunctive nan/amas- ;3. plural nemur- ; A1. neme- ;3. plural -nanamire- ; Aorist P. anān- ; anaṃsīt- ; A1. anaṃsta- grammar;3. plural anaṃsata- ; subjunctive naṃsai-, naṃsante- ; future naṃsyati- ; namiṣyati- ; nantā- ; infinitive mood -n/amam-, -n/ame- ; nantum-, namitum- ; ind.p. natvā- ; -natya- ; -namya- ) to bend or bow (either trans. or oftener intr.) to bow to, subject or submit, one's self (with genitive case dative case or accusative) etc. ; (with hiruk-) to turn away, keep aside ; to turn towards id est to aim at (genitive case) with (instrumental case) ; to yield or give way, keep quiet or be silent ; (in gram.) to change a dental letter into a cerebral : Passive voice namyate-, to be bent or bowed ; yield or submit to : Causal nam/ayati- etc. (nāmayati- etc.; nāmyati-[!] ; Aorist anīnamat- ; Passive voice nāmyate-, ti- etc.) to cause to bow or sink, incline etc. ; (with cāpam-) to bend a bow etc. ; to turn away or ward off ; to aim at (genitive case), ; (in gram.) to change a dental letter into a cerebral : Desiderative ninaṃsati-, : Intensive n/annamīti- ; nannamyate- (3. sg. n/amnate- imperfect tense anamnata-, parasmE-pada n/amamāna- ) to bow or submit one's self to (dative case). [ confer, compare Zend nam,nemaiti; Greek , ; Latin nemus; Gothic , Old Saxon , Anglo-Saxon niman; HGerm. ne0man,ne0men,nehmen.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| namayitavya | mfn. to be bent (bow) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nava | mf(ā-)n. (prob. fr. 1. n/u-) new, fresh, recent, young, modern (opp. to sana-, purāṇa-) etc. etc. (often in compound with a substantive exempli gratia, 'for example' navā;or with a pp. in the sense of"newly, just, lately" exempli gratia, 'for example' navo | ||||||
| |||||||
| nayanāñcala | m. side-glance | ||||||
| |||||||
| netrauṣadha | (ī-) f. Odina Pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nija | mf(ā-)n. (; m. plural one's own people )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nijaśatru | m. an enemy being in one's own self, an innate enemy | ||||||
| |||||||
| nīlapiṭa | m. a collection of annals and royal edicts  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nīrandhrita | mfn. thickly set with, abounding in (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirviṇṇa | mfn. (wrongly -vinna-; see Va1rtt. 1 ) despondent, depressed, sorrowful, afraid, loathing, disgusted with (ablative instrumental case genitive case locative case or compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niryūha | n. a kind of pinnacle or turret (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) | ||||||
| |||||||
| niśamaya | mfn. perceiving id est coming into contact with, reaching to (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nisargaja | mfn. innate, inborn, produced at creation, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nitya | mf(ā-)n. (fr. ni-; see ni-ja-) innate, native | ||||||
| |||||||
| nṛpanāpitaputranyāya | m. the rule of the king and the barber's son (id est the rule of innate fondness for one's own, like the barber, who when asked by the king to bring him a fine boy, brought his own ugly son),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nudita | mfn. equals nutta- or nunna-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| padabhraṃśa | m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office  | ||||||
| |||||||
| padmavanabāndhavavaṃśa | m. the race of kings descended from the sun (see sūrya-v-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pakti | f. ( p/akti-) cooking, preparing food (anna-p-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| palānna | n. rice with meat (v.r. yavā | ||||||
| |||||||
| palāśin | m. a tree  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pañcaprāsāda | m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṇḍucchattra | Nom. P. trati-, to resemble a yellow umbrella  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṇisaṃghaṭṭana | n. equals -pīḍana-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pānnaga | mf(ī-)n. (fr. panna-ga-) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pānnāgāri | m. patr fr. pannā | ||||||
| |||||||
| pārāvāra | m. the sea, ocean (see pārā | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāretaraṃgiṇi | ind. beyond the river | ||||||
| |||||||
| paridhūsara | mfn. quite dust-coloured or grey ( paridhūsaratva -tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| parijṛmbh | A1. -jṛmbhate-, to spread all around  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parimalaya | Nom. P. yati-, to make fragrant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parimilita | mfn. met from all sides | ||||||
| |||||||
| parirakṣaṇīya | mfn. to be completely protected or preserved | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivarta | m. moving to and fro, stirring  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariviṇṇa | equals pari-vinna- See pari--  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivitta | m. equals vinna- | ||||||
| |||||||
| pārṣada | m. a member of an assembly, spectator  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryācānta | n. (with annam-) food left by a person after sipping  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pataṃga | mfn. any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth (t/aṃga-) etc. ( pataṃgatā -tā- f. )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāthojinī | f. the lotus-plant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṭīra | n. bamboo manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṭīra | m. the pith or manna of the bamboo | ||||||
| |||||||
| pattra | n. equals -bhaṅga- [ confer, compare Greek (for) ; Latin penna(olderpesnaforpet-na); German Feder; English feather.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| pattranāmaka | m. a cinnamon-leaf | ||||||
| |||||||
| phalabhuj | m. a monkey  | ||||||
| |||||||
| phaṇipati | m. Name of śeṣa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| piṅga | m. bamboo manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pītaka | m. Odina Pennata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prada | mf(ā-)n. giving, yielding, offering, granting, bestowing, causing, effecting, uttering, speaking (see anna--, jaya--, bahu--, sukha--, -śāpa-etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhvaṃsin | mfn. passing away, transitory, perishable (utpanna-p-,arisen and passing away again id est having no further consequences commentator or commentary)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakhara | mfn. very hard or rough  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praklinnavartman | n. a kind of disease of the eyelids (see klinna-v-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtija | mfn. springing from nature, inborn, innate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛtistha | mfn. inherent, innate, incidental to nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāleyarocis | () m. "frosty-rayed."the moon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramāṇādhika | mfn. being beyond measure, excessive, unnaturally strong  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramāṇapravīṇa | mfn. skilful in arguing | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇī | ( nī-) P. A1. -ṇayati-, te- to lead forwards, conduct, advance, promote, further etc. ; to bring or lead to, convey (especially the sacrificial fire or water or soma- to its place at the altar) ; to offer, present ; to produce, perform, execute, finish etc. ; to do away with, remove, dispel ; to manifest affection, love, desire ; to show, represent (a drama) ; to inflict (as punishment) etc. ; to apply (as a clyster) ; to establish, fix, institute, promulgate, teach etc. ; to write, compose ; (A1.) to draw in (the breath) : Desiderative -ninīṣati- (!) , to wish to lead or conduct  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇidhāyin | mfn. employing, sending out (spies) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasāda | m. a propitiatory offering or gift (of food equals p-dravya-, prasādā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāsādaśṛṅga | n. the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple a turret  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāśana | n. (fr. Causal) causing to eat, feeding (especially the first feeding of a child; see anna-pr-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāsaṅgika | mf(ī-)n. inherent, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasavitṛ | m. (for 1.See pra-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praśravas | mfn. loud-sounding (said of the marut-s) ( equals prakṛṣṭā | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasthika | f. (prob.) Hibiscus Cannabhinus  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratibhāva | m. counterpart ( pratibhāvatā -tā- f.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratīcīpati | m. "lord of the west", Name of varuṇa-, the ocean  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratihārāya | Nom. to act as door-keeper (yitam- impersonal or used impersonally)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratipannaka | m. "arrived at an aim", (with ) Name of the 4 orders of ārya-s (viz. the śrota-āpanna-, sakṛd-āgāmin-, an-āgāmin-, and arhat-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratividhāna | n. care or provision for (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratividhātavya | mfn. to be provided against | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyanantarībhū | to betake one's self close to (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyudgam | P. -gacchati- (Epic also A1. te-), to go out towards, advance to meet (a friend or an enemy) etc. ; to come forth again, ; to set out for (accusative or locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyupapanna | varia lectio for pratyutpanna-, in -mati-, ti-tva-, Sak. v, 19/20.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravikas | P. -kasati-, to open, expand (intr.) ; to appear, become manifest,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| priya | mf(ā-)n. dear, expensive, high in price (see priya-dhānyaka-, priyā | ||||||
| |||||||
| proccāṭanā | (pra-ucc-) f. driving away, removal, destruction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prodbodha | m. awakening, rousing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| proddāma | (pra-udd-) mfn. immense, extraordinary, prodigious | ||||||
| |||||||
| proddhṛ | ( pra-ud-hṛ-) P. A1. -dharati-, te-, to lift up, draw up (as water from a well) ; to extract from (ablative), extricate, save, deliver | ||||||
| |||||||
| prottāla | (pra-utt-) mfn. very loud | ||||||
| |||||||
| pulomajā | f. "daughter of puloman-", Name of indrāṇī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| purabhid | () m. "destroyer of fortresses or of pura-", Name of śiva-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puraṃdaraharit | f. indra-'s quarter of the sky, the east  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṣpaśilīmukha | m. equals -bāṇa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṭannaṭa | m. Cyperus Rotundus (see kuṭannaṭa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| putrajagdhī | f. "one who has devoured her children", an unnatural mother Va1rtt. 2  | ||||||
| |||||||
| putraputrādinī | f. an unnatural mother (See putra-jagdhī-and Va1rtt. 2 ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| putraśreṇī | f. Odina Pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| putraśṛṅgī | f. Odina Pinnata | ||||||
| |||||||
| raghukulottaṃsa | m. "crest-jewel of the race of raghu-", Name of rāma-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raghutilaka | m. "ornament of the raghu-s" idem or 'm. "son of raghu-", Name of rāma- ' | ||||||
| |||||||
| rājārha | n. a kind of rice (equals rājā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakta | n. cinnabar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raktapārada | m. n. cinnabar | ||||||
| |||||||
| raktapuṣpa | m. the senna plant | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmavallabha | n. cinnamon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṅgalatā | f. the senna plant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṅgasaṃgara | m. contest on the stage | ||||||
| |||||||
| rañjaka | n. cinnabar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rañjana | n. cinnabar | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasagarbha | n. cinnabar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasāla | m. the mango tree  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasasindūra | n. a sort of factitious cinnabar (used as an escharotic)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasasthāna | n. cinnabar or vermilion | ||||||
| |||||||
| raśmi | m. equals anna-, food | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasodbhava | n. cinnabar | ||||||
| |||||||
| ratnagarbhā | f. the earth  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rocanā | f. bamboo manna or Tabashir  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rocanaka | f. equals vaṃśa-rocanā-, bamboo manna or Tabashir | ||||||
| |||||||
| sabva | n. digested food (equals pakvā (sabv/am-may perhaps be accusative of a f. sab/ū-; see sa-b/uvam-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahabhū | mfn. innate, natural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahacarabhinna | m. (in rhetoric) separation of what belongs together, joining discordant things or ideas (also sahacarabhinnnatā nna-tā- f. sahacarabhinnatva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahaja | mf(ā-)n. congenital, innate, hereditary, original, natural (in the beginning of a compound,by birth,"by nature","naturally";with deśa- m."birthplace","home") etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajadhārmika | mfn. innately honest | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajāta | mfn. innate, natural | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahajetara | mfn. other than natural, not innate or inherent or congenital, accidental | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāhajika | mfn. (fr. saha-ja-) innate, natural,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahasambhava | mfn. born or produced together or at the same time (with janmanā-= "innate") | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahasiddha | mfn. innate ( sahasiddhatva -tva- n.) (quot) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahottha | mfn. innate (equals sahaja-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaiśava | n. childishness, stupidity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakala | n. cinnamon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakrāśananiryāsa | n. resin of Cannabis Sativa  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākūta | n. (prob.) a desired object  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samabhyāgam | P. -gacchati-, to come near (See next) ; to meet  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāpanna | mfn. arrived, come, happened, occurred (varia lectio sam-āsanna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdhi | m. alliance, league, reconciliation, peace between (genitive case) or with (instrumental case with or without saha-), making a treaty of peace, negotiating alliances (one of a king's six courses of actionSee guṇa-;many kinds are specified exempli gratia, 'for example' adṛṣṭa-puruṣa-, ucchinna-, kāñcana-, kapāla-, saṃtāna-,qq. vv.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃghaṭṭana | n. rubbing together  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃghaṭṭita | m. dual number (with pāṇī-) the joined hands of bride and husband (perhaps wrong reading for sam-ghaṭita-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgrāmatulā | f. the ordeal of battle  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkṣālanā | f. washing, ablution  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃniveśa | m. assembling together, assembly, crowd  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampada | (for 2.See column 2) equals sam-panna- furnished with (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampannaka | mfn. equals panna- | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmpannika | mfn. (fr. sam-panna-) one who lives luxuriously  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsanana | n. obtaining, acquiring, acquisition (in anna-saṃs-,used for explaining vāja-sāti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃsiddhika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. saṃesiddhi-) effected naturally, belonging to nature, natural, native, innate etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃskāra | m. a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in , viz. 1. garbhā there are 40 saṃskāra-s) etc. (; 192 etc. ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| samucchanna | mfn. equals sam-utsanna-, uncovered, destroyed, annihilated (varia lectio)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samudbodhana | n. (fr. Causal) thorough rousing up, awakening (from a swoon) , resuscitation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samuddhā | ( -ud-hā-) A1. -ujjihīte-, to rise together, come forth, appear ; to burst forth, be heard, sound | ||||||
| |||||||
| samudghṛṣ | P. -gharṣati-, to rub together, grind, pound  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samudguñj | P. -guñjati-, to begin to hum | ||||||
| |||||||
| samullas | (-ud- ; to break forth, appear ; to sound, resound : Causal -lāsayati-, to cause to jump or sport, exhilarate, make glad  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samutkhan | P. A1. -khanati-, te- (ind.p. -khāya-), to dig up by the roots ; to eradicate, exterminate or destroy utterly ; to draw forth, draw (a sword)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samutsanna | mfn. utterly destroyed See samucchanna-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvaraṇīya | mfn. to be covered or concealed or hidden  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaṇa | m. ( also n.) a kind of hemp, Cannabis Sativa or Crotolaria Juncea etc. etc., an arrow  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaṅkitavya | mfn. to be feared or suspected or distrusted (n. impersonal or used impersonally"it should be feared"etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sanna | mfn. (equals prasanna-), appeased, satisfied (See sannī-kṛta-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sanna | (prob.) n. destruction, loss (See sanna-da-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| sanna | sannaka- See . | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptalā | f. Name of several plants (Arabian jasmine;a soap-tree;Mimosa Concinna;Abrus Precatorius;Bignonia Suaveolens),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptalokī | f. the 7 divisions of the world, the whole earth | ||||||
| |||||||
| saralatā | f. uprightness, honesty, simplicity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarasīkṛ | P. -karoti-, to moisten, refresh, comfort  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārasvata | n. eloquence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarpadaṃṣṭrī | f. Odina Pinnata or Tragia Involucrata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarpadaṃṣṭrikā | f. Odina Pinnata or Tragia Involucrata | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvajayā | f. Canna Indica  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvānnabhojin | () mfn. equals vā | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvānnin | (Apast.) mfn. equals vā | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvānnīna | ( ) mfn. equals vā | ||||||
| |||||||
| sattvānurūpa | mfn. according to nature, according to one's innate disposition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| savailakṣya | mf(ā-)n. having contrary marks or characteristics, unnatural  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhamodaka | m. sugar prepared from bamboo-manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śikhā | f. a sharp end, point, spike, peak, summit, pinnacle, projection, end or point (in general)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śikhara | m. n. a point, peak (of a mountain), top or summit (of a tree), edge or point (of a sword), end, pinnacle, turret, spire etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śila | m. ( also n.;for 2.See column 2) gleaning, gathering stalks or ears of corn (according to to on śila- equals aneka-dhānyo etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīlopasampanna | mfn. equals śīla-sampanna-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sīmantamaṇi | m. equals cūḍā-maṇi-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sina | n. (according to to some fr. a equals anna-,"food"; according to to others "reward, pay")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiras | n. the upper end or highest part of anything, top, peak, summit, pinnacle, acme etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiṣya | mfn. to be taught (See a-ś-; a-niṣpanne- niṣpanna-śabdaḥ śiṣyaḥ-,"it must be taught that the word niṣpanna-has the meaning of a-niṣpanna-"vArttika on )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītala | mf(ā-)n. cold id est free from passion, calm, gentle,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śītalaya | Nom. P. yati-, to cool (trans.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivavallī | f. Acacia Concinna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| skanna | mfn. (according to to commentator or commentary) equals śuṣka-, lambamāna-, or unnata- (in -skandhā (see a-sk-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śravas | n. equals anna- or dhana- [ confer, compare according to to some, Greek .]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīkhaṇḍatamālapattra | Nom. P. ttrati-, to represent a sandal mark on the forehead  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīvallī | f. Acacia Concinna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅga | n. the summit of a building, pinnacle, turret | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgalā | f. Odina Pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śubha | m. bamboo manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| subhadrā | f. Name of a younger sister of kṛṣṇa- and wife of arjuna- (she was forcibly carried off by arjuna- from dvārakā- wish kṛṣṇa-'s permission, as described in ;her image is borne in procession with those of jagannātha- and bala-rāma-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śubhrā | f. bamboo-manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sudarśa | mfn. beautiful to see, lovely (equals prasanna-vaktra- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sudhāmodaka | m. bamboo manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sugara | n. cinnabar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śukatuṇḍaka | n. a kind of cinnabar | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukumāraka | n. a cinnamon-leaf  | ||||||
| |||||||
| surekha | mf(ā-)n. forming beautiful lines  | ||||||
| |||||||
| susaṃyatta | mf(ā-)n. well prepared or ready or on one's guard (varia lectio -sampanna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāva | m. own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvadaurjanya | n. natural or innate wickedness | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvaja | mfn. produced by natural disposition, innate, natural etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvasiddha | mfn. established by nature, natural, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvatā | f. () the state of innate disposition or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svabhāvatva | n. () the state of innate disposition or nature | ||||||
| |||||||
| svakṣatra | mfn. possessing innate strength, self-powerful, innately strong  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svānurūpa | mfn. natural, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvāsa | m. affection of the breath, hard breathing, asthma (of which there are five kinds, viz. kṣudra-, tamaka-, chinna-, mahat-,and ūrdhva-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayampatita | mfn. equals -avapanna- on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svayamprasīrṇa | mfn. equals -avapanna- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śveta | m. bamboo-manna | ||||||
| |||||||
| svottha | mfn. arising or originating in one's self, innate | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāṇḍavita | mfn. "moving round in a wild dance", fluttering  | ||||||
| |||||||
| taṇḍyāyana | m. patronymic fr. ṇḍya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| tantura | m. plural Name of a family (varia lectio nnara-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tanuka | m. the cinnamon tree  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tanulatā | f. a slender body | ||||||
| |||||||
| tanutvac | m. the cinnamon tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| tanutvac | m. Cassia Senna | ||||||
| |||||||
| tapana | m. Cassia Senna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tapanasutā | f. "sun-daughter", the yamunā- river | ||||||
| |||||||
| taraṃgamālin | m. "wave-garlanded", the sea  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tarkasaṃgraha | m. Name of a manual of the vaiśeṣika- branch of the nyāya- philosophy by annam-bhaṭṭa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tārkikatva | n. scepticism, philosophy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| taruṇiman | m. youth, juvenility  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṭāt | ind. (onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds)) with  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāṭaṅka | (m. ) n. a kind of ear ornament | ||||||
| |||||||
| tavakṣīra | m. (for tvak-kṣ-) manna of bamboo (commonly Tabashir) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tiktadugdhā | f. "having a bitter milky sap", Odina pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tindukinī | f. the senna plant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tīvradyuti | m. "hot-rayed", the sun  | ||||||
| |||||||
| trailokyabandhu | m. "Trailokya-friend", the sun  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tribhuvanābhoga | m. the extension of the 3 worlds  | ||||||
| |||||||
| trijāta | n. the 3 spices (mace, cardamoms, and cinnamon)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| trijātaka | n. the 3 spices (mace, cardamoms, and cinnamon) | ||||||
| |||||||
| triśarkarā | f. 3 kinds of sugar (guḍo  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tucchaprāya | mfn. unimportant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tugā | f. (derived fr. -kṣīrī-) Tabashir (bamboo manna) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuhinagirimaya | mfn. formed by the himā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tulā | f. equal measure, equality, resemblance etc. (lām i-or gam-or ā-yā-or ā-lamb-or dhā-,"to resemble any one or anything"[instr. or in compound ]; lāṃ na bhṛ-,"to have no equal"; lāṃ-with Passive voice of nī-,"to become equal to"[gen.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tulādhiroha | (lā | ||||||
| |||||||
| tulanā | f. equalness with (instrumental case or in compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tunna | m. equals nnaka- | ||||||
| |||||||
| tunna | nnaka- See | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuṣārakara | m. "cold-rayed", the moon | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvac | f. cinnamon, cinnamon tree  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvaca | n. cinnamon, cinnamon tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvakkṣīrā | f. "bark-milk", bamboo-manna (Tabashir) | ||||||
| |||||||
| uccaṇḍa | mfn. terrible, mighty | ||||||
| |||||||
| ucchanna | mfn. (for ut-sanna- q.v) lost, destroyed etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udadhisutānāyaka | m. "husband of the ocean's daughter", Name of kṛṣṇa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udagra | mfn. haughty  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udañc | P. -acati- ([Ved.]) and -añcati-, to elevate, raise up, lift up, throw up etc. ; to ladle out commentator or commentary on ; to cause, effect ; to rise, arise ; to resound : Passive voice -acyate-, to be thrown out ; to come forth, proceed : Causal -añcayati-, to draw up, raise, elevate ; to send forth, utter, cause to resound (See ud-añcita-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| udbheda | m. mentioning  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udbhū | P. -bhavati-, to come up to, reach, be equal ; to rise, rise against ; to come forth, arise, exist, spring from etc. ; to shoot forth, increase, grow larger, thrive : Causal -bhāvayati-, to cause to exist, produce ; to make apparent, show, explain etc. ; to speak of, mention commentator or commentary on ; to consider, think (with two accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| udghāṭin | mfn. one who opens or unlocks  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udvela | mfn. loosened, free from  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udvelaya | Nom. P. udvelayati-, to cause to run over or overflow | ||||||
| |||||||
| ullekha | m. causing to come forth or appear clearly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| unmudra | mfn. unbound, unrestrained, wild (through joy)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| unnamana | n. increase, prosperity  | ||||||
| |||||||
| unnatīśa | m. "the lord of unnati-", Name of garuḍa-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| unnayana | n. making a straight line, or parting the hair (of a pregnant woman) upwards (See sīmanto | ||||||
| |||||||
| unnidra | mfn. shining (as the moon, supposed to be awake when others are asleep;or as the rising sun) | ||||||
| |||||||
| upajīvana | n. dependance, submissiveness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upāyanīkṛ | to offer as a present ; to communicate respectfully  | ||||||
| |||||||
| urvībhuj | m. "earth-enjoyer", a king, sovereign  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utkutuka | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') amusing one's self by  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utpad | (ud- etc. ; to take place, begin on : Causal P. -pādayati- (rarely A1. -te-), to produce, beget, generate ; to cause, effect ; to cause to issue or come forth, bring forward ; to mention, quote (See ut-panna-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| utpaṭ | ( ud-paṭ-), Causal -pāṭayati-, to tear up or out, pluck, pull out, break out, etc. ; to draw out (a sword from its scabbard) ; to open (the eyes etc.) etc. ; to root up, eradicate, extirpate etc. ; to drive away, banish ; to dethrone etc.: Passive voice of the Causal -pāṭyate-, to be cleft ; to part asunder, split | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsanna | mfn. raised, elevated (opposed to ava-sanna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utta | mfn. moistened, wet (see unna-, column 3.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttaṃsita | mfn. crested  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttaraṃgaya | Nom. P. uttaraṃgayati-, to cause to wave or undulate, to move to and fro  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vācāṭa | mf(ā-)n. boastful, grandiloquent ( vācāṭatā -tā- f.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vadhūṭikā | f. a young wife or woman  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaidagdhyavat | mfn. possessed of cleverness, clever, skilful, experienced  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaidhurī | f. (fr. vi-dhura-) adversity, adverseness (vidhi-vaidh-,adversity of fate)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikṛta | n. an unnatural phenomenon, portent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikṛtya | n. an unnatural phenomenon, portent | ||||||
| |||||||
| vailakṣya | n. the reverse of what is usual or natural, unnaturalness, affectation (see sa-vailakṣyam-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiṇava | m. bamboo manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vairāyita | n. hostility | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāja | m. food, sacrificial food (equals anna-in and in most of the Commentators)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajranābha | m. of several princes (a son of uktha-;of unnābha-;of sthala-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vakratā | f. ambiguity, perverseness, falseness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| valabhi | f. (perhaps abbreviated fr. vala-bhid-,"cloud-splitting") the ridge of a roof. top or pinnacle of a house etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vamaśāhva | m. bamboo-manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaṃśa | m. bamboo-manna | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaṃśaja | n. and f(ā-). bamboo-manna | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaṃśakṣīrī | f. bamboo-manna | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaṃśalocanā | f. an earthy concretion of a milk white colour formed in the hollow of a bamboo and called bamboo-manna (also -locana- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaṃśarocanā | f. an earthy concretion of a milk white colour formed in the hollow of a bamboo and called bamboo-manna (also -locana- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaṃśī | f. bamboo manna | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāṃśī | f. bamboo-manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| van | cl.1 P. () v/anati- (Vedic or Veda also te-,and van/ati-) ; cl.8 P. A1. () van/oti-, vanut/e- (perfect tense vāv/āna-, vāv/antha-, vavanm/a-, vavn/e-; parasmE-pada vavanv/as- ; Aorist vanta-, v/aṃsva- ; vaṃsat-, sate- ; vaniṣat- ; ṣanta- ; vanuṣanta-, ; Potential vaṃsīmahi-, vasīmahi- ; preceding vaniṣīṣṭa- vaṃsiṣīya- ; future vaniśā- grammar; vaniṣyate-, ; infinitive mood vanitum- grammar; -vantave- ), to like, love, wish, desire ; to gain, acquire, procure (for one's self or others) ; to conquer, win, become master of, possess ; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack ; to hurt, injure ( also"to sound";"to serve, honour, worship, help, aid") : Causal vanayati- or vānayati- ; varia lectio (confer, compare saṃ- : Intensive (only vāv/anaḥ-and vāvandh/i-;but confer, compare vanīvan-) to love, like [ confer, compare Latin venia,Venus; Got.gawinnan; German gewinnen; English win.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāna | n. a kind of bamboo manna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vanajākṣa | mf(ī-)n. () lotus-(leaf-)eyed | ||||||
| |||||||
| vanapriya | n. the cinnamon tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| varāṅga | n. Cassia bark, green cinnamon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varaśīta | cinnamon | ||||||
| |||||||
| varga | m. (in algebra) the square of a number (exempli gratia, 'for example' pañca-v-,square of five see bhinna-v-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vartikā | f. Odina Pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vas | cl.1 P. () v/asati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense uvāsa-, ūṣuḥ- etc.; parasmE-pada vāvasāna- ; -vāsāṃ cakre- ; Aorist avātsīt- ; avāksam- [where it is artificially connected with vāc-]; avāstam- ; future vastā- grammar; vatsyati-, te- etc.; vasiṣyati- ; infinitive mood vastum-, vasitum- etc.; ind.p. uṣitv/ā- ; uṣṭvā- ; -/uṣya- etc.), to dwell, live, stop (at a place), stay (especially "overnight" , with or without rātrim-or rātrīs-) etc. ; to remain, abide with or in (with locative case of Persian; locative case or accusative of place, especially with vāsam-or vasatim-) etc. ; to remain or keep on or continue in any condition (with a pp., exempli gratia, 'for example' with channa-,"to continue to be covered" ;or with an accusative,with brahmacaryam-,"to practise chastity" ;or with an adverb exempli gratia, 'for example' with sukham-,"to live pleasantly or at ease";with or without dūratas-,"to keep aloof") etc. ; to have sexual intercourse with (locative case) ; to rest upon (locative case) ; to charge or entrust with (instrumental case) ; cl.10 P. vasayati-, to dwell : Passive voice uṣyate- (Aorist avāsi-), to be dwelt etc. etc.: Causal vās/ayati-, te- (confer, compare ; Aorist avīvasat- : Passive voice vāsy/ate- , ti- ), to cause to halt or stay (overnight), lodge, receive hospitably or as a guest etc. ; to cause to have sexual intercourse with (locative case) ; to let anything stand overnight (with tisro-, scilicet ratrīs-,"three nights") ; to cause to wait, keep in suspense ; to delay, retard ; to cause to exist, preserve ; to cause to be inhabited, populate (a country) ; to put in, place upon (locative case) (anadhyāyam mukhe-,to put restraint on the mouth, refrain from speaking) ; to produce : Desiderative vivatsati-, to wish to dwell : Intensive vāvasyate-, vāvasti-, to remain, be in, be engaged in [ confer, compare Gothic wisan; German wësan,ge-wesen,waretc.; Anglo-Saxon wësan; English was,were.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| vasana | n. a leaf of the cinnamon tree  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaśānna | (vaś/ā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastra | n. a leaf of the cinnamon tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| vasuṃdharāśunāsīra | m. a prince, king (wrong reading -sunā-s-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāṭa | n. equals varaṇḍa-, aṅga-, and anna-bheda-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāya | m. (fr. | ||||||
| |||||||
| veḍa | n. a kind of coarse sandal (= sāndra-vicchinna-candana-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| veṣa | m. dress, apparel, ornament, artificial exterior, assumed appearance (often also = look, exterior, appearance in general) etc. (accusative with ')  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vi | n. an artificial word said to be equals anna-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhāṇḍī | f. the senna plant  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhāṇḍikā | f. Senna Obtusa | ||||||
| |||||||
| vicchinnaprasara | mfn. (vicchinnaprasara-) having its progress interrupted (said of science)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vid | (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') finding, acquiring, procuring (See anna--, aśva--, ahar-vid-etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vighaṭṭ | (see vi- ; P. -ghaṭṭayati-, to strike or force asunder, open (a door), sever, disperse etc. ; to shake, stir, rub against  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikriyā | f. transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikṛta | mfn. (especially) deformed, disfigured, mutilated, maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipanna | mfn. gone wrong, failed, miscarried (opp. to sam-panna-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipannārtha | mfn. one whose property or fortune is ruined (varia lectio nnā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīramāṇikya | m. Name of a king  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīrammanya | mfn. equals vīra-manya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| virūpa | mf(ā-)n. deformed, misshapen, ugly, monstrous, unnatural etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśālikā | f. Odina Pinnata  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣāṇī | f. Name of various plants (Odina Pinnata;the Indian tamarind;Tragia Involucrata; equals ṛṣabha-, karkaṭa-śṛṅgī-and kṣīra-kākolī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣāṇikā | f. (ikā-) Name of various plants (Odina Pinnata;the Senna plant;Asclepias Geminata; equals karkaṭa-śṛṅgī-and sātalā-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viskanttṛ | vi-skanna- See .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vitan | P. A1. -tanoti-, -tanute- (future -tāyitā- ), to spread out or through or over, cover, pervade, fill etc. ; to spread, stretch, extend (a net, snare, cord etc.) etc. ; to draw or bend (a bow) ; to spread out id est lay on, impose (a yoke) ; to apply (ointment) ; to extend, make wide (with tanv/as-,the bodies, = to oppose or resist boldly ;with padāni-,steps, = to stride ) ; to unfold, display, exhibit, manifest etc. ; to carry out, perform, accomplish (especially a rite or ceremony) ; to sacrifice ; to cause, effect, produce ; to make, render (two accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṭaṅka | mn. (gaRa ardharcā etc. (also kaka- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṭka | (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') = viṣ-3, feces (see karṇa--and bhinna-v/iṭka-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛṣabhānna | mfn. eating nourishing food (see vṛṣā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛṣānna | n. strong or nourishing food (see vṛṣabhā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛthānna | (thā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyājṛmbh | A1. -jṛmbhate-, to open wide, gape  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāpad | A1. -padyate-, to fall away, fall into misfortune, perish, be lost, fail, miscarry ; to disappear, be changed into another sound or symbol Sch (see vy-āpanna-): Causal -pādayati-, to cause to perish, make worse, injure, hurt, spoil, kill, destroy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyapadiś | P. -diśati-, to point out, indicate, intend, mean, designate, name, mention etc. (often Passive voice -diśyate-,"so it is represented or intended or signified") ; to represent falsely, feign, pretend  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāpta | mfn. comprehended or included under (a general notion), having invariably inherent properties, invariably pervaded or attended or accompanied by (in logic; exempli gratia, 'for example' dhūmo vahninnā vyāptaḥ-,"smoke is invariably attended by fire"), | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyātyukṣī | f. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyavavacchinna | mfn. interrupted (See a-vyavacchinna-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yad | (Nominal verb and accusative sg. n.and base in compound of 3. ya-), who, which, what, whichever, whatever, that etc. etc. (with correlatives tad-, tyad-, etad-, idam-, adas-, tad etad-, etad tyad-, idaṃ tad-, tad idam-, tādṛśa-, īdṛśa-, īdṛś-, etāvad-,by which it is oftener followed than preceded;or the correl. is dropped exempli gratia, 'for example' yas tu nā;or the rel. is dropped exempli gratia, 'for example' andhakam bhartāraṃ na tyajet sā mahā-satī-,"she who does not desert a blind husband is a very faithful wife" yad-is often repeated to express"whoever","whatever","whichever", exempli gratia, 'for example' yo yaḥ-,"whatever man"; yā yā-,"whatever woman"; yo yaj jayati tasya tat-,"whatever he wins [in war] belongs to him" ; yad yad vadati tad tad bhavati-,"whatever he says is true", or the two relatives may be separated by hi-,and are followed by the doubled or single correl. tad- exempli gratia, 'for example' upyate yad dhi yad bījam tat tad eva prarohati-,"whatever seed is sown, that even comes forth" ;similar indefinite meanings are expressed by the relative joined with tad- exempli gratia, 'for example' yasmai tasmai-,"to any one whatever", especially in yadvā tadvā-,"anything whatever";or by yaḥ-with kaśca-, kaścana-, kaścit-,or [in later language, not in manu-] ko'pi- exempli gratia, 'for example' yaḥ kaścit-,"whosoever"; yāni kāni ca mitrāṇi-,"any friends whatsoever"; yena kenā;or immediately followed by a Persian pronoun on which it lays emphasis exempli gratia, 'for example' yo 'ham-,"I that very person who"; yas tvaṃ kathaṃ vettha-,"how do you know?" ;it is also used in the sense of"si quis" exempli gratia, 'for example' striyaṃ spṛśed yaḥ-,"should any one touch a woman." yad-is also used without the copula exempli gratia, 'for example' andho jaḍaḥ pīṭha sarpī saptatyā sthaviraśca yaḥ-,"a blind man, an idiot, a cripple, and a man seventy years old" ;sometimes there is a change of construction in such cases exempli gratia, 'for example' ye ca mānuṣāḥ-for mānuṣāṃś-ca- ;the Nominal verb sg. n. yad-is then often used without regard to gender or number and may be translated by"as regards","as for", exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣatraṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yan nyag-rodhaḥ-,"as for the nyag-rodha-, it is certainly the prince among trees" ;or by"that is to say","to wit" exempli gratia, 'for example' tato devā etaṃ vajraṃ dadṛśur yad apaḥ-,"the gods then saw this thunderbolt, to wit, the water" yad-as an adverb conjunction generally ="that", especially after verbs of saying, thinking etc., often introducing an oratio directa with or without iti-; iti yad-,at the end of a sentence ="thinking that","under the impression that" exempli gratia, 'for example' yad-also ="so that","in order that","wherefore","whence","as","in as much as","since","because"[the correlative being tad-,"therefore"],"when","if" etc.; /adha y/ad-,"even if","although" yad api- idem or ' yathā yad u-- evam-,"as - so" ; yad uta-,"that" ;"that is to say","scilicet" ; yat kila-,"that" ; yac ca-,"if","that is to say" ; yac ca-yac ca-,"both - and" ;"that"[accord. to after expressions of"impossibility","disbelief","hope","disregard","reproach"and,"wonder"]; yad vā-,"or else","whether" ;[ yad vā-,"or else", is very often in commentators];"however" ; yad vā-- yadi vā-,"if-or it" ; yad bhūyasā-,"for the most part" ; yat satyam-,"certainly","indeed","of course" ; yan nu-,with 1st Persian,"what if I","let me" )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yadaśana | mfn. equals -anna- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yaśas | n. equals udaka-, water, or anna-, food, or dhana-, wealth  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogavidyā | f. knowledge of the Yoga, the science of Yoga  | ||||||
120 results
| |
| agra | अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47. |
| |
| aṅgīkṛ | अङ्गीकृ 8 U. [connected with अङ्ग or अङ्ग-च्वि; अनङ्गम् अस्वोपकरणं स्वकीयम् अङ्गं क्रियते] 1 To accept, to betake oneself to, to take to; लवङ्गी कुरङ्गी दृगङ्गीकरोतु Jagannātha; दक्षिणा- माशामङगीकृत्य गन्तव्यम् K.121 in the southern direction, towards the south; अङ्गीकृत्य अयशः 16; यदि मृत्युमङ्गीकरोमि ibid.; एवमङ्गीकारयितुं मया भणितम् Mk.8 to make her consent. -2 To promise to do, to agree or consent to, undertake; किं त्वङगीकृतमुत्सृजन् कृपणवत् श्लाघ्यो जनो लज्जते Mu.2.18. -3 To own, acknowledge, confess, admit, grant. -4 To subdue, to make one's own. अङ्गीकारः aṅgīkārḥ कृतिः kṛtiḥ करणम् karaṇam अङ्गीकारः कृतिः करणम् 1 Acceptance. -2 Agreement, promise, undertaking &c. |
| |
| aṭṭa | अट्ट a. [ अट्टयति अनाद्रियते अन्यत् यत्र; अट्ट्-घञ्] 1 High, lofty; loud. -2 Frequent, constant (in comp). -3 Dried, dry. -ट्टः-ट्टम् [आधारे घञ्] 1 An apartment on the roof of upper story, a garret. -2 cf. अट्टं भित्तिचतुष्के स्यात्क्षामे$त्यर्थे गृहान्तरे । Nm. A turret, buttress, tower; गोपुर˚ उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुराट्टसंघट्ट... ॥ Māl.9.1; नरेन्द्रमार्गाट्ट इव R.6.67,16.11. न सन्त्यट्टास्तथा चास्य न ह्यस्ति परिखा तथा । अतो न दुर्गमं दुर्गमयो जानीत सैनिकाः ॥ Śiva. B.13.78. -3 A marketplace, market (probably for हट्ट). -4 A fine linen cloth. -5 A palace, palatial building. -6 Killing, injuring. -7 Excess, superiority. -ट्टम् Food, boiled rice; अट्टशूला जनपदाः Mb. (अट्टं अन्नं शूलं विक्रेयं येषां ते Nīlakaṇṭha) -Comp. -अट्टहासः very loud laughter. -स्थली [अट्टप्रधाना स्थली शाक. त.] a place or country full of palaces &c. -हासः, -हसितम्, -हास्यम् [कर्म˚] a loud or boisterous laughter, a horse-laugh, cachinnation, usually of &Sacute:iva; त्र्यम्बकस्य Me.58; गिरिश˚ Dk.1. -हासिन् [अट्टं हसति-हस्-णिनि] 1 N. of Śiva. -2 one who laughs very loudly. -हासकः [अट्टहासेन कायते; कै-क] N. of a plant (कुन्द) Jasminum Multiflorum or Hirsutum (शुभ्रपुष्पत्वाच्छुभ्रहासतुल्यता). |
| |
| adhiruh | अधिरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount (a throne, hill &c.); go up to, find access to, sit in or on (acc.); पादाहतं यदुत्थाय मूर्धानमधिरोहति Śi.2.46; पुराधिरूढः शयनं महाधनं Ki.1.38. lying on; तुरगाधिरूढं R.7.37 riding a horse; विमानरत्नाधिरूढः 12.14; बन्धुजनाधिरूढैर्गजानां वृन्दैः Ku.7.52 mounted or seated on; योगाधिरूढाः R.13.52; engaged or lost in contemplation; so Pt.1; सद्यः परस्पर- तुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68 bear or acquire; प्रतिज्ञाम्˚ enter on; कीर्तिर्द्यामधिरोहति Śi.2.52; सर्वमनोरथानामग्रमिवाधिरूढा K.158 mounted on the summit or pinnacle; त्वां धूरियं योग्यतयाधिरूढा Ki.3.5 this responsibility lies on your shoulders. -2 To string; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13. 16. -3 (Intran.) To rise or grow over or above. -Caus. [रोह-(प) यति] 1 To raise, place, seat, cause to mount or ascend; ताः स्वमङ्कमधिरोप्य R.19.44 having placed or seated; जनः समेनैव पथाधिरोहति Śi.12.46. -2 To restore, give back; पुराणशोभामधिरोपितायां (वसतौ) R. 16.42 restored to its former grandeur. -3 To string (as a bow); कार्मुकं च बलिनाधिरोपितम् R.11.81. -4 To give, confer &c.; उदारक इति प्रीतलोकाधिरोपिता- परश्लाध्यनामनि Dk.5. |
| |
| anisarga | अनिसर्ग a. Unnatural, affected. |
| |
| antar | अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart. |
| |
| annam | अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice. |
| |
| apamṛtyuḥ | अपमृत्युः [अपकृष्टो दुष्टहेतुजन्यत्वेन मृत्युः] 1 Sudden or untimely death, accidental or unnatural death; भर्तृ- सक्तो$पमृत्युस्तस्य संचरति Pt.4. -2 Any great danger, illness &c. from which a person, hopelessly given up for lost, recovers, quite contrary to expectation. |
| |
| apyadīkṣitaḥ | अप्यदीक्षितः N. of a celebrated Draviḍa writer, author of works on Alaṅkāra and other subjects and a contemporary of Pandit Jagannātha who lived in the 17th century (written also as अप्पयादीक्षित). |
| |
| ātman | आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare. |
| |
| unmardanam | उन्मर्दनम् A rubbing down of the sacrificer with sweet-smelling substances before sprinkling him with fat. cf. सर्वसुरभ्युन्मर्दनं भवति Śat. Br.12.8.3.16. and Sāyaṇa says उन्मर्दनं उद्वर्तनं भवति । (For details read Dr. Gode's paper on, 'Massage in Ancient and Medieval India', Annals of Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute XXXVI, parts I-II, pp. 85.113). |
| |
| upakva | उपक्व (क्वा) णः [उप-क्वण्-शब्दे, अप्-घञ् वा] The sound of a lute or of Kinnaras. |
| |
| autpattika | औत्पत्तिक a. (-की f.) [उत्पत्ति-ठक्] 1 Inborn, innate, natural; तन्निशम्याथ हर्यश्वा औत्पत्तिकमनीषया Bhāg.6.5.1. -2 Produced at the same time. -3 Eternal; औत्पत्तिको हि नामिनाम्नोः सम्बन्धः ŚB. on MS.6.8.4. cf. also औत्पत्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धः MS.1.1.5. (औत्पत्तिकमिति नित्यं ब्रूमः ŚB. on MS.1.1.5); Bhāg.3.15.45. -कम् Nature, temperament; औत्पत्तिकेनैव संहननबलोपेताः Bhāg. 5.2.21. |
| |
| karmarī | कर्मरी 1 The manna of the bamboo (वंशलोचन). |
| |
| kalaviṅkaḥ | कलविङ्कः गः 1 A sparrow; Ms.5.12; Y.1.174. कलविङ्कस्वर उत्तरं बभाषे Bu. Ch.5.34. -2 A spot, stain. कलशः, -सः (-शम्, -सम्) [केन जलेन लश-स-ति Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, a jar, dish; हिरण्मयं कलशं विभर्षि Mbh. on P.VI.4.174; Śi.11; स्तनौ मांसग्रन्थी कनककलशा- वित्युपमितौ Bh.3.2,1.97; Amaru 54. ˚जन्मन्, ˚उद्भवः N. of Agastya. -2 A churn. -3 A kind of measure. -4 A rounded pinnacle on the top of a temple -5 The ocean; क्षोभ्यतां कलशः सर्वैर्मन्दरः परिवर्त्यताम् Mb.1.18.32. -Comp. (स) -अम्भोधिः, -अर्णवः, -उदधि 1 the ocean. -2 Kṣīrasāgara (Note on शाहेन्द्रविलास 2.68.). ककुस्थकुल- पर्यायकलशार्णवकौस्तुभः Viś. Guṇā.5. कलशी, -शिः (-सी, -सिः f.) 1 A pitcher, a jar. -2 A churn; कलशिमुदधिगुर्वीं बल्लवा लोडयन्ति; Śi.11.8. -3 Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. रिंगणी); -Comp. -सुतः N. of Agastya. |
| |
| kāmbojaḥ | काम्बोजः [कम्बोज-अण्] 1 A native of the Kambojas; Ms.1.44. -2 A king of the Kambojas. -3 The Punnāga tree. -4 A species of horse from the Kamboja country. शतं वै यस्तु काम्बोजान्ब्राह्मणेभ्यः प्रयच्छति Mb.12. 35.14. -5 A conch. -6 A kind of plant (सोमवल्क); काम्बोजो हस्तिभेदे च शङ्खदेशविशेषयोः । अश्वे पुंनागवृक्षे च सोमवल्के तदिष्यते ॥ Nm. -Comp. -आस्तरणम् a blanket; Mb. 11.25.1. |
| |
| kinnara | किन्नर See under किम्. 1 किम् ind. Used for कु only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of 'badness', 'deterioration', 'defect', 'blame' or 'censure'; e. g. किंसखा a bad friend; किन्नरः a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below. -Comp. -ज a. born somewhere (not in a noble family) मन्ये किंजमहं घ्नन्तं त्वामक्षत्रियजे रणे Bk.6.133. -दासः a bad slave, or servant. -नरः a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (अश्वमुख); चयोदाहरणं बाह्वोर्गापयामास किन्नरान् R.4.78; उद्गास्य- तामिच्छति किन्नराणां तानप्रदायित्वमिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 a kind of musical instrument. (-री f.) 1 a female Kinnara; Me.58. -2 a kind of lute. -पुरुषः 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a horse; Ku.1.14; किंपुरुषाणां हनुमान् Bhāg.11.16.29. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera. -प्रभुः a bad master or king; हितान्न यः संशृणुते स किंप्रभुः Ki.1.5. -राजन् a. having a bad king. (-m.) a bad king. -विवक्षा Slandering; Rām.5. -सखि m. (nom. sing. किंसखा) a bad friend; स किंसखा साधु न शास्ति यो$धिपम् Ki.1.5. 2 किम् pron. a. (nom. sing. कः m., का f., किम् n.) 1 Who, what, which used interrogatively); प्रजासु कः केन पथा प्रयातीत्यशेषतो वेदितुमस्ति शक्तिः Ś.6.26; करुणाविमुखेन मृत्युना हरता त्वां वद किं न मे हृतम् R.8.67; का खल्वनेन प्रार्थ्यमानात्मना विकत्थते V.2; कः को$त्र भोः. कः कौ के कं कौ कान् हसति च हसतो हसन्ति हरणाक्ष्यः Udb. The pronoun is often used to imply 'power or authority to do a thing'; i. e. के आवां परित्रातुं दुष्यन्तमाक्रन्द Ś.1; 'who are we &c.', i. e. what power have we &c.; नृपसद्मनि नाम के वयम् Bh.3.27; who are we, i. e. what position have we &c. Sometimes किम् means 'long' as applied to time especially in combination with खलु or अपि or इव; का खलु वेला पत्रभवत्याः प्राप्तायाः Ve.1; 'what a time' i. e. a long time has elapsed, &c.; so को$पि कालस्तस्या आगत्य गतायाः Ratn 3; or क इव कालः Māl.3. -2 The neuter (किम्) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of 'what is the use of'; किं स्वामिचेष्टानिरूपणेन H.1; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् &c. Bh.2.55; किं तया दृष्ट्या Ś.3; किं कुलेनोपदिष्टेन शीलमेवात्र कारणम् Mk.9.7. अपि, चित्, चन, चिदपि or स्वित् are often added to किम् to give it an indefinite sense; विवेश कश्चिज्जटिलस्तपोवनम् Ku.5.3. a certain ascetic; दमघोषसुतेन कश्चन प्रतिशिष्टः प्रतिभानवानथ Śi.16.1; कश्चित्कान्ताविरहगुरुणा स्वाधिकारात्प्रमत्तः Me.1. &c.; का$पि तत एवागतवती Māl.1; a certain lady; कस्या$पि को$पिति निवेदितं च 1.33; किमपि, किमपि ... जल्पतोरक्रमेण U.1.27; कस्मिंश्चिदपि महाभागधेयजन्मनि मन्मथ- विकारमुपलक्षितवानस्मि Māl.1; किमपि, किंचित् 'a little', वस्तु- सिद्धिर्विचारेण न किंचित् कर्मकोटिभिः Vivekachūdamaṇi; 'somewhat' Y.2.116; U.6.35. किमपि also means 'indeseribable'; see अपि. इव is sometimes added to किम् in the sense of 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding force and elegance to the period); विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; किमिच हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; see इव also. -ind. 1 A particle of interrogation; जातिमात्रेण किं कश्चिद्धन्यते पूज्यते क्वचित् H.1.55 'is any one killed or worshipped' &c.; ततः किम् what then. -2 A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; किमकारणमेव दर्शनं बिलपन्त्यै रतये न दीयते Ku.4.7. -3 Whether (its correlatives in the sense of 'or' being किं, उत, उताहो, आहोस्वित्, वा, किंवा, अथवा; see these words). -Comp. -अपि ind. 1 to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable extent. -2 inexpressibly, indescribably (as to quality, quantity, nature &c.). -3 very much, by far; किमपि कमनीयं वपुरिदम् Ś.3; किमपि भीषणम्, किमपि करालम् &c. -अर्थ a. having what motive or aim; किमर्थोयं यत्नः. -अर्थम् ind. why, wherefore. -आख्य a. having what name; किमाख्यस्य राजर्षेः सा पत्नी. Ś.7. -इति ind. why, indeed, why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the question); तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -उ, -उत 1 whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); किमु विष- विसर्पः किमु मदः U.1.35; Amaru.12. -2 why (indeed) कं च ते परमं कामं करोमि किमु हर्षितः Rām.1.18.52. प्रियसुहृ- त्सार्थः किमु त्यज्यते. -3 how much more, how much less; यौवनं धनसंपत्तिः प्रभुत्वमविवेकिता । एकैकम यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् ॥ .II Pr.11; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.13; R.14.35; Ku.7.65. -कथिका f. A doubt or hesitation; यत्र कर्मणि क्रियमाणे किंकथिका न भवति तत्कर्तव्यम् । यत्र तु हृदयं न तुष्यति तद्वर्जनीयम् ॥ Medhātithi's gloss on Ms.4.161. -करः a servant, slave; अवेहि मां किंकरमष्टमूर्तेः R.2.35. (-रा) a female servant. (-री) the wife of a servant. -कर्तव्यता, -कार्यता any situation in which one asks oneself what should be done; यथा किंकार्यतामूढा वयस्यास्तस्य जज्ञिरे Ks.1.11. किंकर्तव्यतामूढः 'being at a loss or perplexed what to do'. -कारण a. having what reason or cause, -किल ind. what a pity (expressing displeasure or dissatisfaction न संभावयामि न मर्षयामि तत्रभवान् किंकिल वृषलं याजयिष्यति Kāshika on P.III.3.146. -कृते ind. what for ? कामस्य किंकृते पुष्पकार्मुकारोपणग्रहः Ks.71.79. -क्षण a. one who says 'what is a moment', a lazy fellow who does not value moments; H.2.89. -गोत्र a. belonging to what family; किंगोत्रो नु सोम्यासि Ch. Up.4.4.4. -च ind. moreover, and again, further. -चन ind. to a certain degree, a little; -चित् ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; किंचिदुत्क्रान्तशैशवौ R.15.33, 2.46,12.21. ˚ज्ञ a. 'knowing little', a smatterer. ˚कर a. doing something useful. ˚कालः sometime, a little time. ˚प्राण a. having a little life. ˚मात्र a. only a little. -छन्दस् a. conversant with which Veda. -स्तनुः a species of spider. -तर्हि ind. how then, but, however. -तु ind. but, yet, however, nevertheless; अवैमि चैनामनघेति किंतु लोकापवादो बलवान्मतो मे R.14.43,1.65. -तुघ्नः one of the eleven periods called Karaṇa. -दवः an inferior god, demi-god; किंदेवाः किन्नराः नागाः किम्पुरुषादयः Bhāg.11.14.6. -देवत a. having what deity. -नामधेय, -नामन् a. having what name. -निमित्त a. having what cause or reason, for what purpose. -निमित्तम् ind. why, wherefore, -नु ind. 1 whether; किं नु मे मरणं श्रेयो परित्यागो जनस्य वा Nala.1.1. -2 much more, much less; अपि त्रैलोक्यराज्यस्य हेतोः किं नु महीकृते Bg.1.35. -3 what indeed; किं नु मे राज्येनार्थः -4 but, however; किं नु चित्तं मनुष्याणामनित्यमिति मे मतम् Rām.2.4.27. -नु खलु ind. 1 how possibly, how is it that, why indeed, why to be sure; किं नु खलु गीतार्थमाकर्ण्य इष्टजनविरहा- दृते$पि बलवदुत्कण्ठितो$स्मि Ś.5. -2 may it be that; किं नु खलु यथा वयमस्यामेवमियमप्यस्मान् प्रति स्यात् Ś.1. -पच, -पचान a. miserly, niggardly. -पराक्रम a. of what power or energy. -पाक a. not mature, ignorant, stupid. -कः a. medical plant, Strychnos nux vomica (Mar. कुचला); न लुब्धो बुध्यते दोषान्किंपाकमिव भक्षयन् Rām.2.66.6. -पुनर् ind. how much more, how much less; स्वयं रोपितेषु तरुषूत्पद्यते स्नेहः किं पुनरङ्गसंभवेष्वपत्येषु K.291; Me.3.17; Ve.3. -पुरुषः an inferior man, Bhāg.11.14.6. -प्रकारम् ind. in what manner. -प्रभाव a. possessing what power. -भूत a. of what sort of nature. -रूप a. of what form or shape. -वदन्ति, -न्ती f. rumour, report; स किंवदन्तीं वदतां पुरोगः (पप्रच्छ) R.14.31. मत्संबन्धात्कश्मला किंवदन्ती U.1.42; U.1.4. -वराटकः an extravagant man. -वा ind. 1 a particle of interrogation; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7. -2 or (corr. of किं 'whether'); राजपुत्रि सुप्ता किं वा जागर्षि Pt.1; तत्किं मारयामि किं वा विषं प्रयच्छामि किं वा पशुधर्मेण व्यापादयामि ibid.; Ś. Til.7. -विद a. knowing what. -व्यापार a. following what occupation. -शील a. of what habits, -स्वित् ind. whether, how; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14. |
| |
| kube | कुबे (वे) रः [कुत्सितं बे (वे) रं शरीरं यस्य सः] 1 The god of riches and treasure and the regent of the northern quarter; कुबेरगुप्तां दिशमुष्णरश्मौ गन्तुं प्रवृत्ते समयं विलङ्घ्य Ku.3.25 (vide Malli. thereon). [Kubera is the son of Viśravas by Iḍāviḍā, and thus the half brother of Rāvaṇa. Besides, being the lord of riches and regent of the north, he is the king of the Yakṣas and Kinnaras, and a friend of Rudra. His abode is Kailāsa. He is represented as being deformed in body-having three legs, only eight teeth, and a yellow mark in place of one eye.] -2 N. of a tree. -Comp. -अक्षी N. of a plant (Mar. सागरगोटी). -अद्रिः, -अचलः an epithet of mountain Kailāsa. -दिश् f. the north. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. |
| |
| kumbhīkaḥ | कुम्भीकः 1 The Punnāga tree. -2 A catamite. -का Swelling of the eye-lids. see कुम्भिका. |
| |
| kṛṣiḥ | कृषिः f. [कृष्-इक्; cf. P.III.3.18 Vārt.8] 1 Ploughing. -2 Agriculture, husbandry; चीयते बालिशस्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3; कृषिः क्लिष्टा$वृष्ट्या Pt.1.11; Ms.1.9,3.64,1.79; Bg.18.44. -3 The harvest (कृषिफल); Y.1.276. -4 The earth; Mb.5. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. agriculture. -जीविन् a. living by husbandry. -द्विष्टः a kind of sparrow. -पराशरः, -संग्रहः N. of a treatise on agriculture (see Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute Vol.XXXVI Nos. 1-2.) -फलम् agricultural produce or profit; Me.16. -सेवा agriculture, husbandry. |
| |
| kesa | केस (श) रः रम् 1 The mane (as of a lion); न हन्त्यदूरे$पि गजान्मृगेश्वरो विलोलजिह्वश्चलिताग्रकेसरः Ṛs.1.14; Ś.7.14. -2 The filament of a flower; नीपं दृष्ट्वा हरितक- पिशं केसरैरर्धरूढैः Me.21; Ś.6.18; M.2.11; R.4.67; Śi.9.47. -3 The Bakula tree; रक्ताशोकश्चलकिसलयः केसर- श्चात्र कान्तः Me.8; Ku.3.55. -4 The Punnāga tree. -5 The fibre (as of a mango fruit). -6 Saffron. -7 The hair. -रम् 1 A flower of the Bakula tree; सुरभि- गन्धपराजितकेसरम् R.9.36. -2 Gold. -3 Sulphate of iron. -Comp. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Meru; Bhāg.5.17.6. -अम्लः the citron. -वरम् saffron. |
| |
| kesa | केस (श) रिन् m. [केश-स-र-इनि] 1 A lion; अनुहुंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16.25; धनुर्धरः केसरिणं ददर्श R.2.29; Ś.7.3. -2 The best, excellent, or most prominent of a class (at the end of comp.); cf. कुञ्जर, सिंह &c. -3 A horse; Mb.12.78.4. -4 The citron plant. -5 The Punnāga tree. -6 N. of the father of Hanūmat. -रिणी A lioness; Ks.7.12. -Comp. -सुतः an epithet of Hanūmat. |
| |
| kainnara | कैन्नर a. Coming from a Kinnara. |
| |
| koṭiḥ | कोटिः टी f. [कुट्-इञ्] 1 The curved end of a bow; भूमिनिहितैककोटिकार्मुकम् R.11.81; U.4.29. -2 The end or extremity, edge or point in general; सहचरीं दन्तस्य कोट्या लिखन् Māl.9.32; अङ्गदकोटिलग्नम् R.6.14;7.46;8.36. -3 The edge or point of a weapon. -4 The highest point, excess, pitch, climax, excellence; परां कोटिमानन्दस्याध्यगच्छन् K.369; so कोपकोटिमापन्ना Pt.4; excessively angry; कल्याणीं कलयामि कञ्जनिलयां कल्याणकोटिस्थिताम् Viś. Guṇā.275. -5 The horns or digits of the moon; आवर्जितजटामौलिविलम्बिशशि- कोटयः Ku.2.26. -6 Ten millions, a crore; वित्तस्य विद्यापरि- संख्यया मे कोटीश्चतस्रो दश चाहरेति R.5.21;12.82; Ms.6.63. -7 The complement of an arc to 9˚ (in math.). -8 The perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle (in math.). -9 A class, department, kingdom; मनुष्य˚, प्राणि˚ &c. -1 One side of a question in dispute, an alternative. -11 The pinnacle, peak (शिखर); कोटिं तस्य समुद्रस्य काञ्चनीं शतयोजनाम् Rām.4.42.19. -Comp. -ईश्वरः a millionaire; ततः कोटीश्वराख्येन वणिजा स समं ययौ Ks.56.64; नवनवतिशतद्रव्यकोटीश्वरास्ते नन्दाः ... हताः पश्यतो राक्षसस्य Mu. -जित् m. an epithet of Kālidāsa. -जीवा, -ज्या the cosine of an angle in a right-angled triangle (in math.). -द्वयम् two alternatives. -पात्रम् a rudder. -पालः the guard of a stronghold. -वर्षम् N. of the capital of the demon-chief Bāṇa. -वेधिन् a. (lit.) striking a point; (fig.) performing the most difficult things; कोटिवेधिनि सिद्धे हि Rāj. T.1.11. -श्रीः an epithet of Durgā. -होमः a kind of sacrificial offering. |
| |
| gaṅgā | गङ्गा [गम्-गन्; Uṇ.1.12] 1 The river Ganges, the most sacred river in India; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा Bh.2.1; R.2.26;13.57; (mentioned in Rv.1.75.5, along with other rivers considered sacred in India). -2 The Ganges personified as a goddess. [Gaṅgā is the eldest daughter of Himavat. It is said that a curse of Brahmā made her come down upon earth, where she became the first wife of King Śantanu. She bore him eight sons, of whom Bhīṣma, the youngest, became a well-known personage, renowned for his valour and life-long celibacy. According to another account she came down on earth being propitiated by Bhagīratha; see भगीरथ and जह्नु also; and cf. Bh.2. 1]. इमं मे गङ्गे यमुने सरस्वति Mahānār. Up.5.4. -Comp. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 water of the Ganges. -2 pure rain-water (such as falls in the month of आश्विन). -अवतारः 1 the descent of the Ganges on the earth; भगीरथ इव दृष्टगङ्गावतारः K.32 (where गङ्गा˚ also means 'descent into the Ganges' for ablution). -2 N. of a sacred place. -अष्टकम् a collection of eight verses addressed to the Ganges; गङ्गाष्टकं पठति यः प्रयतः प्रभाते वाल्मीकिना विरचितं शुभदं मनुष्यः । -उद्भेदः the source of the Ganges. -क्षेत्रम् the river Ganges and the district two Koss on either of its banks. -चिल्ली Gangetic kite. -जः, -सुतः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya; गङ्गासुतस्त्वं स्वमतेन देव स्वाहामहीकृत्तिकानां तथैव Mb.3.232.15. -जलम् the holy water (by which it is customary to administer oaths). -दत्तः an epithet of Bhīsma. -द्वारम् the place where the Ganges enters the plains (also called हरिद्वार); गङ्गाद्वारं प्रति महान्बभूव भगवानृषिः Mb.1.13.33. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the ocean. ˚पुरम् N. of a town. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya. -3 a man of a mixed and vile caste whose business is to remove dead bodies. -4 a Brāhmaṇa who conducts pilgrims to the Ganges. -भृत् m. 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the ocean. -मध्यम् the bed of the Ganges. -यात्रा 1 a pilgrimage to the Ganges. -2 carrying a sick person to the river-side to die there. -लहरी N. of poem by Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of वैशाख. -सागरः the place where the Ganges enters the ocean. -सुप्तः 1 an epithet of Bhīsma. -2 of Kartikya. -ह्रदः N. of a तीर्थ. गङ्गाका gaṅgākā गङ्गका gaṅgakā गङ्गिका gaṅgikā गङ्गाका गङ्गका गङ्गिका The Ganges. |
| |
| gīta | गीत p. p. [गै-क्त] 1 Sung, chanted (lit.); आर्ये साधु गीतम् Ś.1; चारणद्वन्द्वगीतः शब्दः Ś.2.15. -2 Declared, told, said; गीतश्चायमर्थो$ङ्गिरसा Māl.2; (see under गै also). -तम् Singing, a song; तवास्मि गीतरागेण हारिणा प्रसभं हृतः Ś.1.5; गीतमुत्सादकारि मृगाणाम् K.32. -Comp. -अयनम् a means or instrument of singing, i. e. a lute, flute &c. Bhāg.4.4.5. -क्रमः the arrangement of a song. -गोविन्दम् N. of a lyrical drama by Jayadeva. -ज्ञ a. versed in the art of singing; गीतज्ञो यदि योगेन नाप्नोति परमं पदम् Y.3.116. -प्रिय a. fond of song or music. (-यः) an epithet of Śiva. (-या) N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda. -बन्धनम् an epic poem to be sung; शृणुमः किमिदं स्वप्ने गीतबन्धनमुत्तमम् Rām.7.71.21. -मोदिन् m. a Kinnara. -शास्त्रम् the science of music. |
| |
| guṇaḥ | गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food). |
| |
| celam | चेलम् 1 A garment; कुसुम्भारुणं चारु चेलं वसाना Jagannātha. -2 (At the end of comp.) Bad, wicked, vile; भार्याचेलम् 'a bad wife.' -Comp. -आशकः a moth. -क्नोपम् ind. So as to wet the clothes (rain) P. III.4.33. -गङ्गा N. of a river near Gokarṇa. -चीरा a piece torn off from a garment; विपन्नं गलमुद्बध्य दृढया चेलचीरया Rāj. T.4.574. -निर्णेजकः, -प्रक्षालकः a washerman; श्ववतां शौण्डिकानां च चेलनिर्णेजकस्य च Ms.4.216. |
| |
| chyu | छ्यु 1 Ā. (छयवते) To go, move, approach. 1 the Supreme deity. -2 Śiva. -3 Nārada. -4 Brahmās -5 Viṣṇu. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चन्द्रिका Bhaṭṭotpala'. commentary on Bṛihatsaṁhitā (also called चिन्तामणि). -चित्रम् a wonder of the universe; पश्येदानीं जगच्चित्रम् Rām.7.34.9. -जीवः a living being; एक एको जगज्जीवैरियेष स्वात्मपोषणम् Rāj. T.2.25. -त्रयम् the three worlds i. e. heaven, earth and the lower world. -दीपः the sun. -धात्री 1 Durgā. -2 Sarasvatī. -नाथः 1 the lord of the universe. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Dattātreya. -4 N. of a country. -5 N. of an idol at Jagannātha. -6 N. of a poet. (-थौ) Viṣṇu and Śiva. (-था) N. of Durgā. -निवासः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; जगन्निवासो वसुदेवसद्मानि Śi.1.1. -3 wordly existence. -पतिः God, Lord of the universe; यदा च तस्याधिगमे जगत्पतेः Ku. -प्रभुः 1 an epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -2 an Arhat of the Jainas. -प्राणः, -बलः wind. -बीजम् N. of Śiva. -मातृ f. 1 Durgā. -2 Lākṣmī. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Brahmā. (-निः f.) the earth. -वन्द्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. विनाशः the expiration of Yugas. -वहा the earth. -साक्षिन् m. 1 the Supreme spirit. -2. the sun. -सेतुः the Supreme Being. -स्रष्टृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -3 Śiva. -स्वामित्वम् the sovereignty of the world; जगत्स्वामित्वलाभः प्रभोः Ratn. 4.19. |
| |
| jonarājaḥ | जोनराजः N. of the author of Rāj. Tilak. जोन्ताला jōntālā जोन्नाला jōnnālā जोन्ताला जोन्नाला f. Barley (Mar. जोंधळा; according to others देवभात ?). |
| |
| ṭaṅkita | टङ्कित a. Bound; नाकृष्टं न च टङ्कितं न नमितं नोत्थापितं स्थानतः Hanūmannāṭaka. |
| |
| tavakṣīram | तवक्षीरम् 1 Manna of bomboo (Mar. वंशलोचन). -2 A kind of extract of wheat, rice &c. |
| |
| tuṅga | तुङ्ग a. 1 High, elevated, tall, lofty, prominent; जल- निधिमिव विधुमण्डलदर्शनतरलिततुङ्गतरङ्गम् Gīt.11; तुङ्गं नगोत्सङ्ग- मिवारुरोह R.6.3,4.7; Śi.2.48; Me.12,66. -2 Long. -3 Vaulted. -4 Chief, principal. -5 Strong, passionate. -गः 1 A height, elevation. -2 A mountain. -3 Top, summit. -4 The planet Mercury. -5 A rhinoceros. -6 The coco-nut tree; Mb.12.262.7. -7 The aphelion of a planet. -8 (fig.) A throne; निपात्य तुङ्गाद्रिपुयूथनाथम् Bhāg.3.3.1. -9 A wise man. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 The Punnāga tree; तुङ्गस्तु शैलपुन्नागयोस्त्रिषु Nm. -गम् The stamina of the lotusblossoms. -Comp. -बीजः quicksilver. -भम् the apsis of a planet. -भद्रः a restive elephant, an elephant in rut. -भद्रा N. of a river (formed by the junction of Tuṅgā and Bhadrā) flowing into the Kṛiṣṇā. -मुखः a rhinoceros. -वेणा N. of a river. -शेखरः a mountain. |
| |
| turaṅgaḥ | तुरङ्गः [तुरेण गच्छति, गम्-ख मुम् वा डिच्च] 1 A horse; भानुः सकृद्युक्ततुरङ्ग एव Ś.5.5; R.3.38;13.3. -2 A name for the number 'seven'. -3 The heart, mind. -गी A mare. -Comp. -अरिः 1 a buffalo -2 fragrant oleander. -आरूढः a horseman. -कान्ता a mare. ˚मुखः submarine fire; तुरङ्गकान्तामुखहव्यवाहज्वालेव Śi.3.33. -द्विषणी a shebuffalo. -प्रियः, -यम् barley. -मेधः a horse-sacrifice; तुरङ्गमेधावभृथावतीर्णैरिक्ष्वाकुभिः पुण्यतरीकृतानि (जलानि) R.13.61. -यायिन्, -सादिन् m. a horseman; R.7.37. -वक्त्रः, -वदनः a Kinnara. -शाला, स्थानम् a horse-stable. -स्कन्ध a troop of horses. |
| |
| tri | त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old. |
| |
| tvac | त्वच् f. 1 Skin (of men, serpents &c.); धत्ते त्वचं रौरवीम् U.4.2; Mv.1.18. -2 Hide (as of a cow, deer &c.); त्वचं स मेध्यां परिधाय रौरवीम् R.3.31. -3 Bark, rind; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र भूर्जत्वचः कुञ्जरबिन्दुशोणाः Ku.1.7; R.2.37;17.12. -4 Any cover or coating. -5 The sense of touch. -6 Cinnamon वल्के लवङ्गवल्के त्वक् Nm. -7 Surface (of the earth); भूम्या उद्गेव वि त्वचं बिभेद Rv.1.68. 4. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः horripilation. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of touch. -कण्डुरः a sore. -गन्धः the orange. -छेदः 1 a skin-wound, scratch, bruise. -2 circumcision. -जम् 1 blood. -2 hair (on the body). -तरङ्गकः a wrinkle; (also त्वचोर्मिः). -त्रम् an armour; त्वक्त्रं चाचकचे वरम् Bk. 14.94. -दोषः disease of the skin, leprosy. -पत्रम् the leaf of Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी); चन्दनागुरुमुख्यानि त्वक्पत्राणां वनानि च Mb.12.17.18; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं चीनदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -परिपुटनम् peeling of the skin. पलितम् leprosy. -पारुष्यम् roughness of the skin. -पुष्पः horripilation. (-ष्पी, -ष्पम्) a blotch, scab. -भेदः a scratch. -भेदकः One who scratches the skin; त्वग्भेदकः शतं दण्ड्यः Ms.8.284. -मलम् hair of the body. -रोगः leprosy. &c., any cutaneous disease. -शून्यता want of sensation in the skin. -सारः (त्वचिसारः) 1 a bamboo; त्वक्साररन्ध्रपरिपूरणलब्धगीतिः Śi.4.61. -2 Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी); यत्रासीत्क्षपिता क्षरज्जलधरे त्वक्सारलक्षीकृते Mv.7.12. -सुगन्धः an orange. |
| |
| tvacam | त्वचम् 1 Skin. -2 Bark. -3 Cinnamon. |
| |
| dāru | दारु a. [दीर्यते दॄ-उण्] 1 Tearing, rending. -2 Liberal. -3 Kind. -रुः 1 A liberal or munificent man. -2 A donor. -3 An artist. -रु n. (said to be m. also) 1 Wood, a piece of wood, timber. -2 A block. -3 A lever. -4 A bolt. -5 The pine or Devadāru tree. -6 Ore. -7 Brass. -Comp. -अण़्डः the peacock. -आघाटः the woodpecker. -कर्मन्, -कृत्यम् wood-work; Pt.1.96. -गर्भा a wooden-puppet. -जः a kind of drum. -निशा, -पिता, -हरिद्रा N. of a plant, a species of curcuma (Mar. दारुहळद, आंबेहळद). -पात्रम् a wooden vessel, such as a trough. -पुत्रिका, -पुत्री a wooden doll. -फलः, -लम् Pistachio (Mar. पिस्ता). -मत्स्याह्वयः a lizard; also मुख्याह्वय. -मुख्याह्वया, -मुख्याह्वा a lizard. -यन्त्रम् 1 a wooden puppet moved by strings. -2 any machinery of wood. -वधूः a wooden doll. -सारः sandal. -सिता Cinnamon in sticks (Mar. दालचिनी). -हस्तकः a wooden spoon. -हारः a wood-cutter, procurer of wood; नैष्कर्तृको दारुहारः ॥ ŚB. on Ms.1.2.28. |
| |
| dur | दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense. |
| |
| dehaḥ | देहः हम् [दिह्-घञ्] 1 The body; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 A form, shape, bulk, mass, -3 A person, an individual. -4 An appearance, a manifestation. -हः Anointing, smearing. -ही A rampart, wall, mound. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another body; किं नु तद् दुष्कृतं कर्म पुरा देहान्तरे कृतम् Rām.7.24.15. ˚प्राप्तिः f. transmigration. -आत्मवादः materialism, the doctrines of Chārvāka. -आत्मवादिन् m. a materialist, a Chārvāka. -आवरणम् armour, dress. -आसवः urine. -ईश्वरः the soul. -उद्भव, -उद्भूत a. born in the body, inborn, innate. -करः a father. -कर्तृ m. 1 the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 father. -कृत् 1 the five elements. -2 the God; देहकृत् देहभृत् देही Mb. -3 father; त्रसदस्युः पौरुकुत्सो यो$नरण्यस्य देहकृत् Bhāg.9.7.4. -कोषः 1 the covering of the body. -2 a feather, wing &c. -3 skin. -क्षयः 1 decay of the body. -2 sickness, disease. -गत a. incarnate, embodied. -जः 1 son. -2 a. Belonging to the body; मनोवाग्देहजैर्नित्यं कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1.14. -जा a daughter. -तन्त्र a. whose chief kind of existence is corporeal; त्वं देहतन्त्रः प्रशमाय पाप्मनां निदेशभाजां च विभो विभूतये Bhāg.3.33. 5. -त्यागः 1 death (in general). -2 voluntary death; resigning the body; तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरष्वोर्देह- त्यागात् R.8.95; Ms.1.62. -दः quick-silver. -दीपः the eye. -धर्मः the function of the body (आहारनिद्रामैथु- नादि); Rām.4.35.9. -धारकम् a bone. -धारणम् living, life. -धिः a wing. -धृष् m. air, wind. -पातः death. -बद्ध a. embodied, incarnate; देहबद्धमिव धर्ममभ्यगात् R. 11.35; Ku.2.47. -बन्ध bodily frame; ध्वंसते देहबन्धः U.3.38; Māl.9.2. -भाज् a. embodied, corporeal. (-m) any being possessed of a body or life, especially a man; नायं देवो देहभाजां नृलोके Bhāg.5.5.1. -भुज् m. 1 the soul. -2 the sun. -भृत् m. 1 living being, especially a man; धिगिमां देहभृतामसारताम् R.8.51; देहभ्रतां वर Bg.8.4; 14.14. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 life, vitality. -भेदः death. -मध्यम् waist. -यात्रा 1 dying, death. -2 nourishment, food. -यापनम् fostering the body (शरीरपोषण); देवतातिथिशेषेण कुरुते देहयापनम् Mb.3.26.6. -लक्षणम् a mole, a black or dark spot upon the skin. -वर्मन् n. the skin. -वायुः one of the five vital airs of lifewinds; see प्राण. -विसर्जनम् death. -वृन्तम् the navel. -संचारिणी a daughter. -सारः marrow. -स्वभावः bodily temperament. |
| |
| daiva | दैव a. (-वी f.) [देवादागतः अण्] 1 Relating to gods, caused by or coming from gods, divine, celestial; संस्कृतं नाम दैवी वागन्वाख्याता महर्षिभिः Kāv.1.33; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; Y.2.235; Bg.4.25; 9.13;16.3; Ms.3.75. -2 Royal; दैवी वाग्यस्य नाभवत् Rāj. T.5.26. -3 Depending on fate, fatal. -4 Possessing the quality of सत्त्व. -वः 1 (i. e. विवाहः) One of the eight forms of marriage, that in which the daughter is given away at a sacrifice to the officiating priest; यज्ञस्य ऋत्विजे दैवः Y.1.59 (for the eight forms of marriage see उद्वाह or Ms.3.21). -2 A worshipper of god (देवभक्त); दैवान् सर्वे गुणवन्तो भवन्ति Mb. 12.158.35. -वम् 1 Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; पूर्वजन्म- कृतं कर्म तद्दैवमिति कथ्यते H. दैवमविद्वांसः प्रमाणयन्ति Mu.3; विना पुरुषकारेण दैवमत्र न सिध्यति 'God helps those who help themselves'; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361. (दैवात् by chance, luckily, accidentally.) -2 A god, deity. -3 A religious rite or offering, an oblation to gods; उत्तिष्ठ नरशार्दूल कर्तव्यं दैवमाह्निकम् Rām.1.23.2. -4 A kind of Śrāddha ceremony. -5 Parts of the hands sacred to the gods, i. e. the tips of the fingers; cf. Ms.2.59. -6 Royal duties; न तु केवलदैवेन प्रजाभावेन रेमिरे Mb.1.222.1. -7 A science phenomena, unusuals (उत्पातs); Ch. Up. 7.1.2. -वी 1 A woman married according to the form of marriage called daiva q. v. above. -2 a. Divine, super-human; दैवी संपद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता Bg.16.5. -3 A division of medicine (the medical use of charms, prayers &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena. -अधीन, -आयत्त a. dependent on fate; दैवायत्तं कुले जन्म मदायत्तं तु पौरुषम् Ve.3.33. -अहोरात्रः a day of the gods i. e. the human year. -इज्य a. sacred to Jupiter (गुरु), -topaz. -उपहत a. illfated, unfortunate; दैवेनोपहतस्य बुद्धिरथवा सर्वा विपर्यस्यति Mu.6.8. -ऊढा a woman married according to the Daiva ritual. ˚ज the son of such a woman; दैवोढाजः सुतश्चैव सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.3.38. -कर्मन् n. offering, oblations to gods. -कृत a. 1 fated. -2 natural. -कोविद्, -चिन्तकः, -ज्ञः an astrologer, a fortune-teller, पुरोहित प्रकुर्वीत दैवज्ञमुदितोदितम् Y.1.313; Kām.9,25. -गतिः f. turn or course of fate; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.96.; Pt.3.174. -चिन्ता fatalism; astrology. -ज्ञ a. knowing fate or men's destinies. -तन्त्र a. dependent on fate. -दत्त a. innate, natural. -दीपः the eye. -दुर्विपाकः hardness of fortune, adverseness or unpropitiousness of fate, an evil turn of fate; U.1.4. -दोषः badness of fate. -पर a. 1 trusting to fate, fatalist. -2 fated. predestined. -प्रश्नः 1 fortune-telling, astrology. -2 a voice from heaven. नक्तं निर्गत्य यत्किञ्चिच्छुभाशुभकरं वचः । श्रूयते तद्विदुर्धीरा दैवप्रश्नमुपश्रुतिम् ॥ -युगम् 'a Yuga of the gods' said to consist of 12 divine years, but see Kull. on एतद् द्वादशसाहस्रं देवानां युगमुच्यते Ms.1.71. -योगः a lucky coincidence, fortuitous combination, fortune, chance. (दैवयोगेन, दैवयोगात् fortunately, accidentally.) -रक्षित a. guarded by the gods; अरक्षितं तिष्ठति दैवरक्षितम् Subhāṣ. -लेखकः a fortune-teller, an astrologer. -वशः, -शम् the power of destiny, subjection to fate. -वाणी 1 a voice from heaven. -2 the Sanskrit language; cf. Kāv.1.33. quoted above. -विद् m. an astrologer. -सभेयम् a variety of sandal-wood red and smelling like a lotus-flower; Kau. A.2.11. -हत a. ill-fated; सुरक्षितं दैवहतं विनश्यति Subhāṣ. -हीन a. ill-fated, unfortunate, unlucky. |
| |
| dhā | धा 3 U. (दधाति, धत्ते, दधौ-दधे, अधात्-अधित धास्यति-ते, धातुम्, हित; -pass. धीयते; -caus. धापयति-ते; -desid. धित्सति-ते) 1 To put, place, set, lay, put in, lay on or upon; विज्ञातदोषेषु दधाति दण्डम् Mb.; निःशङ्कं धीयते (v. l. for दीयते) लोकैः पश्य भस्मचये पदम् H.2.132. -2 To fix upon, direct (the mind or thoughts &c.) towards (with dat. or loc.); धत्ते चक्षुर्मुकुलिनि रणत्कोकिले बालचूते Māl.3.12; दधुः कुमारानुगमे मनांसि Bk.3.11;2.7; Ms.12.23. -3 To bestow anything upon one, grant, give, confer, present (with dat., gen., or loc.); धुर्यां लक्ष्मीमथ मयि भृशं धेहि देव प्रसीद Māl.1.3; यद्यस्य सो$दधात्सर्गे तत्तस्य स्वयमाविशत् Ms.1.29. -4 To hold, contain; तानपि दधासि मातः Bv.1.68; Ś.4.4. -5 To seize, take hold of (as in the hand); धनुररिभिरसह्यं मृष्टिपीडं दधाने Bk.1.26;4.26; -6 To wear, put on, bear; गुरूणि वासांसि विहाय तूर्णं तनूनि...... धत्ते जनः काममदालसाङ्गः Rs.6.13,16; धत्ते भरं कुसुमपत्रफलावलीनाम् Bv.1.94; दधतो मङ्गलक्षौमे R.12.8;9.4; Bk.17.54. -7 To assume, take, have, show, exhibit, possess; (usually Ātm.); काचः काञ्चनसंसर्गाद्धत्ते मारकतीं द्युतिम् H. Pr.35; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74; R.2.7; Amaru. 27.7; Me.38; Bh.3.46; R.3.1; Bk.2.1;4.16,18; Śi.9.3;1.86; Ki.5.5. -8 To hold up, sustain, bear up; गामधास्यत्कथं नागो मृणालमृदुभिः फणैः Ku.6.68. -9 To support, maintain संपद्विनिमयेनोभौ दधतुर्भुवनद्वयम् R.1.26. -1 To cause, create, produce, generate, make; मुग्धा कुड्मलिताननेन दधती वायुं स्थिता तत्र सा Amaru.72. -11 To suffer, undergo, incur; दधती रतेन भृशमुत्सुकताम् Śi.9.2, 32,66. -12 To perform, do. -13 Ved. To bring, convey. -14 To appoint, fix. [The meanings of this root, like those of दा, are variously modified according to the word with which it is connected; e. g. मनः, मतिम्, धियम्, &c. धा to fix the mind or thoughts upon, resolve upon; पदं धा to set foot on, to enter; कर्णे करं धा to place the hand on the ear &c.] -With अपि (the अ being sometimes dropped). 1 (a) to close, shut; ध्वनति मधुपसमूहे श्रवणमपिदधाति Gīt.5; so कर्णौ-नयने-पिदधाति (b) to cover, hide, conceal; प्रायो मूर्खः परिभवविधौ नाभिमानं पिधत्ते Ś. Til.17. (v.l.); प्रभावपिहिता V.4.2; Śi.9.76; Bk.7. 69. -2 to hinder, obstruct, bar; भुजंगपिहितद्वारं पातालमधि- तिष्ठति R.1.8. (The following verse illustrates the use of धा with some prepositions:-- अधित कापि मुखे सलिलं सखी प्यधित कापि सरोजदलैः स्तनौ । व्यधित कापि हृदि व्यजनानिलं न्यधित कापि हिमं सुतनोस्तनौ N.4.111; or, better still, the following verse of Jagannātha:-- निधानं धर्माणां किमपि च विधानं नवमुदां प्रधानं तीर्थानाममलपरिधानं त्रिजगतः । समाधानं बुद्धेरथ खलु तिरोधानमधियां श्रियामाधानं नः परिहरतु तापं तव वपुः ॥ G. L.18). |
| |
| nava | नव a. 1 New, fresh, young, recent; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; एते वयं पुनर्नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5; क्लेशः फलेन हि पुनर्नवतां विधत्ते Ku.5.86; U.1.19; R.1.83;2.47;3.53; 4.3,11; Śi.1.4; नववयसि Mu.3.3.; Śi.3.31; Ki.9.43. -2 Modern. -वः 1 A crow. -2 Praise. -3 A young monk, novice; Buddha. -वम् ind. Recently, newly, lately, not long ago. -Comp. -अङ्गी a woman. नवाङ्गी कुरङ्गी दृगङ्गीकरोतु Jagannātha. -अन्नम् 1 new rice or grain. -2 a ceremony performed on first eating the new rice. -अम्बु n. fresh water. -अहः the first day of a fortnight. -इतर a. old; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्म- दर्शनात् (विरराम); R.8.22. -उद्धृतम् fresh butter. -ऊढा, -पाणिग्रहणा 1 a newly married woman, a bride; आस्तां मानसतुष्टये सुकृतिनां नीतिर्नवोढेव वः H.1.185. Bh.1.4; नवपाणि- ग्रहणां वधूमिव (सदयं बुभुजे) R.8,7. -2 a kind of heroine (in dramas); "लज्जाभरपराधीनरतिर्नवोढा"; बलान्नीता पार्श्वं मुख- मनुमुखं नैव कुरुते, धुनाना मूर्धानं क्षिपति वदनं चुम्बनविधौ । हृदिन्यस्तं हस्तं क्षिपति गमनारोपितमना, नवोढा वोढारं रमयति च सन्तापयति च ॥ Ras. M. -कारिका, -कालिका, -फलिका 1 a woman newly married. -2 a woman in whom menstruation has recently commenced. -छात्रः a fresh student, novice, tyro. -द्वीपः N. of a place (modern Nuddea, at the confluence of भागीरथी and जलङ्गी). -नी f. -नीतम् fresh butter; अहो नवनीतकल्पहृदय आर्यपुत्रः M.3. दुग्धोत्थं नवनीतं तु चक्षुष्यं रक्तपित्तनुत् Āyurveda. ˚धेनुः A cow made of butter, fit to be offered to a Brahmaṇa. -नीतकम्, -नीतजम् 1 clarified butter. -2 fresh butter. -पाठकः a new teacher. -प्रसूता a woman who has lately brought forth (a child). -प्राशनम् eating of new rice. -मल्लिका, -मालिका a kind of jasmine. -यज्ञः an offering of the first fruits of the harvest. -यौवनम् fresh youth, bloom or prime of youth. (-ना) a young woman. -राजस् f. a girl who has recently menstruated. -वधूः, -वरिका 1 a newly-married girl. -2 a daughter-in-law. -वल्लभम् a kind of sandal. -वस्त्रम् new cloth. -शस्यम् the first fruits of the year's harvest. -शशिभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva; रक्षाहेतोर्नवशशिभृता वासवीनां चमूनामत्यादित्यं हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me.45. -श्राद्धम् a श्राद्ध performed on odd days after death i. e. on the third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh. -सारः a kind of Āyurvedic decoction; नवसारो भवेच्छुद्धश्चूर्णतोयैर्विपाचितः । दोलायन्त्रेण यत्नेन भिषग्भिर्योगसिद्धये ॥ Vaidyachandrikā. -सूतिः f., -सूतिका 1 a milch-cow. -2 a woman recently delivered. |
| |
| nāga | नाग a. (-गी f.) Serpentine, formed of snakes, snaky. -2 Elephantine. -गः [न गच्छति इत्यगः न अगो नागः] 1 A snake in general, particularly the cobra; नासुरो$यं न वा नागः Ki.15.12. -2 A fabulous serpentdemon or semi-divine being, having the face of a man and the tail of a serpent, and said to inhabit the Pātāla; अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29; R.15.83. -3 An elephant; दिङ्नागानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14,36; Si.4.63; V.4.25. -4 A shark. -5 A cruel or tyrannical person. -6 (At the end of comp.) Any pre-eminent or distinguished person, e. g. पुरुषनागः . -7 A cloud. -8 A peg projecting from a wall to hang anything upon. -9 N. of several plants as Mesua Roxburghii, Rottlera Tictoria, Piper betel; (Mar. नागचाफा, नागकेशर, पानवेल, नागरमोथा etc.); Bhāg.8.2.18; Rām.7. 42.4. -1 One of the five vital airs of the body, that which is expelled by eructation. -11 The number 'seven'. -12 A trumpet (see नागवेला). -गम् 1 Tin. -2 Lead. -3 One of the astronomical periods (Karaṇas) called ध्रुव -4 The effects of that period on anything done during it. -5 The asterism called आश्लेषा. -6 A captivating act of females (स्त्रीबन्धः), gesticulation; L. D. B. -7 A kind of coitus; Nm. -गी 1 A female Nāga. -2 A female elephant; -Comp. -अङ्गम् Hastināpura. -अङ्गना 1 a female elephant. -2 the proboscis of an elephant. -अञ्चला, -अञ्जना = नागयष्टि q. v. -अञ्जना a female elephant. -अधिपः an epithet of Śeṣa. -अन्तकः, -अरातिः, -अरिः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a peacock. -3 a lion. -अशनः 1 a peacock; Pt.1.159. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 a lion. -आख्यः = नागकेसर q. v. -आननः an epithet of Ganeśa. -आनन्दम् a drama by Śrīharṣa. -आरूढ a. Riding upon an elephant. -आह्वः Hastināpura. -इन्द्रः 1 a lordly or superior elephant; नागेन्द्रहस्तास्त्वचि कर्कशत्वात... कदलीविशेषाः Ku. 1 36. -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant; कुथेन नागेन्द्रमिवेन्द्रवाहनम् Śi. -3 an epithet of Śeṣa. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 N. of the author of Paribhāṣenduśekhara and several other works. -3 N. of Patañjali. -उदम्, -उदरम् 1 a breast-plate. -2 a peculiar disease of pregnancy (गर्भोपद्रवभेद). -कन्यका, -कन्या a serpent-virgin. -कर्णः the castor-oil plant. -किंजल्कः = नागकेसर q. v. -कुमारी Rubia Munjiṣṭā (Mar. मंजिष्ठ). -केतुः An epithet of Karṇa (?); समरमधि- गतार्थः प्रस्थितो नागकेतुः Karṇabhāra 1.3. -केसरः N. of a tree with fragrant flowers, Mesua Roxburghii; कतकं नक्रनखरं नलदं नागकेसरम् Śiva B.3.14. -रम् a kind of steel. -गर्भम् red lead. -चूडः an epithet of Śiva. -जम् 1 red lead. -2 tin. -जिह्विका red arsenic. -जीवनम् tin. (-नः) orpiment. -दन्तः, -दन्तकः 1 ivory. -2 a peg or bracket projecting from a wall and used to hang things upon; N.18.15. -दन्ती 1 a kind of sun-flower. -2 a harlot. -द्वीपम् N. of a द्वीप in Bharatavarṣa. -नक्षत्रम्, -नायकम् the constellation called Āśleṣā. (-कः) the lord of serpents; अनन्तो वासुकिः पद्मो महापद्मो$पि नक्षकः । कर्कोटः कुलिकः शङ्ख इत्यष्टौ नागनायकाः ॥ Trikāṇdaśeṣa. -नामकम् Tin. -नामन् m. holy basil (तुलसी). -नासा the proboscis of an elephant. -निर्यूहः a large pin or bracket projecting from a wall. -पञ्चमी 1 N. of a festival on the fifth day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -2 the fifth day in the dark half of Āsāḍha. -पतिः an epithet of (1) Airāvata. (2) Śesa. -पदः a mode of sexual enjoyment (रतिबन्ध). पादौ स्कन्धे तथा हस्ते क्षिपेल्लिङ्गं भगे लघु । कामयेत् कामुको नारीं बन्धो नागपदो मतः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -पर्णी the betel plant. -पाशः 1 a sort of magical noose used in battle to entangle an enemy. -2 N. of the noose or weapon of Varuṇa. -पाशकः a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). स्वजङ्घाद्वयमध्यस्थां हस्ताभ्यां धारयन् कुचौ । रमेन्निःशङ्कितो नारीं बन्धो$यं नागपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -पुरम् 1 Hastināpura. -2 N. of a city in Pātāla. -पुष्पः 1 the Champaka tree. -2 the Punnāga tree. -बन्धः 1 a snake as a chain. -2 N. of a metre, resembling the coilings of a snake. -बन्धकः an elephant-catcher. -बन्धुः the holy fig-tree. -बलः an epithet of Bhīma. -भूषणः an epithet of Śiva. -मण्डलिकः 1 a snake-keeper. -2 a snake-catcher. -मल्लः an epithet of Airāvata. -मारः a species of pot-herb (Mar. माका). -यष्टिः f., -यष्टिका 1 a graduated pole or post for showing the depth of water in a newly-dug pond. -2 a boring-rod driven into the earth. -रक्तम्, -रेणुः red lead. -रङ्गः the orange. -राजः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 a large elephant; अधस्तान्नागराजाय सोमायोर्ध्वं दिशं ददौ Hariv. -रिपुः (see नागान्तकः) Garuḍa; शार्ङ्गचक्रायुधः खड्गी सर्वनागरिपुध्वजः Mb.13.147.15. -रुकः the orange tree. -लता 1 the penis. -2 the piper betel. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली piper betel. -वेला the hour when a serpent-like instrument is blown; नागवेलायामागन्तव्य...... । यस्मिन् ग्रामे न नागाः...... तस्मिन्नपि स एव कालः । तत्र हि आगमनं क्रियते । ŚB. on MS.1.8.69. -लोकः the world of serpents, the race of serpents collectively, one of the regions below the earth called Pātāla. -वारिकः 1 a royal elephant. -2 an elephant-driver. -3 a peacock. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa. -5 the chief of a herd of elephants. -6 the chief person in an assembly. -वीथी that part of the moon's path which contains the asterisms अश्विनी, भरणी and कृत्तिका; अश्विनी कृत्तिका याम्या नागवीथीति शब्दिता V. P. -संभवम्, -संभूतम् red lead. ...... मञ्जिष्ठां नागसंभवम् Śiva. B.3.19. -साह्वयम् Hastināpura. |
| |
| nārāyaṇaḥ | नारायणः 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu; (the word is thus derived in Ms.1.1. आपो नारा इति प्रोक्ता आपो वै नरसूनवः । ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वं तेन नारायणः स्मृतः ॥) नारायणं नमस्कृत्य ...... ततो जयमुदीरयेत् Mb.1.1.1; नीरे नीरचरैः समं स भगवान् निद्राति नारायणः Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -2 N. of an ancient sage said to be a companion of Nara and to have produced Urvaśī from his thigh; cf. ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3; see नरनारायण under नर also. -3 N. of the second month (reckoning from मार्गशीर्ष). -णी 1 An epithet of Lakṣmī the goddess of wealth. -2 An epithet of Durgā. -3 An epithet of Gaṅgā and Gaṇḍakī. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. शतावरी). -Comp. -अस्त्रम् N. of a missile. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad. -प्रियः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 yellow sandal-wood. -बलिः an oblation given to five deities including नारायण in performing the funeral rites of a person dying a sinful death. |
| |
| nija | निज a. [नितरां जायते निजन्-ड] 1 Innate, indigenous, native, inborn, congenial. -2 Own, one's own, relating to one-self, of one's own party or country; निजं वपुः पुन- रनयन्निजां रुचिम् Śi.17.4; R.3.15;18.27; Ms.2.5. -3 Peculiar. -4 Continual, perpetual. -m. (pl.) One's own people. -Comp. -बोधः Self-knowledge, spiritual knowledge; भिक्षुर्न चाहं निजबोधरूपः Hastāmalaka Stotra. |
| |
| niryūhaḥ | निर्यूहः 1 A pinnacle, turret, projection (on columns or gates); अनेकविधप्रासादहर्म्यवलभीनिर्यूहशतसंकुलम् (अपश्यत्) Mb.1.3.133; वितर्दिनिर्यूहविटङ्कनीडः Śi.3.55. (where Mālli. renders निर्यूह by मत्तवारणाख्य अपाश्रयः and quotes Vaijayantī perhaps it was so called from its resemblance to the shape of an elephant in rut); चारु- तोरणनिर्यूहा Rām. -2 A chaplet, crest, head-ornament; बद्धाभरणनिर्यूहाः Mb.5.155.12. -3 A peg projecting from a wall. -4 Wood placed in a wall for pigeons to build their nests or to perch upon; Śi.3.55. -5 A door, gate. -6 Extract, decoction. |
| |
| nisargaḥ | निसर्गः 1 Bestowing, granting, presenting, giving away; न चाधेः कालसंरोधान्निसर्गो$स्ति न विक्रयः Ms.8.143. -2 A grant. -3 Evacuation, voiding excrement. -4 Abandoning, relinquishing. -5 Creation; प्रजा निसर्गाद् विप्रान् वै क्षत्रियाः पूजयन्ति ह Mb.14.58.5. -6 Nature, natural character, natural state or condition; निसर्ग दुर्बोधम् Ki.1.6;18.31; R.3.35; Ku.4.16; निसर्गतः, निसर्गेण 'by nature', or 'naturally'. -7 Exchange, barter. -Comp. -ज, -सिद्ध a. innate, inborn, natural; निसर्गजं तु तत्तस्य कस्तस्मात्तदपोहति Ms.8.414. -निपुण a. naturally clever. -भिन्न a. different by nature; निसर्ग- भिन्नास्पदमेकसंस्थम् R.6.29. -विनीत a. 1 naturally discreet. -2 naturally well-behaved. |
| |
| nīla | नील a. (ला -ली f.; the former in relation to clothes &c., the latter in relation to animals, plants &c.) 1 Blue, dark-blue; नीलस्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -2 Dyed with indigo. -लः 1 the dark-blue or black colour. -2 Sapphire. -3 The Indian fig-tree. -4 N. of a monkey-chief in the army of Rāma. -5 'The blue mountain', N. of one of the principal ranges of mountains. -6 A kind of bird, the blue Mainā. -7 An ox of a dark-blue colour. -8 One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see नवनिधि. -9 A mark. -1 An auspicious sound or proclamation. -ला 1 The indigo plant. -2 A Rāgiṇī. -ले f. (du.) 1 The two arteries in front of the neck. -2 A black and blue mark on the skin; (for other senses see नीली.) -लम् 1 Black-salt. -2 Blue vitriol. -3 Antimony. -4 Poison. -5 Indigo, indigo dye. -6 Darkness. -Comp. -अक्षः 1 a goose. -अङ्गः the Sārasa bird. -अञ्जनम् 1 antimony. -2 blue vitriol. -अञ्जना, -अञ्जसा lightning. -अब्जम्, -अम्बुजम्, -अम्बु- जन्मन् n. the blue lotus. -अभ्रः a dark-cloud. -अम्बर a. dressed in dark-blue clothes. (-रः) 1 a demon, goblin. -2 the planet Saturn. -3 an epithet of Balarāma. -अरुणः early dawn, the first dawn of day. -अश्मन् m. a sapphire. -उल्पलम् a blue lotus; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया समिल्लतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यवस्यति Ś.1.18. -उपलः the blue stone, lapis lazuli -कण्ठः 1 a peackock; केकाभिर्निलकण्ठस्तिर- यति वचनम् Māl.9.3; Me.81; कस्त्वं, शृली, मृगय भिषजं, नीलकण्ठः प्रिये$हम् Subhāṣ. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 a kind of gallinule. -4 a blue-necked jay. -5 a wag-tail -6 a sparrow. -7 a bee. (-ठम्) a radish. ˚अक्ष = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -केशी the indigo plant. -ग्रीवः an epithet of Śiva. -छदः 1 the date-tree. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -जम् blue steel. -जा N. of the river Vitastā. -तरु the cocoanut tree. -तालः, -ध्वजः the Tamāla tree. -पङ्कः, -पङ्कम् darkness. -पटलम् 1 a dark mass, a black coating or covering. -2 a dark film over the eye of a blind man; Pt.5. -पत्रः the pomegranate tree. (-त्रम्), -पद्मम् the blue water-lily. -पिच्छः a falcon. -पिटः a collection of annals and royal edicts; Buddh. -पुष्पिका 1 the indigo plant. -2 linseed. -फला the egg-plant (Mar. वांगें). -भः 1 the moon. -2 a cloud. -3 a bee. -मणिः, -रत्नम् 1 the sapphire; नेपथ्योचित- नीलरत्नम् Gīt.5; Bv.2.42. -2 an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; also नीलमाधवः. -मीलिकः a fire-fly. -मृत्तिका 1 iron pyrites. -2 black earth. -राजिः f. a line of darkness, dark mass, thick darkness; निशाशशाङ्कक्षतनीलराजयः Ṛs. 1.2. -लोहित a. dark-blue, purple. (-तः) 1 a purple colour. -2 an epithet of Śiva; ममापि च क्षपयतु नीललोहितः पुनर्भवं परिगतशक्तिरात्मभूः Ś.7.35; Ku.2.57. -वर्ण a. dark-blue, bluish. (-र्णम्) a radish. -वसन, -वासस् a. dressed in dark-blue clothes; see नीलाम्बर. -वसनः the planet Saturn. -वृन्तकम् cotton. -स्नेहः (= दृढस्नेहः) Intense love. (नीलो नीलीरागः तत्सदृशः स्नेहः । नीलीरागः स्थिरप्रेमा इति यादवः) गृहं विक्रयकाले$पि नीलस्नेहेन रक्षति Chārudatta 3.12. |
| |
| naisargika | नैसर्गिक a. (-की f.) Natural, inborn, innate, inherent; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न मुसलैरवताड- नानि Māl.9.49; R.5.37;6.46. अहं ममेदमिति नैसर्गिको$यं लोकव्यवहारः Śāṅkarabhāṣya. |
| |
| pañcan | पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old. |
| |
| paṭu | पटु a. (टु or ट्वी f.; compar. पटीयस्, superl. पटिष्ठ) 1 Clever, skilful, dexterous, proficient; पाटीर तव पटीयान् कः परिपाटीमिमामुरीकर्तुम् Jagannātha; cf. also अघटितघटना- पटीयसी; (usually with a loc.) वाचि पटुः &c. -2 Sharp, acrid, pungent. -3 Sharp, smart (as intellect), intelligent. -4 Violent, strong, sharp, intense; अयमपि पटुर्धारासारो न बाणपरंपरा V.4.1; U.4.3. -5 Shrill, clear, sharp-sounding; किमिदं पटुपटहशङ्खमिश्रो नान्दीनादः Mu.6; पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71,73; Māl.5.4. -6 Apt, disposed; स्मर्तुमधिगतगुणस्मरणाः पटवो न दोषमखिलं खलूत्तमा; Śi. 15.43. -7 Harsh, cruel, hard-hearted. -8 Sly, cunning, crafty, roguish. -9 Healthy, sound; मृदुसूर्याः सुनीहाराः पटुशीताः समाहिताः (शून्यारण्याः) Rām.3.16.12. -1 Active, busy. -11 Eloquent, talkative, -12 Blown, expanded. -13 Hard, rough, fierce. -14 Contumelious (as a speech). -टुः, -टु n. A mushroom (छत्रा). -टु n. Salt. -Comp. -करण a. having sound organs. -कल्प, -देशीय a. Pretty clever, tolerably sharp. -घण्टा a shrill bell; Mb. -तृणम् -तृणकम् a kind of pungent grass. -त्रयम् a collection of three salts (Mar. सैंधव, बिडलोण व संचळखार). -मति a. clever-minded. -रूप a. very clever. |
| |
| pāṭīraḥ | पाटीरः 1 Sandal; पाटीर तव पटीयान् कः परिपाटीमिमामुरीकर्तुम् Bv.1.12. -2 A field. -3 Tin. -4 A cloud. -5 A sieve. -6 A pungent root. -7 The manna of the bamboo. -8 Catarrh. |
| |
| pīta | पीत a. [पा-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Drunk, quaffed; वनाय पीतप्रतिबद्धवत्सां (गां मुमोच) R.2.1. -2 Steeped, soaked in, filled or saturated with. -3 Absorbed, drunk up, evaporated; रविपीतजला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku. 4.44. -4 Watered, sprinkled with water; पातुं न प्रथमं व्यवस्यति जलं युष्मास्वपीतेषु या Ś.4.9. -5 Yellow; विद्युत्प्रभा- रचितपीतपटोत्तरीयः Mk.5.2. -तः 1 Yellow colour. -2 Topaz. -3 Safflower. -4 A Yellow pigment prepared from cow's urine. -तम् 1 Gold. -2 Yellow orpiment. -Comp. -अब्धिः an epithet of Agastya. -अम्बरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; इति निगदितः प्रीतः पीताम्बरोपि तथा$करोत् Gīt.12. -2 an actor. -3 a religious mendicant wearing yellow garments. -अरुण a. yellowish-red. (-णः) the middle of day-break. -अश्मन् m. topaz. -कदली a species of banana (स्वर्णकदली). -कन्दम् the carrot. -कावेरम् 1 saffron. -2 brass. -काष्ठम् yellow sanders. -कीलका The N. of a tree (senna). -कुष्ठः yellow leprosy; भगिनीगमने चैव पीतकुष्ठः प्रजायते । -कोशः a. one who has ratified a treaty by drinking from a cup; Raja. T. -गन्धम् yellow sandal. -चन्दनम् 1 a species of sandal-wood. -2 saffron. -3 turmeric. -चम्पकः a lamp. -तुण्डः a Kāraṇḍava bird. -दारु n. a kind of pine or Sarala tree. -निद्र 1 a milch cow. -2 a cow whose milk has been pledged. -3 a cow tied up to be milked. -द्रुः the Sarala tree. -निद्र a. immersed in slumber. -नील a. green. (-लः) the green colour. -पादा a kind of bird (Mar. मैना). -पुष्पः N. of several plants, चम्पक, कर्णिकार &c. -मणिः a topaz. -माक्षिकम् a kind of mineral substance. -मारुतः a kind of snake. -मूलकम् the carrot. -यूथी yellow jasmine. -रक्त a. yellowish-red, orange-coloured. (-क्तम्) a kind of yellow gem, the topaz. -रागः 1 the yellow colour. -2 wax. -3 the fibres of a lotus. -लोहम् brass. -वालुका turmeric, -वासस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa or an Avatāra of Viṣṇu; ... पद्माक्षं पीतवाससं स्तुवन्ति नामभिर्दिव्यैः न ते संसारिणो नराः Rāmarakṣā 25. -शोणित a. bloody (a sword). -सारः 1 the topaz. -2 the sandal tree. (-रम्) yellow sandal-wood. -सारि n. antimony. -स्कन्धः a hog. -स्फटिकः the topaz. -स्फोटः the itch or scab. -हरित a. yellowish-green. |
| |
| putraḥ | पुत्रः 1 A son; (the word is thus derived:-- पुन्नाम्नो नरकाद् यस्मात् त्रायते पितरं सुतः । तस्मात् पुत्र इति प्रोक्तः स्वयमेव स्वयंभुवा ॥ Ms.9.138; the word, therefore, should be strictly written पुत्त्रः). -2 A child, young one of an animal. -3 A dear child (a term of endearment in addressing young persons). -4 (At the end of comp.) Anything little or small of its kind; as in असिपुत्रः, शिलापुत्रः &c. -5 (Astrol.) The fifth mansion from जन्मलग्न. -त्रौ (du.) A son and daughter. -Comp. -अन्नादः 1 one who lives at a son's expense, one who is maintained by his son. -2 a mendicant of a particular order; see कुटीचक. -अर्थिन् a. wishing for a son. -आचार्य a. one having a son for his teacher; Me.3. 16. -आदिनी 1 an unnatural mother. -2 a tigress. -इष्टिः, -इष्टिका f. a sacrifice performed to obtain male issue; गृहीत्वा पञ्चवर्षीयं पुत्रेष्टिं प्रथमं चरेत्. -ऐश्वर्यम् a resignation of property or power by a father to his son. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony on the birth of a son. -काम a. desirous of sons. -काम्या a wish for sons; अथाभ्यर्च्य विधातारं प्रयतौ पुत्रकाम्यया R.1.35. -कार्यम् a ceremony relating to a son. -कृत् m. an adopted son. -कृतकः one who is adopted as a son, an adopted son; श्यामाकमुष्टिपरिवर्धितको जहाति सो$यं न पुत्रकृतकः पदवीं मृगस्ते Ś.4.14. -जग्धी an unnatural mother (who eats her own children.) -जात a. one to whom a son is born. -दारम् son and wife. -धर्मः filial duty. -पौत्रम्, -त्राः sons and grandsons. -पौत्रीण a. transmitted from son to son, hereditary; लक्ष्मीं परंपरीणां त्वं पुत्रपौत्रीणतां नय Bk.5.15. -प्रतिनिधिः a substitute for a son. (e. g. an adopted son). -प्रवरः the eldest son. -लाभः obtaining a son. -वधः f. a daughter-in-law. -सखः 'a friend of children', one who is fond of children. -सूः a mother of a son. -हीन a. sonless, childless. -संकरिन् a. mixing or confusing sons by mixed marriages. -हतः an epithet of Vasiṣṭha (whose hundred sons where killed). (-ती) an unnatural mother. |
| |
| puruṣaḥ | पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn). |
| |
| prakṛtiḥ | प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare. |
| |
| praputraḥ | प्रपुत्रः A grandson, descendant. प्रपुना prapunā (न्ना nnā) टः ṭḥ डः ḍḥ प्रपुना (न्ना) टः डः N. of a tree (चक्रमर्द). |
| |
| pramukha | प्रमुख a. 1 Facing, turning the face towards. -2 Chief, principal, foremost, first. -3 Respectable, honourable. -4 (At the end of comp.) (a) Headed by, having as chief or at the head; वासुकिप्रमुखाः Ku. 2.38. (b) Accompanied with; प्रीतिप्रमुखवचनं स्वागतं व्याजहार Me.4. -खः 1 A respectable man. -2 A heap, multitude. -3 The tree called Punnāga. -खम् 1 The mouth. -2 The beginning of a chapter or section. -3 The time being, the present. (प्रमुखतस् and प्रमुखे are used adverbially in the sense of 'in front of', 'before', 'opposite to'; भीष्मद्रोणप्रमुखतः सर्वेषां च महीक्षिताम् Bg.1.25; Ś.7.22.). |
| |
| prāsaṃgika | प्रासंगिक a. (-की f.) 1 Derived from close connection. -2 Connected with, innate. -3 Incidental, casual, occasional; प्रासंगिकीनां विषयः कथानाम् U.2.6. -4 Relevant. -5 Seasonable, opportune. -6 Episodical. |
| |
| prāsādaḥ | प्रासादः [प्रसीदत्यस्मिन् प्र + सद् आधारे घञ् दीर्घः] 1 A palace, mansion, any large palatial building; भिक्षुः कुटीयति प्रासादे Sk.; Me.66. -2 A royal mansion. -3 A temple, shrine. -4 A raised platform for spectators. -5 Terrace; ततो दुर्योधनगृहं प्रासादैरुपशोभितम् Mb.12.44.6. -Comp. -अङ्गनम् the court-yard of a palace or temple. -आरोहणम् entering or going up into a palace. -कुक्कुटः a tame pigeon. -गर्भः an inner apartment in a palace. -तलम् the surface or flat roof of a palace. -पृष्ठः a balcony on the top of a palace; अथ प्रासादपृष्ठे सुखोपविष्टानां राजपुत्राणां ...... H. -प्रतिष्ठा the consecration of a temple. -प्रस्तरः the flat roof of a house. -मण्डना a kind of orpiment. -शायिन् a. sleeping in a palace. -शिखरः, -शृङ्गम् the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple, a turret; प्रासादशिखरस्थो$पि काकः किं गरुडायते Pt. |
| |
| prau | प्रौ (प्रो) ढिः f. 1 Full growth or development, maturity, perfection; एवं वीक्ष्य तवाविवेकमपि च प्रौढिं परामुन्नतेः Jagannātha. -2 Growth, increase. -3 Greatness, grandeur, elevation, dignity; प्रौढिप्रकर्षेण पुराणरीतिव्यतिक्रमः श्लाघ्यतमः पदानाम् Vikr.1.15. -4 Boldness, audacity; प्रासपाशधनुर्बाणधारिणः प्रौढिकारिणः Śiva. B.26.3. -5 Pride, arrogance, self-confidence. -6 Controversy, discussion. -7 Zeal, exertion, enterprize. -8 Earnestness, profundity (of character); हास्यप्रौढिमजानन्त्याः करुणः सो$न्व- कम्पत Bhāg.1.6.25. -Comp. -वादः 1 a grandiloquent or pompous speech. -2 a bold assertion. |
| |
| bandhaḥ | बन्धः [बन्ध्-घञ्] 1 A tie, bond (in general) (आशा- बन्ध &c.). -2 A hair-band, fillet; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः (सति) V.4.22; Ś.1.29. -3 A chain, fetter. -4 Fettering, confining, imprisoning, confinement, imprisonment; बन्धं चानिच्छता घोरं त्वयासौ पुरुषर्षभ Rām.5. 21.19; अधार्मिकं त्रिभिर्न्यायैर्निगृह्णीयात् प्रयत्नतः । निरोधनेन बन्धेन विविधेन वधेन च ॥ Ms.8.31. -5 Catching, capturing, catching hold of; गजबन्ध R.16.2. -6 (a) Forming, constructing, arranging; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D.6. (b) Building, erecting. -7 Feeling, conceiving, cherishing; हे राजानस्त्यजत सुकविप्रेमबन्धे विरोधम् Vikr.18.17; R.6.81. -8 Connection, union, intercourse. -9 Joining or folding together, combining; प्रासादवातायनदृश्यबन्धैः साकेतनार्यो$- ञ्जलिभिः प्रणेमुः R.14.13; अञ्जलिबन्धः &c. -1 A bandage, ligature. -11 Agreement, harmony. -12 Manifestation, display, exhibition; मनसिजतरुपुष्पं रागबन्धप्रवालम् (यौवनम्) R.18.52. -13 Bondage, confinement to this world (opp. मुक्ति which is 'complete emancipation from the trammels of the world'); बन्धं मोक्षं च या वेत्ति बुद्धिः सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी Bg.18.3; बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; R.13.58;18.7. -14 Result, consequence. -15 A position, posture in general; आसनबन्धधीरः R.2. 6; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45,59. -16 A particular position in sexual intercourse, or a particular mode of sexual enjoyment (these are said in Ratimañjarī to be 16, but other writers increase the number to 84). -17 A border, frame-work. -18 Arrangement of a stanza in a particular shape; e. g. खड्गबन्ध, पद्मबन्ध, मुरजबन्ध (vide K. P.9. ad loc.). -19 A sinew, tendon. -2 The body. -21 A deposit, pledge. -22 An embankment, throwing a bridge across (a river). -23 A disease in which the eyelids cannot be wholly closed. -Comp. -करणम् fettering, imprisoning. -कर्तृ m. a binder, fetterer. -तन्त्रम् a complete army containing the four necessary elements, i. e. elephants, horses, chariots and footmen. -नृत्यम् a kind of dance -पारुष्यम् forced or unnatural construction of words. -मुद्रा impression or mark of fetters. -स्तम्भः a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephat) is tied. |
| |
| bahu | बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many. |
| |
| brahman | ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). |
| |
| bhāminī | भामिनी 1 A beautiful young woman; (कामिनी); क्षितिरिन्दुमती च भामिनी पतिमासाद्य तमग्ऱ्यपौरुषम् R.8.28. -2 A passionate woman (often used like चण्डी as a term of endearment); उपचीयत एव कापि शोभा परितो भामिनि ते मुखस्य नित्यम् Bv.2.1. -Comp. -विलासः N. of a poem by Jagannātha Paṇḍita. |
| |
| bhāvaḥ | भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely. |
| |
| bhāvika | भाविक a. (-की f.) [भावेन निर्वृत्तं ठक्] 1 Natural, real, inherent, innate. -2 Sentimental, pervaded by a feeling or sentiment; विभावितभाविकस्फुटरसमृशाभ्यक्ता वैतालिकै- र्जगिरे गिरः N.19.1; Śi.4.33. -3 Future. -कः An equation involving the products of unknown quantities. -कम् 1 Language full of love or passion. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech which consists in describing the past or future so vividly that it appears to be actually present. It is thus defined by Mammaṭa; प्रत्यक्षा इव यद्भावाः क्रियन्ते भूतभाविनः । तद् भाविकम् K. P.1. |
| |
| mayuḥ | मयुः 1 A Kinnara, a celestial musician. -2 A deer, an antelope. -Comp. -राजः an epithet of Kubera. |
| |
| mayūrikā | मयूरिका f. 1 A nose-ring; मनोज्ञनासिकान्यस्तचित्ररत्न- मयूरिकाम् Śiva B.2.5. -2 A kind of venomous insect. -3 Hibiscus Cannabinus (Mar. भेंडी, अंबाडी). |
| |
| martya | मर्त्य a. [मर्ते-भवः यत्] Mortal. -र्त्यः 1 A mortal, a human being, man; शौचाशौचं हि मर्त्यानां लोकेशप्रभवाप्ययम् Ms.5.97. -2 The world of mortals, the earth. -त्यम् The body; अन्ने प्रलीयते मर्त्यमन्नं धानासु लीयते Bhāg.11.24. 22. -Comp. -धर्मः mortality. -धर्म(र्मि)न् a. mortal, any human being; किं पुनर्मर्त्यधर्मिणः Mb.3.32.56; न कश्चिदासाद्यते मर्त्यधर्मा K. -निवासिन् m. a mortal, human being. -भावः human nature. -भुवनम् the earth. -महितः a god. -मुखः a kinnara, a being having the face of a man and the figure of an animal, and regarded as an attendant of Kubera. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth; क्षीणे पुण्ये मर्त्यलोकं विशन्ति Bg.9.21. |
| |
| mahā | महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw |
| |
| mātṛ | मातृ f. [मान् पूजायां तृच् नलोपः Uṇ.2.94] 1 A mother; मातृवत् परदारेषु यः पश्यति स पश्यति; सहस्रं तु पितॄन् माता गौरवेणातिरिच्यते Subhāṣ माता किल मनुष्याणां देवतानां च दैवतम् Madhyamavyāyoga 1.37; माता च परमं दैवतं समा च पुत्रेषु इत्येतैरुपबध्यमानो जननीवचनो$वगम्यते ŚB. on MS.1.1.14. -2 Mother as a term of respect or endearment; मातर्लक्ष्मि भजस्व कंचिदपरम् Bh.3.64,87; अयि मातर्देवयजनसंभवे देवि सीते U.4. -3 A cow. -4 An epithet of Lakṣmī. -5 An epithet of Durgā. -6 Ether, sky. -7 The earth. -8 A divine mother; मातृभ्यो बलिमुपहर Mk.1. -9 An epithet of Revatī. -1 N. of several plants; आखुकर्णी, इन्द्रवारुणी and जटामांसी &c. -pl. 1 An epithet of the divine mothers, said to attend on Śiva, but usually on Skanda. (They are usually said to be 8 :-- ब्राह्मी माहेश्वरी चण्डी वाराही वैष्णवी तथा । कौमारी चैव चामुण्डा चर्चिकेत्यष्ट मातरः ॥ or, according to some, only seven :-- ब्राह्मी माहेश्वरी चैव कौमारी वैष्णवी तथा । माहेन्द्री चैव वाराही चामुण्डा सप्त मातरः ॥ Some increase the number to sixteen). -2 N. of eight classes of female ancestors of Manes. -m. 1 A measurer. -2 Ved. A maker, builder, creator. -3 A knower, one having true knowledge. -4 Life or soul (जीव) [cf. L. Mater.] -Comp. -केशटः a maternal uncle. -गणः the collection of the divine mothers. -गन्धिनी an unnatural mother; हनिष्याम्यधुनैवाहं कैकेयीं मातृगन्धिनीम् A. Rām.2.8.7. -गामिन् m. one who has committed incest with his mother. -गोत्रम् a mother's family. -ग्रामः the female sex, womankind. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m., -घ्नः a matricide. -घातुकः 1 a matricide. -2 an epithet of Indra. -चक्रम् 1 the group of divine mothers. -2 a kind of mystical circle. -ज्ञ a. honouring a mother. -देव a. having a mother for one's god, adoring mother like a god; मातृदेवो भव T. Up.1.11. -दोषः the defect or inferiority of a mother (being of a lower caste); ताननन्तरनाम्नस्तु मातृदोषात् प्रचक्षते Ms.1. 14. -नन्दनः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पक्ष a. belonging to the mother's side or line. (-क्षः) maternal kinsmen. -पितृ m. (dual) forming मातापितरौ or मातर- पितरौ) parents. -पुत्रौ (मातापुत्रौ) a mother and son. -पूजनम् worship of the divine mothers. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः a maternal kinsman; मातृबन्धुनिवासिनं भरतम् R.12.12. (-pl.) a class of relatives on the mother's side; they are thus specified:-- मातुः पितुः स्वसुः पुत्रा मातुर्मातुः स्वसुः सुताः । मातुर्मातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया मातृबन्धवः ॥ -भक्तिः devotion to a mother; इमं लोकं मातृभक्त्या ...... ब्रह्मलोकं समश्नुते Ms.2.233. -भावः maternity. -भोगीण a. fit to be enjoyed or possessed by a mother. -मण्डलम् the collection of the divine mothers. -मातृ f. an epithet of Pārvatī. -मुखः, -शासितः a foolish fellow, simpleton. -यज्ञः a sacrifice offered to the divine mothers. -वत्सलः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -वधः the murder of a mother (with Buddhists one of the five unpardonable sins.) -वाहिनी f. a kind of bird; bat. -स्वसृ f. (मातृष्वसृ or मातुःस्वसृ) a mother's sister, a maternal aunt. -स्वसेयः (मातृष्वसेयः) a mother's sister's son. (-यी) the daughter of a maternal aunt; so मातृष्वस्रीयः -या. |
| |
| mukham | मुखम् [खन् अच् डित् धातोः पूर्वं मुट् च cf. Uṇ.5.2] 1 The mouth (fig. also); प्रजासृजा यतः खातं तस्मादाहुर्मुखं बुधाः; ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Ṛv.1.9.12; सभ्रूभङ्गं मुखमिव Me.24; त्वं मम मुखं भव V.1 'be my mouth or spokesman'. -2 The face, countenance; परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś.7.21; so चन्द्रमुखी, मुखचन्द्रः &c; ओष्ठौ च दन्तमूलानि दन्ता जिह्वा च तालु च । गलो गलादि सकलं सप्ताङ्गं मुखमुच्यते ॥ -3 The snout or muzzle (of any animal). -4 The front, van, forepart; head, top; (लोचने) हरति मे हरिवाहनदिङ्मुखम् V.3.6. -5 The tip, point, barb (of an arrow), head; पुरारि- मप्राप्तमुखः शिलीमुखः Ku.5.54; R.3.57. -6 The edge or sharp point (of any instrument). -7 A teat, nipple; मध्ये यथा श्याममुखस्य तस्य मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्य- लभ्यम् Ku.1.4; R.3.8. -8 The beak or bill of a bird. -9 A direction, quarter; as in अन्तर्मुख. -1 Opening, entrance, mouth; नीवाराः शुकगर्भकोटरमुखभ्रष्टास्तरूणामधः Ś.1.14; नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28; Ku.1.8. -11 An entrance to a house, a door, passage. -12 Beginning, commencement; सखीजनोद्वीक्षणकौमुदीमुखम् R.3.1; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगमत्यजत् 9.25;5.76; Ghaṭ.2. -13 Introduction. -14 The chief, the principal or prominent (at the end of comp. in this sense); बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; so इन्द्रमुखा देवाः &c. -15 The surface or upper side. -16 A means. -17 A source, cause, occasion. -18 Utterance; as in मुखसुख; speaking, speech, tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -19 The Vedas, scripture. -2 (In Rhet.) The original cause or source of the action in a drama. -21 The first term in a progression (in alg.). -22 The side opposite to the base of a figure (in geom.). -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a forest conflagration. -2 a sort of goblin with a face of fire. -3 the consecrated or sacrificial fire. -4 fire put into the mouth of a corpse at the time of lighting the funeral pile. -5 a Brāhmaṇa. -अनिलः, -उच्छ्वासः breath. -अस्त्रः a crab. -आकारः look, mien, appearance. -आक्षेपः 1 an invective. -2 the act of throwing up soil with the ploughshare. -आसवः nectar of the lips. -आस्रवः, -स्रावः spittle, saliva. -आस्वादः kissing the mouth; Y. -इन्दुः a moon-like face, i. e. a round lovely face. -उच्छ्वासः breath. -उल्का a forest-conflagration. -कमलम् a lotuslike face. -खुरः a tooth. -गन्धकः an onion. -गोपनम् concealment of the face; अवधीरितमुखमण्डलमुखगोपनं किमिति Udb. -ग्रहणम् kissing the mouth. -घण्टा f. hurraying of women in festivities. -चन्द्रः a moon-like face. -चपल a. talkative, garrulous. -चपेटिका a slap on the face. -चालिः an introductory dance; -चीरिः f. the tongue. -चूर्णम् scented powder to smear the face with; छविकरं मुखचूर्णमृतुश्रियः R.9.45. -जः 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 a tooth. -जाहम् the root of the mouth. -दूषणः an onion. -दूषिका an eruption disfiguring the face. -दोषः fault of the tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -निरीक्षकः a lazy fellow, an idler. -निवासिनी an epithet of Sarasvatī. -पटः a veil; कुर्वन् कामं क्षणमुखपट- प्रीतिमैरावतस्य Me.64. -पाकः inflammation of the mouth; द्राक्षाविपाकसमये मुखपाको भवति काकानाम् Udb. -पिण्डः a mouthful of food; cf. को न याति वशं लोके मुखपिण्डेन पूरितः Bh.2.118. -पुष्पकम् a kind of ornament. -पूरणम् 1 filling the mouth. -2 a mouthful of water, a mouthful in general. -प्रसादः a pleased countenance, graciousness of aspect. -प्रसाधनम् dacorating the face. -प्रियः an orange. (-यम्) cloves. -प्रेक्ष a. observing or watching the face. -फुल्लकम् a kind of ornament. -बन्धः a preface, an introduction. -बन्धनम् 1 a preface. -2 a lid, cover. -भगा (a woman) who suffers her mouth to be used as a vulva. -भङ्गः 1 a blow on the face. -2 wry face, grimace. -भूषणम् a preparation of betel; see ताम्बूल. -भेदः 1 distortion of the face. -2 gaping. -मण़्डनकः a kind of tree (तिलक). -मण्डलम् the (round) face. -मधु a. honey-mouthed, sweet-lipped. -माधुर्यम् a particular disease of the phlegm. -मारुतः breath. -मार्जनम् washing the face. -मुद्रा silence; यापदृष्टिरपि या मुखमुद्रा N.5.12. -मोदः Hyperanthera Moringa (Mar. शेवगा). -यन्त्रणम् the bit of a bridle. -रज्जुः f. the bridle of a horse. -रसः speech, talk; मधुरमुखरसामृतकलया चान्तस्तापमनघार्हसि क्षमयितुम् Bhag.6.9.41. -रागः the colour or complexion of the face; ददृशुर्विस्मितास्तस्य मुखरागं समं जनाः R.12.8;17.31; तव खलु मुखरागो यत्र भेदं प्रयातः Śi.11.31. -रेखा feature, mien, air. -रोगः a disease of the mouth or face. -लाङ्गलः a hog. -लेपः 1 anointing the face or upper side (of a drum); मृदङ्गो मुखलेपेन करोति मुखरध्वनिम् Bh. 2.118. -2 a disease of the phlegmatic humour. -वल्लभः the pomegranate tree. -वस्त्रिका a piece of fine cloth (net) held before the face (Mar. बुरखा). -वाद्यम् 1 an instrument of music sounded with the mouth, any wind-instrument. -2 a sound made with the mouth; (Mar. बोंब). -वासः, -वासनम् a perfume used to scent breath. -विलुण्ठिका a she-goat. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely misrepresentation of the source of income; Kau. A.2.8. -विष्ठा a species of cockroach. -वैरस्यम् bad taste in the mouth. -व्यादानम् gaping, yawning. -शफ a. abusive, foul-mouthed, scurrilous. -शाला entrance-hall, vestibule. -शुद्धिः f. washing or purifying the mouth. -शृङ्गः a rhinoceros. -शेषः an epithet of Rāhu. -शोधन a. 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 pungent, sharp. (-नः) the sharp flavour, pungency. (-नम्) 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 cinnamon. -शोधिन् m. the citron tree. -शोषः dryness of the mouth. -श्रीः f. 'beauty of countenance', a lovely face. -संदंशः forceps. -संधिः m. A kind of fugue; S. D. 6th Parichcheda. -संभवः a Brāhmaṇa. -सुखम् facility of pronunciation, phonetic ease. -सुरम् the nectar of the lips (अधरामृत). -स्रावः saliva. -हासः cheerfulness or liveliness of countenance; सकमलमुखहासं वीक्षितः पद्मिनीभिः Śi.11.47. |
| |
| meḍhraḥ | मेढ्रः [मिह्-ष्ट्रन्] A ram. -ढ्रम् The male organ of generation, penis; (यस्य) मेढ्रं चोन्मादशुक्राभ्यां हीनं क्लीबः स उच्यते. -Comp. -चर्मन् n. the prepuce. -जः an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a venereal disease. -शृङ्गी Odina Pinnata (Mar. मेढशिंगी). |
| |
| meṣaḥ | मेषः 1 A ram, sheep. -2 The sign Aries of the zodiac. -Comp. -अण्डः an epithet of Indra. -कम्बलः a woollen blanket or rug. -कुसुमः, -लोचनः Cassia Thora (Mar. टाकळा). -पालः, -पालकः a shepherd. -मांसम् mutton. -यूथम् a flock of sheep. -शृङ्गः a species of tree; Mb. 14.43.3. -शृङ्गी Odina Pinnata (Mar. मेढशिंगी). |
| |
| vyāgulī | व्यागुली Sour scum of boiled rice; cf. यवागू. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). -5 The planet Mars. -क्ता 1 Lac. -2 The plant गुञ्जा. -3 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -4 (In music) N. of a श्रुति. -क्तम् 1 Blood; रक्तं सर्वशरीरस्थं जीवस्याधारमुत्तमम् Bhāva P. -2 Copper. -3 Cinnabar. -4 Saffron. -5 Vermilion. -6 Dried Emblic Myrobalan; L. D. B. -7 A disease of the eyes. -8 The menstrual fluid. -9 Red sandal; रक्तं पीतं गुरु स्वादु छर्दितृष्णास्रपित्तनुत् । पित्तनेत्रहितं वृष्यं ज्वरव्रण- विषापहम् Bhāva P. -Comp. -अक्त a. 1 dyed red, tinged. -2 smeared with blood. (-क्तम्) red sandal. -अक्ष a. 1 red-eyed. -2 fearful. (-क्षः) 1 a buffalo. -2 a pigeon. -3 a crane (सारस). -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -5 the Chakora bird. -अङ्कः a coral. -अङ्गः 1 a bug. -2 the planet Mars. -3 the disc of the sun or moon. (-ङ्गम्) 1 a coral (also m. and f.) -2 saffron. -अति(ती)सारः dysentery, bloody flux; पित्तकृत तु यदात्यर्थं द्रव्यमश्नाति पैत्तिके । तद्दोषाज्जायते शीघ्रं रक्तातीसार उल्बणः ॥ Bhāva P. -अधरा a Kinnarī. -अधि- मन्थः inflammation of the eyes. -अपहम् myrrh. -अम्बर a. clad in red garments. (-रम्) a red garment. (-रः) a vagrant devotee wearing red garments. -अर्बुदः a bloody tumour. -अर्शस् n. a form of piles. -अशोकः the red-flowered Aśoka; रक्ताशोकरुचा विशेषितगुणो बिम्बाधरा- लक्तकः M.3.5. -आकारः coral -आधारः the skin. -आभ a. red-looking. -आशयः any viscus containing or secreting blood (as the heart, spleen, or liver). -उत्पलम् the red lotus. -उपलम् red chalk, red earth. -कण्ठ, -कण्ठिन् a. sweet-voiced. (-m.) the cuckoo; प्लावितै रक्तकण्ठानां कूजितैश्च पतत्रिणाम् Bhāg.4.6.12. -कन्दः, -कन्दलः coral. -कदम्बः the red-flowering Kadamba. -कमलम् the red lotus. -कुमुदम् a red lily. -केसरः the coral tree. -कैरवः, -कोकनदः a red lotus-flower. -गन्धकम् myrrh. -ग्रन्थिः a particular form of urinary disease. -ग्रीवः 1 a demon. -2 a kind of pigeon. -घ्नः the Rohitaka tree. (-घ्नी) the Dūrvā grass. -चन्दनम् 1 redsandal. -2 saffron. -चूर्णम् vermilion. -च्छद a. redleaved. -छर्दिः f. vomiting blood. -जिह्वः a lion. -तुण्डः a parrot. -तेजस् n. flesh. -दन्तिका, -दन्ती N. of Durgā; स्तुवन्तो व्याहरिष्यन्ति सततं रक्तदन्तिकाम् Devīmāhātmyam. -दृश् m. a pigeon. -धातुः 1 red chalk, orpiment. -2 copper. -नाडी a fistulous ulcer on the gum caused by a bad state of blood. -नासिकः an owl. -पः a demon, an evil spirit. (-पा) 1 a leech. -2 a Dākiṇī. -पक्षः N. of Garuḍa. -पटः a kind of mendicant; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34 (esp. Jains); धर्म इत्युपधर्मेषु नग्नरक्तपटादिषु । प्रायेण सज्जते भ्रान्त्या पेशलेषु च वाग्मिषु ॥ Bhāg.4.19.25. -पद्मम् A red lotus. -पल्लवः the Aśoka tree. -पातः blood-shed. -पाता a leech. -पाद a. red-footed. (-दः) 1 a bird with red feet, a parrot. -2 a war-chariot. -3 an elephant. -पायिन् m. a bug. -पायिनी a leech. -पारदः, -दम् cinnabar. -पिण्डम् 1 a red pimple. -2 a spontaneous discharge of blood from the nose and mouth. -पित्तम् derangement of the blood produced by bile; संयोगाद् दूषणात् तत् तु सामान्याद् गन्धवर्णयोः । रक्तं च पित्तमाख्यातं रक्तपित्त मनीषिभिः Bhāva P. -पुष्पः N. of several plants:-- करवीर, रोहितक, दाडिम, बन्धूक, पुन्नाग &c. -ष्पा N. of the plant Punarnavā पुनर्नवा परारक्ता रक्तपुष्पा परारिका Bhāva P. -पूयम् N. of a hell. -पूरकम् = वृक्षाम्ल q. v, -प्रमेहः the passing of blood in the urine. -फलः the figtree. -बिन्दुः N. of a demon; रक्तबिन्दुर्यदा भूमौ पतत्यस्य शरीरतः । समुत्पतति मेदिन्यास्तत्प्रमाणस्तदासुरः Devīmāhātmyam. -बीजः the pomegranate tree. -मत्स्यः a kind of red fish. -भवम् flesh. -भाव a. 1 red. -2 loving, amorous. -मञ्जरः the Nichula tree. -मण्डलम् a red lotus-flower. -मेहः the voiding of blood with urine; विस्रमुष्णं सलवणं रक्ताभं रक्तमेहतः Bhāva P. -मोक्षः, -मोक्षणम् bleeding, letting out blood. -राजिः a particular disease of the eye. -रेणुः 1 vermilion. -2 the Punnāga tree. -3 an angry man. -4 A bud of the Palāśa tree. -लोचनः a pigeon. -वटी, -वरटी small-pox. -वर्गः1 lac. -2 the pomegranate tree. -3 safflower. -वर्ण a. red-coloured. (-र्णः) 1 redcolour. -2 cochineal insect. (-र्णम्) gold. -वर्धनः Solanum Melongena (Mar. डोरली वांगी). -वसन, -वासस् a. clothed in red; Ms.8.256. (-m.) a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of life. -वालुकम्, -का vermilion. -विकारः deterioration of blood. -विद्रधिः a boil filled with bloood. -वृष्टिः a. shower of blood forboding evil; रक्ते (वर्षिते) शस्त्रोद्योगः Jyotiśtattvam. -वीजः the pomegranate tree; (see रक्तबीज above). -शासनम् vermilion. -शीर्षकः a kind of heron. -शृङ्गिकम् a kind of poison. -ष्ठीवी the spitting of blood. -संकोचः safflower. -संकोचकम् a red lotus-flower. -संझम् saffron. -संदंशिका a leech. -संध्यकम् the red lotus. -सारम् red sandal. -स्रावः hemorrhage. |
| |
| rallakaḥ | रल्लकः 1 A woollen cloth, blanket. -2 An eye-lash; युवतिरल्लकभल्लसमाहतो भवति को न युवा गतचेतनः; सीतारल्लकभल्लभग्न- हृदयः स्वस्थो न लङ्केश्वरः Hanūmannāṭakam. -3 A kind of deer. |
| |
| rasaḥ | रसः [रस्-अच्] 1 Sap, juice (of trees); इक्षुरसः, कुसुमरसः &c. -2 A liquid, fluid; यष्टव्यं पशुभिर्मुख्यैरथो बीजै रसैरिति Mb.14.91.21; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7. -3 Water; सहस्रगुणमुत्स्रष्टुमादत्ते हि रसं रविः R.1.18; Bv.2.144. -4 Liquor, drink; Ms.2.177. -5 A draught, potion. -6 Taste, flavour, relish (fig. also) (considered in Vaiś. phil. as one of the 24 gunas; the rasas are six; कटु, अम्ल, मधुर, लवण, तिक्त and कषाय); परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथ- मिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4; U.2.2. -7 A sauce, condiment, -8 An object of taste; मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4. -9 Taste or inclination for a thing, liking, desire; रसवर्जं रसो$प्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते Bg.2.59; इष्टे वस्तुन्युपचितरसाः प्रेमराशीभवन्ति Me.114. -1 Love, affection; जरसा यस्मिन्नहार्यो रसः U.1.39; प्रसरति रसो निर्वृतिघनः 6.11 'feeling of love'; रसादृते V.2.21; Ku. 3.37. -11 Pleasure, delight, happiness; चिरात्सुतस्पर्श- रसज्ञतां ययौ R.3.26. -12 Charm, interest, elegance, beauty. -13 Pathos, emotion, feeling. -14 (In poetic compositions) A sentiment; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती कवेर्जयति; K. P.1. (The rasas are usually eight :-- शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । भीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाट्ये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ but sometimes शान्तरस is added; thus making the total number 9; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; sometimes a tenth, वात्सल्यरस, is also added. Rasas are more or less a necessary factor of every poetic composition, but, according to Viśvanātha, they constitute the very essence of poetry; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.3.). -15 Essence, pith, best part; ब्रह्म तेजोमयं शुक्रं यस्य सर्वमिदं रसःMb.12.24.9. -16 A constituent fluid of the body. -17 Semen virile. -18 Mercury. -19 A poison, poisonous drink; as in तीक्ष्णरस- दायिनः; रसविधानकौशलैः Dk.2.8. -2 Any mineral metallic salt. -21 Juice of the sugar-cane. -22 Milk. -23 Melted butter. -24 Nectar; मयः कूपरसे$क्षिपत् Bhāg.7.1.59-6. -25 Soup, broth. -26 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -27 Green onion. -28 Myrrh. -29 Gold. -3 A metal in a state of fusion. -31 See रसातल; अनेन नूनं वेदानां कृतमाहरणं रसात् Mb.12.347.67. -32 The tongue (as the organ of taste); वाण्यां च छन्दांसि रसे जलेशम् Bhāg.8.2.27; जितं सर्वं जिते रसे 11.8.21. -33 (With Vaiṣṇavas.) Disposition of the heart or mind (the five Rasas are शान्ति, दास्य, साख्य, वात्सल्य and माधुर्य). -Comp. -अग्रजम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -अञ्जनम् vitriol of copper, a sort of collyrium. -अधिक a. 1 tasty. -2 abounding in pleasures, splendid; Ś.7.2 (v. l.). (-कः) borax. -अन्तरम् 1 a different taste. -2 different feelings or sentiments. -अभिनिवेशः intentness of affection. -अम्लः 1 a kind of sorrel. -2 sour sauce. -अयनम् 1 an elixir of life (elixir vitæ), any medicine supposed to prolong life and prevent old age; निखिलरसायनमहितो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव R. G. -2 (fig.) serving as an elixir vitæ, i. e. that which gratifies or regales; आनन्दनानि हृदयैकरसायनानि Māl.6.8; मनसश्च रसायनानि U.1.37; श्रोत्र˚, कर्ण˚ &c. -3 alchemy or chemistry. -4 any medicinal compound. -5 butter-milk. -6 poison. -7 long pepper. (-नः) 1 an alchemist. -2 N. of Garuḍa. ˚श्रेष्ठः mercury. (-नी f.) 1 a channel for the fluids of the body. -2 N. of several plants :-- गुडूची, काकमाची, महाकरञ्ज, गोरक्षदुग्धा and मांसच्छदा. -आत्मक a. 1 consisting of juice or sentiment. -2 elegant, beautiful. -3 having taste or flavour. -4 ambrosial; रसात्मकस्योडुपतेश्च रश्मयः Ku.5.22. -5 fluid, liquid, watery; सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -आदानम् absorption of fluid, suction. -आधारः the sun. -आभासः 1 the semblance or mere appearance of a sentiment; अनौचित्यप्रवृत्तत्वे आभासो रसभावयोः S. D. -2 an improper manifestation of a sentiment. -आश्रयः a. embodying or representing sentiments. -आस्वादः 1 tasting juices of flavours. -2 perception or appreciation of poetic sentiments, a perception of poetical charm; as in काव्यामृतरसास्वादः. -आस्वादिन् m. a bee. -आह्वः turpentine. -इक्षुः sugar-cane. -इन्द्रः 1 mercury. -2 the philosopher's stone (the touch of which is said to turn iron into gold); ˚वेधजम्, संजातम् the gold. -उत्तमम् milk. (-मः) 1 quicksilver. -2 Phaseolus Mungo (Mar. मूग). -3 milk. -उत्पत्तिः 1 production of taste. -2 development of passion or sentiment. -3 generation of the vital fluids. -उद्भवम् 1 a pearl. -2 vermilion. -उपलम् a pearl. -ऊनम् garlic; also ऊनकः. -ओदनम् rice boiled in meat-broth. -कर्पूरम् sublimate of mercury. -कर्मन् n. preparation of quicksilver. -केसरम् camphor. -क्रिया the inspissation and application of fluid remedies. -गन्धः, -न्धम् gum-myrrh. -गन्धकः 1 myrrh. -2 sulphur. -गर्भम् 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 vermilion. -गुण a. possessing the quality of taste; ज्योतिषश्च विकुर्वाणा- दापो रसगुणाः स्मृताः Ms.1.78. -ग्रह a. 1 perceiving flavours. -2 appreciating or enjoying pleasures. (-हः) the organ of taste. -घन a. full of juice. -घ्नः borax. -जः 1 sugar, molasses. -2 an insect produced by the fermentation of liquids. -जम् blood. -a. bred in fluids; Ms.11.143. -जातम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -ज्ञ a. 1 one who appreciates the flavour or excellence of, one who knows the taste of; सांसारिकेषु च सुखेषु वयं रसज्ञाः U.2.22. -2 capable of discerning the beauty of things. (-ज्ञः) 1 a man of taste or feeling, a critic, an appreciative person, a poet. -2 an alchemist. -3 a physician, or one who prepares mercurial or other chemical compounds. (-ज्ञा) the tongue; सखि मा जल्प तवायसी रसज्ञा Bv.2.59; (-रसज्ञता, त्वम् means 1 poetical skill. -2 alchemy. -3 knowledge of flavours. -4 discrimination.). -ज्ञानम् a branch of medical science. -ज्येष्ठः 1 the sweet taste. -2 the love sentiment. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of taste. -तेजस् n. blood. -दः 1 a physician; Mb.12.121.45. -2 a spy who administers poison; Kau. A.1.12. -द्राविन् a kind of citron. -धातु n. quicksilver. -धेनुः a cow consisting of fruit-juice. -नाथः mercury. -नायकः N. of Sacute;iva. -निवृत्तिः loss of taste. -नेत्रिका red arsenic. -पाकजः molasses. -पाचकः a cook. -प्रबन्धः any poetical composition, particularly a drama. -फलः the cocoanut tree. -भङ्गः the interruption or cessation of a sentiment. -भवम् blood. -भस्मम् n. oxide of mercury. -भेदः a preparation of quicksilver. -मलम् impure excretions. -मातृका the tongue. -योगः juices mixed scientifically. -राजः, -लोहः 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 quick-silver. -वादः alchemy. -विक्रयः sale of liquors. -विद्धम् artificial gold. -शास्त्रम् the science of alchemy. -शोधनः borax. (-नम्) purification of mercury. -सरोरुहम् a red lotus. -सिद्ध a. 1 accomplished in poetry, conversant with sentiments; जयन्ति ते सुकृतिनो रससिद्धाः कवीश्वराः Bh.2.24. -2 skilled in alchemy. -सिद्धिः f. skill in alchemy. -सिन्दूरम् a cinnabar made of zinc, mercury, blue vitriol and nitre. -स्थानम् vermilion. |
| |
| rāma | राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure; dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge. |
| |
| laṭaḥ | लटः 1 A fool, blockhead. -2 A fault, defect. -3 A robber. -Comp. -पर्णम् large cinnamon. |
| |
| vaṃśaḥ | वंशः [वमति उद्गिरति वम्-श तस्य नेत्वम् Uṇ.4.116] 1 A bamboo; धनुर्वशविशुद्धो$पि निर्गुणः किं करिष्यति H. Pr.23; वंशभवो गुणवानपि संगविशेषेण पूज्यते पुरुषः Bv.1.8 (where वंश has sense 2 also); Me.81. -2 A race, family, dynasty, lineage; स जातो येन जातेन याति वंशः समुन्नतिम् H.2; सूर्यप्रभवो वंशः R.1.2. &c.; see वंशकर, वंशस्थिति &c. -3 A shaft. -4 A flute, pipe, reed-pipe; कूजद्भिरापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12. -5 A collection, assemblage, multitude (usually of similar things); सान्द्रीकृतः स्यन्दनवंशचक्रैः R.7.39. -6 A cross-beam; यदस्थिभिर्निर्मित- वंशवंश्यस्थूणं त्वचा रोमनखैः पिनद्धम् Bhāg.11.8.33. -7 A joint (in a bamboo). -8 A sort of sugar-cane. -9 The back-bone. -1 The Śāla tree. -11 A particular measure of length (equal to ten hastas). -12 The central projecting part of a sabre. -13 Bamboo-manna. -14 Offspring. -15 A son. -16 A particular musical note. -17 Pride, arrogance. -Comp. -अग्रम्, -अङ्कुरः 1 the tip or end of a bamboo-cane. -2 the shoot of a bamboo. -अनुकीर्तनम् genealogy. -अनुक्रमः genealogy. -अनुचरितम् the history of a dynasty or family. -आगत a. inherited. -आवली a pedigree, genealogy. -आह्वः bamboo-manna. -कठिनः a thicket of bamboos. -कफम् cottony seeds floating in the air. -कर a. 1 founding a family. -2 perpetuating a race; वंशस्थितिं लौहितिक lauhitika लौहितिक a. Reddish. |
| |
| lvīna | ल्वीन a. Gone. वंशकरेण तेन R.18.31; न चक्रतुर्वंशकरावृषी तौ Bu. Ch.1.47. (-रः) 1 a son; त्वयि समुत्पन्नस्य वंशकरस्य मुखं प्रेक्षिष्यते V.5. -2 an ancestor. -कर्पूररोचना, -रोचना, -लोचना bamboo-manna. -कर्मन् n. bamboo-work. ˚कृत् a bambooworker. -कीर्ति a. celebrated. -कृत् m. the founder or perpetuator of a family. -कृत्यम् flute-playing. -क्रमः family succession. -क्षयः family decay. -क्षीरी bamboo-manna. -घटिका a kind of children's game; Buddh. -चरितम् the history of a family. -चर्मकृत् a worker in bamboo and leather; Rām.2.8.3. -चिन्तकः a genealogist. -छेत्तृ a. the last of a family. -ज a. 1 born in the family of; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा R.1.31. -2 made of bamboos. -3 sprung from a good family. (-जः) 1 progeny, issue, lineal descendant. -2 the seed of the bamboo. (-जम्) bamboo-manna. (-जा) bamboomanna; वंशजा बृंहणी वृष्या बल्या स्वाद्वी च शीतला Bhāva P. -तण्डुलः the seed of the bamboo. -धर a. 1 perpetuating a family; अन्तर्जले प्रसूतासि रघुवंशधरौ सुतौ U.7.3. -2 supporting a family. (-रः) 1 the continuer of a family. -2 a descendant. -धान्यम् = वंशतण्डुल q. v. -नर्तिन् m. a buffoon. -नाडि(ली)का a pipe made of bamboo. -नाथः the chief or head of a race. -नेत्रम् the root of sugarcane. -पत्रम् a bamboo-leaf. (-त्रः) a reed. ˚पतितम् N. of a kind of metre of seventeen syllables; दिङ्मुनिवंशपत्रपतितं भरनभनलगैः Chand. M. -पत्रकः 1 a reed. -2 a white kind of sugar-cane. (-कम्) yellow orpiment. -परंपरा lineal descent, family succession. -पात्रम् a bamboovessel. -पूरकम् the root of sugarcane. -बाह्य a. repudiated by a family. -ब्राह्मणम् 1 N. of a Brāhmaṇa (belonging to the Sāma-veda.) -भृत् m. the supporter or head of a family. -भोज्य a. hereditary. (-ज्यम्) a hereditary estate. -राजः a very high bamboo. -लक्ष्मीः f. the fortune of a family. -लून a. alone in the world. -वनम् a bamboo-forest; रात्रा वंशवनस्येव दह्यमानस्य पर्वते Mb.7.154.24. -वर्धनः a son. -विततिः f. 1 a family, descent. -2 a thicket of bamboos. -विस्तरः a complete genealogy. -शर्करा bamboo-manna. -शलाका a small bamboo peg at the lower end of a Vīṇā. -संपत् high birth and wealth, noble descent; Dk.1.4. -स्तनितम्, -स्थविलम् N. of a metre of twelve syllables; वदन्ति वंशस्थविलम् जतौ जरौ Chand. M. -स्थितिः f. the perpetuation of a family; वंशस्थितिं वंशकरेण तेन संभाव्य भावी स सखा मघोनः R.18.31; किं सुन्दरि प्ररुदितासि ममोपपन्ने वंशस्थितेरधि- गमान्महति प्रमोदे V.5.15. |
| |
| vaṃśī | वंशी 1 A flute, pipe; न वंशीमज्ञासीद् भुवि करसरोजा- द्विगलिताम् H. D.18; कंसरिपोर्व्यपोहतु स वो$श्रेयांसि वंशीरवः Gīt.9. -2 A vein or artery. -3 Bamboo-manna. -4 A particular weight. -Comp. -धरः, -धारिन् m. 1 an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 any flute-player or piper. |
| |
| vanam | वनम् [वन्-अच्] 1 A forest, wood, thicket of trees; एको वासः पत्तने वा वने वा Bh.3.12; वने$पि दोषाः प्रभवन्ति रागिणाम्. -2 A cluster, group, a quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick bed; चित्रद्विपाः पद्मवनाव- तीर्णाः R.16.16;6.86. -3 A place of abode, residence, house. -4 A fountain, spring (of water). -5 Water in general; गगनं ... वनौघनमदभ्रम् Śi.6.73. -6 A wooden vessel. -7 Wood, timber. -8 Dwelling in a forest, living abroad. -9 Ved. A cloud. -1 Light, a ray of light. -11 Worshipping. -12 A mountain; L. D. B. -13 Plenty, abundance. (As the first member of comp. वन may be translated by 'wild', 'forest'; वनवराहः, वनकदली, वनपुष्पम् &c.) -Comp. -अग्निः a forest conflagration. -अजः the wild goat. -अन्तः 1 the skirts or borders of a forest; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58. -2 the forest region itself, wood; वनान्तशय्याकठिनीकृताकृती Ki.1.36; अन्तःकूजन् मुखरशकुनो यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25. -अन्तरम् 1 another wood. -2 the interior of a forest; अपि वनान्तरमल्पकुचान्तरा श्रयति पर्वत पर्वसु संनता V.4.49. -अब्जिनी a lotus-plant growing in water. -अरिष्टा wild turmeric. -अर्चकः a florist, maker of garlands. -अलक्तम् red earth or ruddle. -अलिका a sun-flower. -आखुः a hare. -आखुकः a kind of bean. -आपगा 'wood-river', a forest-stream; महार्णवं समासाद्य वनापगशतं यथा Rām.7.19. 17. -आर्द्रकम् the root of wild ginger. (-का) wild ginger. -आश a. living on water; कुतः क्षीरं ... वनाशानां वनाश्रम- निवासिनाम् Mb.13.14.124. (-शः) 1 dining in a wood, a picnic; क्वचिद्वनाशाय मनो दधद् व्रजात् प्रातः समुत्थाय वयस्य- वत्सपान् Bhāg.1.12.1. -2 a kind of small barley. -आश्रमः abode in the woods, the third stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -आश्रमिन् m. an anchorite, a hermit. -आश्रयः 1 an inhabitant of the wood. -2 a sort of crow or raven. -उत्साहः a rhinoceros. -उद्धवा the wild cotton plant. -उपप्लवः a forest conflagration. -उपलः shaped and dried cow dung (Mar. गोवरी). -ओकस् m. 1 an inhabitant of a wood, a forester. -2 an anchorite, a hermit. -3 a wild animal such as a monkey, boar &c.; तस्य त्यक्तस्वभावस्य घृणेर्मायावनौकसः Bhāg. 7.2.7. -ओषधिः a medicinal herb growing in a forest or growing wild. -कणा wild pepper. -कदली wild plantain. -करिन् m., -कुञ्जरः, -गजः a wild elephant. -काम a. fond of a forest. -कार्पासी (-सिः f.) the wild cotton tree. -कुक्कुटः a wild fowl. -कोलिः f. the wild jujube tree. -खण्डम् a forest. -ग a. inhabitant of a forest. -गवः the wild ox. -गहनम् a thicket, the thick part of a forest; इति चालयन्नचलसानुवनगहनजानुमापतिः । -गुप्तः a spy. -गुल्मः a wild or forest shrub. -गोचर a. 1 frequenting woods. -2 living in water; जहास चाहो वन- गोचरो मृगः Bhāg.3.18.2. (-रः) 1 a hunter. -2 a forester. (-रम्) a forest. -ग्रहणम् surrounding a forest and stopping all egress. -ग्राहिन् a beater of the forest, one who surrounds a forest; तेन हि निवर्तय पूर्वगतान् वन- ग्राहिणः Ś.2.6/7. -ग्रामकः a forest village, a poor village. -चन्दनम् 1 the Devadāru tree. -2 aloe-wood. -चन्द्रिका, -ज्योत्स्ना a kind of jasmine. -चम्पकः the wild Champaka tree. -चर a. living in a forest, haunting woods, sylvan. (-रः) 1 a forester, forest-dweller, woodman; उपतस्थुरास्तितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29; Me.12. -2 a wild animal. -3 the fabulous eight-legged animal called Śarabha. -चर्या roaming about or residence in a forest. -छागः 1 a wild goat. -2 a boar. -छिद् m. a wood-cutter. -जः 1 an elephant. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 the wild citron tree. -4 a woodman. (-जम्) a blue lotus-flower. -जा 1 wild ginger. -2 the wild cotton tree. -जीविन् a forester, woodman. -तिक्तः the yellow myrobalan tree. -दः a cloud. -दाहः a forest-conflagration. -दीपः = ˚चम्पकः. -देवता a sylvan deity, a dryad; शुश्राव कुञ्जेषु यशः स्वमुच्चैरुद्गीयमानं वनदेवताभिः R.2.12;9.52; Ś.4.5; अनुप्रयाता वनदेवताभ्यामदृश्यत स्थावरराजकन्या Ku.3.52;6.39. -द्रुमः a tree growing wild in a forest. -धारा an avenue of trees. -धितिः f. Ved. a hatchet. -धेनुः f. the female of the wild ox or Bos gavœus. -पः a woodman; यथा वनान्ते वनपैर्विसृष्टः कक्षं देहत्कृष्णगतिः सुघोषः Mb.9.24.63. -पल्लवः the शोभाञ्जन tree. -पांसुलः a hunter. -पार्श्वम् the neighbourhood of a wood, the forest region itself. -पुष्पम् a forest-flower. -पूरकः the wild citron tree. -प्रवेशः commencing a hermit's life. -प्रस्थ a. retiring into a wood, leading the life of a hermit. (-स्थः) a wood situated on a tableland. -प्रियः the cuckoo. (-यम्) the cinnamon tree. -बर्हिणः, -वर्हिणः a wild peacock. -भूः f., -भूमिः f. forest ground. -भूषणी the female of the Indian cuckoo. -मक्षिका a gad-fly. -मल्ली wild-jasmine. -माला a garland of wood-flowers, such as was usually worn by Kṛiṣṇa; ग्रथितमौलिरसौ वनमालया R.9.51; it is thus described :- आजानुलम्बिनी माला सर्वर्तुकुसुमोज्ज्वला । मध्ये स्थूल- कदम्बाढ्या वनमालेति कीर्तिता ॥ ˚धरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -मालिन् a. adorned with a chaplet of wood-flowers (-m.) an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; धीरसमीरे यमुनातीरे वसति वने वनमाली Gīt.5; तव विरहे वनमाली सखि सीदति ibid. -मालिनी N. of the town of Dvārakā. -मुच् a. pouring water; R.9.22. (-m.), -भूतः a cloud. -मुद्गः a kind of kidney-bean. -मोचा wild plantain. -रक्षकः a forest-keeper. -राजः the lion. -राजिः, -जी f. 1 a grove or long row of trees. -2 a long tract of forest. -3 a path in a forest. -रुहम् a lotus-flower; वनरुहाननं बिभ्रदावृतम् Bhāg.1.31.12. -लक्ष्मी f. 1 an ornament or beauty of the wood. -2 the plantain. -लता a forest-creeper; दूरीकृताः खलु गुणैरुद्यानलता वन- लताभिः Ś.1.17. -वर्तिका a kind of quail. -वह्निः, -हुता- शनः a forest-conflagration. -वासः 1 living in a wood, residence in a forest; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवास- बन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -2 a wild or nomadic life. -3 a forestdweller, a forester. -वासनः a civet-cat. -वासिन् m. 1 a forest-dweller, forester. -2 a hermit; so वनस्थायिन्. -वीजः, -वीजकः the wild citron tree. -वृन्ताकी the eggplant. -व्रीहिः wild rice. -शृङ्गाटः Tribulus Lanuginosus (Mar. सराटा). -शोभनम् a lotus. -श्वन् m. 1 a jackal. -2 a tiger. -3 a civet-cat. -सङ्कटः a kind of pulse. -सद्, -संवासिन् m. a forester; प्रणुदन्ववौ वनसदां परिश्रमम् Ki.12. 5. -समूहः a thick wood. -संप्रवेशः a solemn procession into a forest for the purpose of cutting wood for an idol. -सरोजिनी f. the wild cotton plant. -स्थः 1 a deer. -2 a hermit; कुतः क्षीरं वनस्थानाम् Mb.13.14.124. -स्था, -स्थी the holy fig tree. -स्थली a wood, forest ground; नखक्षतानीव वनस्थलीनाम् Ku.3.29. -स्रज् f. a garland of forest flowers. -हासः, -हासकः 1 the Kāsa grass. -2 N. of the flower-plant Kunda. |
| |
| vara | वर a. [वृ-कर्मणि अप्] 1 Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest, royal, princely; with gen. or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; वदतां वरः R.1.59; वेदविदां वरेण 5.23;11.54; Ku.6.18; नृवरः, तरुवराः, सरिद्वरा &c. -2 Better than, preferable to; ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13; Y.1.352. -रः 1 The act of choosing, selecting. -2 Choice, selection. -3 A boon, blessing, favour (तपोभिरिष्यते यस्तु देवेभ्यः स वरो मतः); वरं वृ or याच् 'to ask a boon'; प्रीतास्मि ते पुत्र वरं वृणीष्व R.2.63; भवल्लब्धवरोदीर्णः Ku.2.32; (for the distinction between वर and आशिस् see आशिस्). -4 A gift, present, reward, recompense. -5 A wish, desire in general. -6 Solicitation, entreaty. -7 Charity, alms. -8 Surrounding, enclosing. -9 Obstructing, checking. -1 A bridegroom, husband; वरं वरयते कन्या; see under वधू (1) also. -11 A suitor, wooer. -12 A dowry. -13 A son-in-law; 'वरो जामातरि श्रेष्ठे' इति विश्वः; रथाङ्गभर्त्रे$भिनवं वराय Śi.3.36. -14 A dissolute man, libertine. -15 A sparrow. -16 Bdellium. -रम् Saffron; (for वरम् see separately). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having an excellent form. (-ङ्गः) 1 an elephant. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Cupid. -4 a Nakṣatra year consisting of 324 days. (-ङ्गी) turmeric. (-ङ्गम्) 1 the head; वराङ्गानि महार्हाणि धनुषा शातयामि वः Rām.1.66.1; वराङ्गमुर्व्यामपतच्चमूमुखे Mb.8.91.53. -2 the best part. -3 an elegant form. -4 pudendum muliebre. -5 green cinnamon. -अङ्गना a lovely woman; वराङ्गनासेवनमल्पभोजनम् Lakṣmīcharitra. -अन्नम् excellent dish; पक्वापक्वं दिवारात्रं वरान्नममृतोपमम् Mb.7.67.2. -अरणिः a mother; ददर्श रावणस्तत्र गोवृषेन्द्रवरारणिम् Rām.7.23.22. -अर्ह a. 1 worthy of a boon. -2 very worthy, highly esteemed; -मत्कृते$द्य वरार्हायाः श्यामतां समुपागतम्(मुखम्) Mb.3.144. 11. -3 very expensive. -आनना a lovely-faced woman. -आजीविन् m. an astrologer. -आरुहः an ox. -आरोह a. having fine hips. (-हः) 1 an excellent rider. -2 a rider on an elephant or horse. -3 mounting, riding. (-हा) an elegant or a beautiful woman; कामं कुरु वरा- रोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. -आलिः the moon. -आसनम् 1 an excellent seat. -2 the chief seat, a seat of honour. -3 the China rose. -4 a cistern, reservoir. (-नः) 1 a door-keeper. -2 a lover, paramour -इन्द्रः 1 a chief, sovereign. -2 Indra. -3 (also n.) N. of a part of Bengal. -न्द्री the ancient Gaura or Gauda country. -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उरुः, -रूः f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs). -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra. -गात्र a. fair-limbed, beautiful. -चन्दनम् 1 a kind of sandal wood. -2 the pine tree. -तनु a. fairlimbed. (-नुः f.) a beautiful woman; वरतनुरथवासौ नैव दृष्टा त्वया मे V.4.22. -तन्तुः N. of an ancient sage; कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1. -त्वचः the Nimba tree. -द a. 1 conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon; आगच्छ वरदे देवि जपे मे संनिधौ भव Sandhyā. -2 propitious. (-दः) 1 a benefactor. -2 N. of a class of Manes. -3 fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. ˚चतुर्थी N. of the 4th day in the bright half of माघ, ˚हस्तः the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (-दा) 1 N. of a river; वरद वरदारोधोवृक्षैः सहावनतो रिपुः M.5.1. -2 a maiden, girl. -दक्षिणा 1 a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride. -2 a term for expense incurred in fruitless endeavours to recover a loss. -दानम् the granting of a boon. -दानिक a. arising from the bestowal of a favour or boon; चतुर्दश वने वासं वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् Rām.2.17.7. -द्रुमः agallochum. -धर्मः a noble act of justice. -निमन्त्र- णम् a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to Kāśī.). -निश्चयः the choice of a bridegroom. -पक्षः the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86. -पुरुषः the best of men; अहं वरपुरुषमनुष्यो वासुदेवः कामयितव्यः Mk.1.3/31. -प्रद a. granting wishes. -प्रदा N. of Lopāmudrā. -प्रस्थानम्, -यात्रा the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -बाह्लिकम् saffron. -युवतिः, -ती f. a beautiful young woman. -रुचिः N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see नवरत्न; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras). -लक्षणम् the requisites of wedding. पाणिग्रहणमन्त्राश्च प्रथितं वरलक्षणम् Mb.7.55.16. -लब्ध a. received as a boon. (-ब्धः) the Champaka tree. -वत्सला a mother-in-law. -वर्णम् gold. -वर्णिनी 1 an excellent or fair-complexioned woman; मया हीयं वृता पूर्वं भार्यार्थे वरवर्णिनी Mb.1.5.23. -2 a woman in general. -3 turmeric. -4 lac. -5 N. of Lakṣmī. -6 of Durgā. -7 of Sarasvatī. -8 the creeper called Priyaṅgu. -9 a yellow pigment. -वृद्धः N. of Śiva. -शीतम् cinnamon. -सुरत a. 1 very wanton. -2 acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse. -स्रज् f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom. |
| |
| vasanam | वसनम् [वस्-आधारे ल्युट्] 1 Dwelling, residing, staying. -2 A house, residence. -3 Dressing, clothing, covering. -4 A garment, cloth, dress, clothes; वसने परिधूसरे वसाना Ś.7.21; उत्सङ्गे वा मलिनवसने सौम्य निक्षिप्य वीणाम् Me.88,43. -5 An ornament worn (by women) round the loins, (probably for रसना). -6 Siege. -7 A leaf of the cinnamon tree. -ना (in comp.) 1 Clothed in. -2 Surrounded by; समुद्रवसने देवि पर्वतस्तनमण्डले. -3 Engrossed by. -Comp. -पर्यायः change of clothes. -सद्मन् a tent. |
| |
| vastram | वस्त्रम् [वस्-ष्ट्रन् Uṇ.4.172] 1 A garment, cloth, clothes, raiment; स्नातस्यानन्तरं सम्यग् वस्त्रेण तनुमार्जनम् । कान्ति- प्रदं शरीरस्य कण्डूयादोषनाशनम् ॥ कौषेयं चित्रवस्त्रं च रक्तवस्त्रं तथैव च । वातश्लेष्महरं तत्तु शीतकाले विधारयेत् ॥ मेध्यं सुशीतं पित्तघ्नं काषायं वस्त्रमुच्यते । तद्धारयेदुष्णकाले तच्चापि लघु शस्यते ॥ शुक्लं तु शुभदं वस्त्रं शीतातपनिवारणम् । न चोष्णं न च वा शीतं तत्तु वर्षासु धारयेत् ॥ Bhāva., P. -2 Dress, apparel. -3 A leaf of the cinnamon tree. -Comp. -अगारः, -रम्, -गृहम् a tent. -अञ्चलः, अन्तः the hem of a garment. -आगारम् 1 a clothier's shop. -2 a tent. -आधारकः a layer of cloth (placed underneath); Suśr. -उत्कर्षणम् the act of taking off clothes. -कुट्टिमम् 1 a tent. -2 an umbrella. -ग्रन्थिः the knot of the lower garment (which fastens it near the navel); cf. नीवि. -घर्घरी a cloth for straining, sieve. -धारणी a thing to hang clothes upon. -धाविन् a. washing clothes. -निर्णेजकः a washerman. -परिधानम् putting on garments, dressing. -पुत्रिका a doll, puppet. -पूत a. filtered through a cloth; वस्त्रपूतं पिवेज्जलम् Ms.6. 46. -पेशी a fringe. -भेदकः, -भेदिन् m. a tailor. -योनिः the material of cloth (as cotton). -रजकम्, -रञ्जनम् safflower. -विलासः foppery in dress. -वेशः, -वेश्मन् a tent. -वेष्टित a. well-clad. |
| |
| vāṃśa | वांश a. (-शी f. [वंश-अण्] Made of bamboo. -शी Bamboo-manna. |
| |
| vikṛta | विकृत p. p. 1 Changed, altered, modified. -2 Sick, diseased. -3 Mutilated, deformed, disfigured; दृष्ट्वा तथैव विकृतं रथं मृत्युसमन्वितम् Rām.7.22.9; Ms.9.291. -4 Incomplete, imperfect. -5 Affected by passion or emotion. -6 Averse from, disgusted with. -7 Loathsome. -8 Strange, extraordinary. -9 Unnatural. -1 Perverted, spoiled. -11 Estranged, disloyal; Rām.2.39. 22; see विकृ above. -तम् 1 Change, modification. -2 Change for the worse, sickness. -3 Aversion, disgust. -4 Harm, misdeed; तच्छ्रुत्वा पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य रक्षसा विकृतं च तत् Rām.7.65.34. -5 Abortion; बालश्च न प्रमीयन्ते विकृतं न च जायते Ms.9.247. |
| |
| vikṛtiḥ | विकृतिः f. 1 Change (as of purpose, mind, form &c.); चित्तविकृतिः; अङ्गुलीयकं सुवर्णस्य विकृतिः &c.; प्रकृतिविकृति- भिरनुसवनम् Bhāg.5.7.5. -2 An unnatural or accidental circumstance, an accident; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87. -3 Sickness. -4 Excitement, perturbation, anger, rage; सावलेपमुपलिप्सिते परैरभ्युपैति विकृतिं रजस्यपि रजस्यपि Ki.13.56; U.5.29; Śi.15.11,4. -5 Emotion; सत्त्वानामपि लक्ष्यते विकृतिमच्चित्तं भयक्रोधयोः Ś.2.5. -6 A sudden seizure or affection. -7 Fermented liquor; see विकार amd विक्रिया also. -8 Hostility. -9 A phantom, spectre. -1 Abortion. -11 (In gram.) A derivative. |
| |
| vijjulam | विज्जुलम् Cinnamon. |
| |
| viṭaṅkaḥ | विटङ्कः [विशेषेण टङ्क्यते बध्यते इति] 1 An aviary, dovecot; गुम्फितैरुशनसा सुभाषितैर्यस्य हाटकविटङ्कमङ्कितम् N.18.24; सभारण्यविटङ्कवान् Mb.1.1.88; Mv.5.21. -2 The loftiest point, pinnacle, elevation; अयमेव महीधरविटङ्कः Māl.1; Vikr.5.77. |
| |
| vibhājya | विभाज्य a. 1 Portionable, to be divided; वस्त्रं पत्रमलंकारं कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः । योगक्षेमं प्रचारं च न विभाज्यं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.9. 219. -2 Divisible. विभाण्डिका vibhāṇḍikā विभाण्डी vibhāṇḍī विभाण्डिका विभाण्डी The Senna plant (Mar. भुई- तरवड, सोनामुखी). |
| |
| virūpa | विरूप a. (-पा or -पी f.) 1 Deformed, ugly, misshapen, disfigured; विरूपं रूपवन्तं वा पुमानित्येव भुञ्जते Pt.1.143. -2 Unnatural, monstrous. -3 Multiform, diverse; प्रकृति- सरूपं विरूपं च Sā&ndot. K.8. -4 Less by one. -पः 1 Jaundice. -2 N. of Śiva. -पा 1 Alhagi Maurorum (Mar. धमासा). -2 Aconitum Ferox (Mar. अतिविष). -पम् 1 Deformity, ugliness. -2 Variety of form, nature, or character. -Comp. -अक्ष a. having deformed eyes; वपुर्विरूपाक्षम् Ku.5.72. (-क्षः) N. of Śiva (having an unusual number of eyes); दृशा दग्धं मनसिजं जीवयन्ति दृशैव याः । विरूपाक्षस्य जयिनीस्ताः स्तुवे वामलोचनाः ॥ Vb.1.2; Ku.6.21. -करणम् 1 disfiguring. -2 injuring. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रूप a. deformed. |
| |
| vilakṣa | विलक्ष a. 1 Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks, or fixed aim. -2 Bewildered, embarrassed. -3 Surprised, astonished. -4 Ashamed, abashed, disconcerted; गोत्रेषु स्खलितस्तदा भवति च व्रीडाविलक्षश्चिरम् Ś. 6.5. -5 Forced, unnatural, embarrassed (as a smile); विलक्षस्मितस्फुरितैर्दशनांशुभिः K.233; Ratn.3.14. -6 Missing the mark (as an arrow). |
| |
| vaikṛtyam | वैकृत्यम् 1 Change, alteration. -2 Woeful state, miserable plight. -3 Disgust. -4 An unnatural phenomenon. -5 Deterioration. |
| |
| vaiṇava | वैणव a. (-वी f.) [वेणु-अण्] 1 Made of or produced from a bamboo; वैणवीं धारयेद्यष्टिं सोदकं च कमण्डलुम् Ms.4.36. -वः 1 A bamboo-staff. -2 A worker in bamboo or wicker-work. -3 A flute. -वी Bamboomanna. -वम् The seed or fruit of the bamboo. |
| |
| vailakṣyam | वैलक्ष्यम् [विलक्षस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Embarrassment, confusion; वैलक्ष्यमारप्स्यते$नुनेतुम् Dk.2.5; द्रुतधृतलिपिविद्यं वीक्ष्य वैलक्ष्यमूहे Śiva B.9.74. -2 Unnaturalness, affectation; वैलक्ष्यस्मितम् 'a forced or affected smile'. -3 Shame; वैलक्ष्यहेतोर्गतिमेतदीयामग्रे$नुकृत्योपहसन्निवोच्चैः N.3.1;1.34. -4 Absence of any mark or characteristic. -5 Contrariety, inversion. |
| |
| śakalaḥ | शकलः लम् [शक्-कलक् Uṇ.1.19] 1 A part, portion, piece, fragment, bit; ताभ्यां स शकलाभ्यां च दिवं भूमिं च निर्ममे Ms.1.13; उपलशकलमेतद्भेदकं गोमयानाम् Mu.3.15; R.2.46;5.73. -2 A pot-sherd; प्रतिगृह्य पुटेनैव पाणिना शकलेन वा Ms.6.28. -3 A spark; उद्यत्कृशानुशकलेषु खुराभि- घातात्. -लम् 1 Bark. -2 The scales (of a fish). -3 A half; as in चन्द्रशकलम्. -4 Cinnamon. |
| |
| śiras | शिरस् n. [शॄ-असुन् निपातः Uṇ.4.193] 1 The head; शिरसा श्लाघते पूर्वं (गुणं) परं (दोषं) कण्ठे नियच्छति Subhās. -2 Skull. -3 A peak, summit, top (as of a mountain); हिमगौरैरचलाधिपः शिरोभिः Ki.5.17; Śi.4.54. -4 The top of a tree. -5 The head or top of anything; तेनाहृतो महातालो वेपमानो बृहच्छिराः Bhāg.1.15.33; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74. -6 Pinnacle, acme, highest point. -7 Front, forepart, van (as of an army); पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26; U.5.3. -8 Chief, principal, head (usually at the end of comp.). -9 N. of the verse in the गायत्री (from आपो ज्योतिः to स्वरोम्); cf. T. Ar.1.27; Bhāg 5.9.5. -Comp. -अस्थि n. (शिरोस्थि) the skull. -कपालिन् m. an ascetic who carries about a human skull. -क्रिया presentation of the head. -गृहम् (शिरोगृहम्) a room on the top of a house, turret, garret. -ग्रहः (शिरोग्रहः) affection of the head, headache. -छेदः, -छेदनम् (शिरश्छेदः &c.) beheading, decapitation. -तापिन् m. an elephant. -त्रम्, -त्राणम् 1 a helmet; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्तरेव R.7.49,66; अपनीत- शिरस्त्राणाः 4.64. -2 a head-dress. -धरा, -धिः, ध्रः (शिरोधरा, -धिः, -ध्रः) the neck; तेषां शिरोधरान् धूताञ्छरध्वज- धनूंषि च Rām.7.7.17; निकृत्तबाहूरुशिरोध्रविग्रहम् Bhāg.1. 59.16; Śi.4.52;5.65; cf. कम्बुशिरोधिः Chaitanyachandro- daya 3. -पीठम् the back of the neck. -पीडा headache. -पुष्पम् an ornament for the head; स्फुरितारुणवर्णेन शिर- ष्पुष्पेण शोभिताम् Śiva B.2.53. -प्रणामः bending the head. -प्रदानम् giving up the head or life. -प्रावरणम् a turban. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -भूषणम् (शिरोभूषणम्) an ornament for the head. -मणिः (शिरोमणिः) 1 a jewel worn on the head. -2 a crest-jewel. -3 a title of respect conferred on learned men. -मर्मन् m. (शिरोमर्मन्) a hog. -मालिन् m. (शिरोमालिन्) an epithet of Śiva. -रत्नम् (शिरोरत्नम्) a jewel worn on the head. -रुजा (शिरोरुजा) head-ache. -रुह् m., -रुहः (शिरोरुह्- रुहः) (also शिरसिरुह्-हः) the hair of the head; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः स्त्रियो निदाधं शमयन्ति कामिनाम् Ṛs. 1.4; Ku.5.9; R.15.16. -रोगः a disease of the head; अथातः शिरोरोगविज्ञानीयमध्यायं व्याख्यास्यामः Suśr. -वर्तिन् a. (-शिरोवर्तिन्) being at the head. (-m.) a chief, any one at the head of affairs. -वल्ली (शिरोवल्ली) the crest of a peacock. -वृत्तम् (शिरोवृत्तम्) pepper. -वेष्टः, वेष्टनम् (शिरोवेष्टः, -ष्टनम्) a head-dress, turban; शिरोवेष्टनव्याजतस्ते मुखेन्दोः Sūkti.35. -शूलम् head-ache. -रथः 1 leader, chief. -2 a plaintiff. -a. imminent. -स्थानम् main apartment; गतेष्वस्मासु राजा नः शिरःस्थानानि पश्यतु Pratimā 1.31. -हारिन् m. (शिरोहारिन्) an epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| śiva | शिव a. [श्यति पापं शो-वन् पृषो˚] 1 Auspicious, propitious, lucky; इयं शिवाया नियतेरिवायतिः Ki.4.21;1.38; R.11.33. -2 In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; तीर्थेन मूर्ध्न्यधिकृतेन शिवः शिवो$भूत् Bhāg. 3.28.22; शिवानि वस्तीर्थजलानि कच्चित् R.5.8. (= अनुपप्लवानि, 'undisturbed'); शिवास्ते पन्थानः सन्तु 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. -वः 1 N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.2.115. -2 The male organ of generation, penis. -3 An auspicious planetary conjunction. -4 The Veda; अट्टशूलाः जनपदाः शिवशूलाश्चतुष्पथाः Mb.3.188.42. -5 Final beatitude. -6 A post to which cattle are tied. -7 A god, deity. -8 Quick-silver. -9 Bdellium. -1 The black variety of thorn-apple. -11 Rum, spirit. -12 Buttermilk. -13 A ruby. -14 Time (काल). -वौ (m. dual) Śiva and Pārvatī; कथयति शिवयोः शरीरयोगं विषमपदा पदवी विवर्तनेषु Ki.5.4. -वम् 1 Prosperity, welfare, well-being, happiness; तं धर्मे$ग्निषु पुत्रेषु शिवं पृष्ट्वा Rām.7.33.13; तव वर्त्मनि वर्ततां शिवम् N.2.62; Ratn.1.2; R.1.6. -2 Bliss, auspiciousness. -3 Final beatitude. -4 Water. -5 Seasalt. -6 Rock-salt. -7 Refined borax. -8 Iron. -9 Myrobalan. -1 Sandal. -Comp. -अक्षम् = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -अपर a. cruel. -अरातिः a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva). -आत्मकम् rock-salt. -आदेशकः 1 the bearer of auspicious news. -2 a fortune-teller. -आलयः 1 Śiva's abode. -2 the red basil. (-यम्) 1 a temple of Śiva. -2 a cemetery. -इतर a. inauspicious, unlucky; शिवेतरक्षतये K. P.1. -इष्टा Dūrvā grass. -कर (शिवंकर also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious. -कीर्तनः N. of Bhṛiṅgi. -केसरः Mimusops Elengi (बकुल). -गति a. prosperous, happy. -धर्मजः the planet Mars; cf. पुरा दक्षविनाशाय कुपितस्य त्रिशूलिनः । अपतद् भीमवक्त्रस्य स्वेदबिन्दु- र्ललाटजः ॥ शान्तिप्रदानात् सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां प्रथमो भव । अङ्गारक इति ख्यातिं गमिष्यसि धरात्मज ॥ Matsya P. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see शिवरात्र. -ज्ञा a female devotee of the Śaiva sect. -ताति a. 1 having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; प्रयत्नः कृत्स्नो$यं फलतु शिवतातिश्च भवतु Māl.6.7; न्यषेवेतां विशेषेण शिवतातिममुं शिवम् Śiva B.23.56. -2 tender, merciful, not demoniacal; मा पूतनात्वमुपगाः शिवतातिरेधि 9.49. (-तिः) auspiciousness, happiness. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दत्तम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दिश् the north-east. -दूती epithet of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Bilva tree. -द्विष्टा the Ketaka tree. -धातुः 1 quicksilver. -2 milk stone. -पदम् final liberation, emancipation. -पुरम्, -पुरी N. of Vārāṇasī. -पुराण N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रियः 1 a crystal. -2 the Baka tree. -3 the thorn-apple. (-यम्) = रुद्राक्ष q. v. (-या) the goddess Durgā. -बी(वी)जम् quick-silver. -भारतम् the historic poem on the life of Shivājī the great (163-168) by his contemporary poet Paramā nanda. -मल्लकः the Arjuna tree. -मार्गः final liberation. -रसः the water of boiled rice (three days old, hence fermented). -राजधानी N. of Benares, -रात्रिः f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva; शैवो वा वैष्णवो वापि यो वा स्यादन्यपूजकः । सर्वं पूजाफलं हन्ति शिवरात्रिबहिर्मुखः ॥ Īśvarasaṁhitā. -लिङ्गम् 1 Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -2 a temple dedicated to the worship of the Liṅga. -लोकः the world of Śiva. -वल्लभः the mango tree. (-भा) 1 white rose. -2 Pārvatī. -वल्ली Acacia Concinna (Mar. शिकेकाई). -वाहनः a bull. -व्रतिन् one engaged in a vow of standing on one foot. -शेखरः 1 the moon. -2 the thorn-apple. -सायुज्यम् final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). -सुन्दरी an epithet of Durgā. |
| |
| śīta | शीत a. [श्यै-क्] 1 Cool, cold, frigid; तव कुसुमशरत्वं शीतरश्मित्वमिन्दोः Ś.3.2. -2 Dull, sluggish, apathetic, sleepy. -3 Dull, lazy, stupid. -तः 1 A kind of reed. -2 The Nimba tree. -3 The cold season (n. also). -4 Camphor. -तम् 1 Cold, coldness, chillness; आः शीतं तुहिनाचलस्य करथोः K. P.1. -2 Water. -3 Cinnamon. -4 Phlegm, one of the three humours of the body (कफ); शीतोष्णे चैव वायुश्च त्रयः शारीरजा गुणाः Mb.12.16.11. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon; वक्त्रेन्दौ तव सत्ययं यदपरः शीतांशुरुज्जृम्भते K. P.1. -2 camphor. -अदः a kind of affection or diseased state of the gums. -अद्रिः the Himālaya mountain. -अश्मन् m. the moon stone. -आकुल, -आर्त a. pinched or benumbed with cold, shivering. -उत्तमम् water. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -कालः the cold season, winter. -कालीन a. wintry. -कुम्भः the fragrant oleander. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of religious penance. -क्षारः refined borax. -गन्धः white sandal. -गात्रः a kind of fever. -गुः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चम्पकः 1 a lamp. -2 a mirror. -दीधितिः the moon. -द्युतिः the moon; शीतद्युतेर्मण्डलम् Sūkti.62. -पङ्कः rum. -पित्तम् 1 a tumour caused by a chill. -2 increase of bile caused by cold. -पुष्पः the Śireeṣa tree. -पुष्पकम् benzoin. -प्रभः camphor. -फलः Ficus Glomerata (Mar. उंबर). -भानुः the moon. -भीरुः a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -मयूखः, -मरीचिः, -रश्मिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -मूलकम् the root of the Uśīra q. v. -रम्यः a lamp. -रसः spirituous liquor made from the unboiled sugar-cane juice. -रुच् m., -रुचिः the moon; प्रतिवासरं सुकृतिभिर्ववृधे विमलः कलाभिरिव शीतरुचिः Ki.6.2. -वल्कः the Udumbara tree. -वीर्यकः the fig-tree. -वृष्टिः a variety of gem; Kau. A.2.11. -शिवः the Śamee tree. -(वम्) 1 rock-salt. -2 borax. -शूकः barley. -सहः the Pīlu tree. -स्पर्श a. cooling. |
| |
| śukaḥ | शुकः [शुक्-क] 1 A parrot; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Subhāṣ तुण्डैराताम्रकुटिलैः पक्षैर्हरितकोमलैः । त्रिवर्ण- राजिभिः कण्ठैरेते मञ्जुगिरः शुकाः ॥ Kāv.2.9. -2 The Śirīṣa tree. -3 N. of a son of Vyāsa. (He is said to have been born from the seed of Vyāsa. which fell at the sight of the heavenly nymph Ghṛitāchī while roaming over the earth in the form of a female parrot. Śuka was a born philosopher, and by his moral eloquence successfully resisted all the attempts of the nymph Rambhā to win him over to the path of love. He is said to have narrated the Bhāgavata Purāṇa to king Parīkṣit. His name has become proverbial for the most rigid observer of continence.] -कम् 1 Cloth, clothes. -2 A helmet. -3 A turban. -4 The end or hem of a garment. -Comp. -अदनः the pomegranate tree. -कूटः a garland fixed over two pillars. -तरुः, -द्रुमः the Śirīṣa tree. -तुण्डः a particular position of hands. -तुण्डकम् a kind of cinnabar. -देवः N. of Śuka. -नास a. having an aquiline nose. (-सः) 1 N. of the minister of Tārāpīḍa. -2 a particular ornament on a house. -3 N. of several plants. -नासिका an aquiline nose. -पुच्छः sulphur. -पुष्पः, -प्रियः the Śirīṣa tree. (-या) the rose-apple. -वल्लभः the pomegranate. -वाहः an epithet of Cupid. -सप्ततिः N. of 7 stories related by a parrot. |
| |
| śubhā | शुभा 1 Lustre, light. -2 Beauty. -3 Desire. -4 Yellow pigment. -5 The Śamī tree. -6 An assembly of gods. -7 Dūrvā grass. -8 Bamboo-manna. -9 The Priyaṅgu creeper. |
| |
| śubhrā | शुभ्रा 1 The Ganges. -2 A crystal. -3 Bamboomanna. -4 Alum. -5 Sugar. |
| |
| śravaṇaḥ | श्रवणः णम् [शृणोत्यनेन श्रु-करणे ल्युट्] 1 The ear; ध्वनति मधुपसमूहे श्रवणमपिदधाति Gīt.5; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयं विरचितवान् भारताख्यममृतं यः Ve.1.4. -2 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -णः, -णा 1 N. of a lunar mansion containing three stars. -णम् 1 The act of hearing; श्रवणसुभगम् Me.11. -2 Study. -3 Fame, glory. -4 That which is heard or revealed, the Veda; इति श्रवणात् 'because of such a Vedic text'. -5 Wealth. -6 Flowing, oozing. -7 (In phil.) The determining by means of the six signs the true doctrine of the Vedānta. -Comp. -अधि- कारिन् m. a speaker, addresser. -इन्द्रियम् the sense of hearing, the ear. -उत्पलम् a lotus fastened in the ear. -उदरम् the hollow of the outer ear. -कातरता anxiety for bearing. -गोचर a. within the range of hearing. (-रः) ear-shot; as in श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ 'be within earshot'. -पथः, -विषयः the reach or range of the ear; वृत्तान्तेन श्रवणविषयप्रापिणा R.14.87. -परुष a. 1 hard to be listened to. -2 hard to the ear. -पालिः, -ली f. the tip of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear. -पुटकः the auditory passage. -पूरकः an ear-ring or any such ornament. -प्राधुणिकः coming to any one's ear. -भृत a. spoken of. -सुभग a. pleasing to the ear; वचस्तस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Jagannātha-pandita. |
| |
| śvetā | श्वेता 1 A cowrie. -2 Hog-weed. -3 White Dūrvā grass. -4 A crystal. -5 Candied sugar. -6 Bamboomanna. -7 N. of various plants. -8 N. of one of the tongues of fire. -9 Alum. |
| |
| savailakṣya | सवैलक्ष्य a. 1 Unnatural, forced; affected. -2 Embarrassed; सवैलक्ष्यस्मितम् 'with a forced smile.' |
| |
| saha | सह ind. 1 With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); शशिना सह याति कौमुदी सह मेघेन तडित् प्रलीयते Ku.4.33. -2 Together, simultaneously, at the same time; अस्तोदयौ सहैवासौ कुरुते नृपतिर्द्विषाम् Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word:-- साकल्य, सादृश्य, यौगपद्य, विद्यमानत्व, समृद्धि, संबन्ध and सामर्थ्य.) -Comp. -अध्ययनम् 1 studying together; U.2. -2 fellowstudentship. -अध्यायिन् m. a fellow-student. -अपवाद a. disagreeing. -अर्थ a. 1 having the same object. -2 synonymous. (-र्थः) the same or common object. -अर्ध a. together with a half. -आलापः conversation with. -आसनम् sitting on the same seat. -आसिका company, sitting together; समुद्रः सहासिकां यां सुमतिः प्रतीच्छति Rām. ch.2.85. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; सा सहोक्तिः सहार्थस्य बलादेकं द्विवाचकम् K. P.1; e.g. पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -उटजः a hut made of leaves. -उत्थायिन् a. rising or conspiring together. -उदरः a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; जनन्यां संस्थितायां तु समं सर्वे सहोदराः Ms.9.92; सहोदरा कुङ्कुमकेसराणां भवन्ति नूनं कविताविलासाः Vikr.1.21. -उपमा a kind of Upamā. -ऊढः, -ऊढजः the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law); या गर्भिणी संस्क्रियते ज्ञाताज्ञातापि वा सती । वोढुः स गर्भो भवति सहोढ इति चोच्यते ॥ Ms.9.173. -एकासनम् see सहासनम् Y.2.284. -कर्तृ m. a co-worker, assistant; तस्य कर्मानुरूपेण देर्यो$शः सहकर्तृभिः Ms.8.26. -कारः 1 co-operation. -2 a mango tree; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्तलतां सहेत Ś.3. ˚भञ्जिका a kind of game. - कारिन्, -कृत्, -कृत्वन् a. co-operating. (-m.) a coadjutor, associate, colleague. -कृत a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by. -क्रिया simultaneous performance; स हि न्यायः संभूयकारिणां सहक्रियेति सर्वत्रैव ŚB. on MS.11.1. 57. -खट्वासनम् sitting together on a bed; Ms.8.357; see सहैकासनम्. -गमनम् 1 accompanying. -2 a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow. -चर a. accompanying, going or living with; यानि प्रियासहचरश्चिरमध्यवात्सम् U.3.8. (-रः) 1 a companion, friend, associate; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. -2 a follower, servant. -3 a husband. -4 a surety. (-री f.) 1 a famale companion. -2 a wife, mate; प्रेक्ष्य स्थितां सहचरीं व्यवधाय देहम् R.9.57. -चरित a. 1 accompanying, attending, associating with. -2 Congruent, homogeneous, -चारः 1 accompaniment. -2 agreement, harmony. -3 (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sādhya (major term). -4 right course (opp. व्यभिचार). -चारिन् see सहचर. -ज a. 1 inborn, natural, innate; सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् Bg.18. 48; सहजामप्यपहाय धीरताम् R.8.43. -2 hereditary; सहजं किल यद्विनिन्दितं न खलु तत्कर्म विवर्जनीयम् Ś.6.1. (-जः) 1 a brother of whole blood; तृतीयो मे नप्ता रजनिचरनाथस्य सहजः Mv.4.7. -2 the natural state or disposition. ˚अरिः a natural enemy. ˚उदासीनः a born neutral. ˚मित्रम् a natural friend. -जात a. 1 natural; see सहज. -2 born together, twin-born. -जित् a. victorious at once; स्वर्णेता सहजिद् बभ्रुरिति राजाभिधीयते Mb.3.185.28. -दार a. 1 with a wife. -2 married. -देवः N. of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. -धर्मः same duties. ˚चारिन् m. a husband. ˚चारिणी 1 a lawful wife, one legally married (also सहधर्मिणी in this sense). -2 a fellow-worker. -पथिन् m., -पन्थाः m., f. a fellow-traveller. -पांशुक्रीडिन, पांशुकिल m a friend from the earliest childhood. -भावः 1 companionship. -2 concomitance. -भाविन् m. a friend, partisan, follower. -भू a. natural, innate; औत्सुक्येन कृतत्वरा सहभुवा व्यावर्तमाना ह्रिया Ratn.1.2. -भोजनम् eating in company with friends. -मनस् a. with intelligence. -मरणम् see सह- गमन. -मृता a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. -युध्वन् m. a brother in arms. -रक्षस् m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. -वसतिः, -वासः dwelling together; सहवसतिमुपेत्य यैः प्रियायाः कृत इव मुग्धविलोकितोपदेशः Ś.2.3. -वासिन् m. a fellow-lodger. -वीर्यम् fresh butter. -संसर्गः carnal contact. -सेविन् a. having intercource with. -स्थः a companion. |
| |
| sāṃsiddhika | सांसिद्धिक a. 1 Natural, existing naturally, innate, inherent; एवं सांसिद्धिके लोके किमर्थमनुशोचसि Mb.11.2.7. -2 Effected naturally, spontaneous; परस्परभयादेके पापाः पापं न कुर्वते । एवं सांसिद्धिके लोके सर्वं दण्डे प्रतिष्ठितम् ॥ Mb.12.15.6. -3 Absolute. -4 Effected by supernatural means. -Comp. -द्रवः natural fluidity (opp. नैमित्तिक 'generated') (belonging to water only). |
| |
| sāṃdhya | सांध्य a. (-ध्यी f.) 1 Relating to the twilight or evening; साध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38; Ki. 5.8; R.11.6; Śi.9.15. -2 Relating to the morning twilight or dawn. सांनहनिक sānnahanika सांनाहिक sānnāhika सांनहनिक सांनाहिक a. (-की f.) 1 Bearing or putting on an armour; सांनाहिको यदा राजन् राजन्यो$थ पशुः शुचिः Bhāg.9.7.14. -2 Calling to arms, encouraging to prepare for battle; शैलकटकतटभिन्नरवः प्रणनाद सांनहनिको- $स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72; अकृतार्थश्च भीतश्च न च सांनाहको हतः Mb.7.71.11. -कः An armour-bearer. |
| |
| siddha | सिद्ध p. p. 1 Accomplished, effected, performed, achieved, completed. -2 Gained, obtained, acquired. -3 Succeeded, successful; one who has attained his object; याताबला व्रजं सिद्धा मयेमा रंस्थथ क्षपाः Bhāg.1.22.27. -4 Settled, established; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न चरणैरवताडनानि U.1.14. -5 Proved, demonstrated, substantiated; तस्मादिन्द्रियं प्रत्यक्षप्रमाणमिति सिद्धम् T. S.; साक्षिप्रत्ययसिद्धानि (कार्याणि) Ms.8.178. -6 Valid, sound (as a rule). -7 Admitted to be true. -8 Decided, adjudicated (as a law-suit). -9 Paid, discharged, liquidated (as debt). -1 Cooked, dressed (as food); अभ्रच्छाया खलप्रीतिः सिद्धमन्नं च योषितः । किंचित्कालोपभोग्यानि यौवनानि धनानि च ॥Pt.2.117. -11 Matured, ripened. -12 Thoroughly prepared, compounded, cooked together (as drugs). -13 Ready (as money). -14 Subdued, won over, subjugated (as by magic). -15 Brought under subjection, become propitious. -16 Thoroughly conversant with or skilled in, proficient in; as in रस- सिद्ध q. v. -17 Perfected, sanctified (as by penance); अप्रमत्तो$खिलस्वार्थे यदि स्यात् सिद्ध आत्मनि Bhāg.11.23.29. -18 Emancipated. -19 Endowed with supernatural powers or faculties. -2 Pious, sacred, holy. -21 Divine, immortal, eternal. -22 Celebrated, well-known, illustrious; अथर्वशिरसि प्रोक्तैर्मन्त्रैः सिद्धां विधानतः Rām.1.15.2; एवं तौ लोकसिद्धाभिः क्रीडाभिश्चेरतुर्वने Mb.1.18.16. -23 Shining, splendid. -24 Hit (as a mark). -25 Peculiar, singular. -26 Invariable, unalterable. -27 Satisfied; Bhāg.11.23.29. -द्धः 1 A semi-divine being supposed to be of great purity and holiness, and said to be particularly characterized by eight supernatural faculties called Siddhis q. v.; उद्वेजिता वृष्टिभिराश्रयन्ते शृङ्गाणि यस्यातप- वन्ति सिद्धाः Ku.1.5. -2 An inspired sage or seer (like Vyāsa). -3 Any sage or seer, a prophet; सिद्धादेश Ratn.1. -4 One skilled in magical arts, a magician. -5 A law-suit, judicial trial. -6 A kind of hard sugar. -7 The dark thorn-apple. -8 One who has attained his object; सिद्धः कचो वत्स्यति मत्सकाशे Mb.1.76.7. -द्धम् Sea-salt. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -योषित् a beatified woman, a female siddha. -अञ्जनम् magical ointment or collyrium; वसुपूर्णन् कलशान् सिद्धाञ्जनेन ज्ञात्वा Dk.1.4. -अन्तः 1 the established end. -2 the demonstrated conclusion of an argument, established view of any question, the true logical conclusion (following on the refutation of the Pūrvapakṣa). -3 a proved fact, established truth, dogma, settled doctrine. -4 any established text-book resting on conclusive evidence; मध्येसभं दैवविदः सर्वसिद्धान्त- पारगाः Śiva B.6.8. ˚कोटिः f. the point in an argument which is regarded as a logical conclusion. ˚कौमुदी N. of a celebrated commentary on Pāṇini's grammar by भट्टोजी- दीक्षित. ˚पक्षः the logically correct side of an argument. -अन्नम् cooked food. -अर्थ a. one who has accomplished his desired object, successful. (-र्थः) 1 white mustard; यन्त्रस्थसिद्धार्थपदाभिषेकं लब्ध्वाप्यसिद्धार्थममन्यत स्वम् N.1.6; अविरललग्नगौरसिद्धार्थकप्रकारतया काञ्चनरसखचितामिव मालाम् K. (Pūrvabhāga); Bhāg.4.9.59. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of the great Buddha. -आदेशः 1 the prediction of a seer. -2 a prophet, fortune-teller. -आपगा f. the river Gaṅgā. -आसनम् a particular posture in religious meditation. -औषधम् a specific panacea. -काम a. having the wishes fulfilled. -क्षेत्रम् the abode of sages or Siddhas. -गङ्गा, -नदी, -सिन्धुः the celestial Ganges. -ग्रहः N. of a particular kind of madness or dementia. -जलम्, -सलिलम् sour rice-gruel. -देवः N. of Śiva. -द्रव्यम् any magical object. -धातुः quick-silver. -नरः sorcerer, fortune-teller. -पक्षः the established or logical side of an argument. -पथः the atmosphere; छिन्नाः सिद्धपथे देवा- र्लघुहस्तैः सहस्रधा Bhāg.6.1.25. -पुरुषः = सिद्धः (1,3,4) above. -पुष्पः the Karavīra plant. -प्रयोजनः white mustard. -मानस a. having a completely satisfied mind. -मोदकः sugar prepared from bamboo-manna. -यात्रिकः one wandering about for the acquisition of magical power; Pt.5. -योगः magical agency. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रस a. mineral;, metallic. (-सः) 1 quick-silver; अयोविकारे स्वरितत्वमिष्यते कुतो$यसां सिद्धरस- स्पृशामपि N.9.42. -2 an alchemist. -रूपम् the right or correct thing. -लक्ष a. one who has hit the mark. -लोकः the world of the Blest (सिद्ध). -वस्तिः a strong injection (of oil &c.); Suśr. -विद्या the doctrine relating to perfect beings. -वेदनः an elephant having perfect sensitivity; Mātaṅga L.8.25. -व्यञ्जनः an ascetic-spy; सिद्धव्यञ्जनैर्माणवप्रकाशनम् Kau. A.4. -संकल्प a. one who has accomplished his desired object. -संबन्ध a. one whose kindred are well known. -साधकः N. of Śiva. -साधनः white mustard. (-नम्) 1 the performance of magical rites for the acquisition of supernatural powers &c. -2 the materials employed in mystical or chemical processes. -साधित a. one who has learned by practice (not by study). -साध्य a. accomplished, proved. (-ध्यम्) a dogma, demonstrated conclusion. -सिद्ध a. thoroughly efficacious. -सेनः N. of Kārtikeya. -स्थाली the boiler or pot of a seer (it is supposed to be a vessel which is gifted with the property of overflowing with any kind of food at the desire of the possessor). -हेमन् purified gold. |
| |
| su | सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con |
| |
| sudhā | सुधा [सुष्ठु धीयते, पीयते धे-धा वा क Tv.] 1 The beverage of the gods, nectar, ambrosia; निपीय यस्य क्षितिरक्षणः कथां तथाद्रियन्ते न बुधाः सुधामपि N.1.1. -2 The nectar or honey of flowers. -3 Juice. -4 Water. -5 N. of the Ganges. -6 White-wash, plaster, mortar; कैलासगिरिणेव सुधासितेन प्राकारेण परिगता K.; कालान्तरश्यामसुधेषु नक्तम् R.16. 18. -7 A brick. -8 Lightning. -9 The milk-hedge plant. -1 Emblic myrobalan. -11 Yellow myrobalan. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. ˚रत्नम् a pearl. -अङ्गः, -आकारः, -आधारः, -आवासः the moon. -उद्भवः N. of Dhanvantari. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -कारः the plasterer, white-washer; सूपकाराः सुधाकारा वंशचर्मकृतस्तथा (प्रतस्थिरे) Rām.2.8.3. -क्षालित a. white-washed. -जीविन् m. a plasterer, bricklayer. -द्रवः 1 a nectarlike fluid. -2 white-wash, plaster. -धवलित a. plastered, white-washed. -निधिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -पाणिः an epithet of Dhanvantari, the physician of the gods. -भवनम् a stuccoed house. -भित्तिः f. 1 a plastered wall. -2 a brick-wall. -3 the fifth Muhūrta or hour afternoon. -भुज् m. a god, deity. -भूबिम्बम् the lunar orb; अस्या मुखेन्दावधरः सुधाभूबिम्बस्य युक्तः प्रतिबिम्ब एषः N.7.38. -भृतिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 a sacrifice, an oblation. -मयम् 1 a brick or stone building. -2 a royal palace. -मोदकः 1 camphor. -2 a kind of sugar; L. D. B. -3 bamboo manna. ˚जः a kind of sugar prepared from it. -योनिः the moon. -वर्षः a shower of nectar. -वर्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 the moon. -3 camphor. -वासः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -वासा a kind of cucumber. -शर्करः a lime-stone. -सित a. 1 white as mortar. -2 bright as nectar. -3 bound by nectar; जगतीशरणे युक्तो हरिकान्तः सुधासितः Ki.15.45 (where it has senses 1 and 2 also). -सूतिः 1 the moon. -2 a sacrifice. -3 a lotus. -स्यन्दिन् a. ambrosial, flowing with nectar; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधास्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6. -स्रवा uvula or soft palate. -हरः, -हृत् an epithet of Garuḍa; see गरुड. |
| |
| sva | स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause. |
| |
| svābhāvika | स्वाभाविक a. (-की f.) [स्वभावादागतः ढञ्] Belonging to one's own nature, innate, inherent, peculiar, natural; स्वाभाविकं विनीतत्वं तेषां विनयकर्मणा । मुमूर्च्छ सहजं तेजो हविषेव हविर्भुजाम् R.1.79;5.69; Ku.6.71. -काः m. pl. A sect of Buddhists who accounted for all things by the laws of nature. |
| |
| hariṇa | हरिण a. (-णी f.) [हृ-इनन्] 1 Pale, whitish; न चाश्वेन विनिर्यासि विवर्णो हरिणः कृशः Mb.1.1.61; रूपेण पश्ये हरिणेन पश्य N.22.134. -2 Reddish or yellowish white. -3 Having rays; विश्वरूपं हरिणं जातवेदसम् Praśna U.1. 8. -णः 1 A deer, an antelope; (said to be of five kinds:-- हरिणश्चापि विज्ञेयः पञ्चभेदो$त्र भैरव । ऋष्यः खड्गो रुरुश्चैव पृषतश्च मृगस्तथा Kālikā P.); अपि प्रसन्नं हरिणेषु ते मनः Ku. 5.35. -2 The white colour. -3 A goose. -4 The sun. -5 Viṣṇu. -6 Śiva. -Comp. -अक्ष a. deer-eyed, fawneyed. (-क्षः) N. of Śiva. (-क्षी f.) 'deer-eyed', a woman with beautiful eyes. -अङ्कः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -कलङ्कः, -धामन् m. the moon. -नयन, -नेत्र, -लोचन a. deer-eyed, fawn-eyed. -नर्तकः a Kinnara. -लाञ्छनः the moon. -हृदय a. deer-hearted, timid. |
| |
| hiṅgulu | हिङ्गुलु m., n. Vermilion, cinnabar. हिङ्गुलिका hiṅgulikā हिङ्गुलिका The prickly nightshade. |
| |
| heman | हेमन् n. [हि-मनिन्] 1 Gold; हेम्नः संलक्ष्यते ह्यग्नौ विशुद्धि श्यामिकापि वा R.1.1. -2 Water. -3 Snow. -4 The thorn-apple. -5 The Keśara flower. -6 Winter, the cold season. -7 The planet Mercury. -8 The Dhattūra plant.; हेमनामकतरुप्रसवेन त्र्यम्बकस्तदुपकल्पितपूजः N.21.34. -Comp. -अङ्कः a. adorned with gold; Mu.2.1 (v. l.); see next word. -अङ्ग a. golden; सुगाङ्गे हेमाङ्गं नृवर तव सिंहासनमिदम् Mu.2.1. (-ङ्गः) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a lion. -3 the mountain Sumeru. -4 N. of Brahman. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 the Champaka tree. -अङ्गदम् a gold bracelet. -अद्रिः 1 the mountain Sumeru. -2 N. of an author of the encyclopædic work चतुर्वर्गचिन्तामणि. -अम्भोजम् a golden lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (variety yellow); हेमाम्भोजप्रसवि सलिलं मानसस्याददानः Me.64. -अम्भोरुहम् golden lotus; हेमाम्भोरुहसस्यानां तद्वाप्यो धाम सांप्रतम् Ku. 2.44. -आह्वः 1 the wild Champaka tree. -2 the Dhattūra plant. -कक्ष a. having golden walls. -क्षः a golden girdle. -कन्दलः coral. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कारः, -कारकः a goldsmith; (हृत्वा) विविधानि च रत्नानि जायते हेमकर्तृषु Ms.12.61; हेममात्रमुपादाय रूपं वा हेमकारकः Y.3. 147. -कलशः a golden pinnacle; Inscr. -किंजल्कम् the Nāgakeśara flower. -कुम्भः a golden jar. -कूटः N. of a mountain; Ś.7. -केतकी the Ketaka plant, bearing yellow flowers (स्वर्णकेतकी). -केलिः 1 an epithet of Agni. -2 the Chitraka plant. -केशः N. of Śiva. -गन्धिनी the perfume named Reṇukā. -गर्भ a. containing gold in the interior. -गिरिः the mountain Sumeru. -गारैः the Aśoka tree. -घ्नम् lead. -घ्नी turmeric. -चन्द्रः N. of a celebrated Jaina lexicographer (of the 11th century). -छन्न a. covered with gold. (-न्नम्) gold covering. -ज्वालः fire. -तरुः the thorn-apple. -तारम् blue vitriol. -दुग्धः, -दुग्धकः the glomerous fig-tree. -धान्यकः the 11/2 Māṣaka weight. -धारणम् the 8-Palas weight of gold. -पर्वतः the mountain Meru. -पुष्पः, -पुष्पकः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Lodhra tree. -3 the Champaka tree. (-n.) 1 the Aśoka flower. -2 the flower of China rose. -पुष्पिका yellow jasmine. -पृष्ठ a. gilded. -ब(व)लम् a pearl. -माला the wife of Yama. -माक्षिकम् pyrites. -मालिन् m. the sun. -यूथिका the golden or yellow jasmine. -रागिणी f. turmeric. -रेणुः a kind of atom (त्रसरेणुः). -वलम् a pearl. -व्याकरणम् Hemachandra's grammar. -शङ्खः N. of Viṣṇu. -शृङ्गम् 1 a golden horn. -2 a golden summit. -सारम् blue vitriol. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् a kind of necklace (Mar. गोफ). |
1 result
| |
| nam | nam bend, I. náma; Ā: ii. 12, 13; iv. 50, 8; before (dat.), x. 34, 8; int. nánnamīti bend low, v. 83, 5. práti- bend towards: pf. nānāma, ii. 33, 12. |
109 results
| |
| ativyaya | m. lavish expenditure, extra vagance; -vyasana, n. great calamity; -vyasanin, a. overpowered by vice; -vyut panna, pp. very experienced in (lc.); -vrata, a. excessively pious. |
| |
| atyāditya | a. surpassing the sun; -½ânanda, m. excessive joy; -½âpanna, pp. very unfortunate; -½âyata, pp. very long, very tall; -½âyus, a. very old; -½ârûdha, pp. hvg. reached a great height;-½ârûdhi, f. ascending too high; -½âroha, m. mounting too high, arrogance; -½ârti, f. violent pain; -½ârya, a. too honourable. |
| |
| atyutka | a. ardently longing; -½ut kata, a. excessive, extraordinary; -½uttama, a. most excellent; -½udâtta, a. very eminent; -½udâra, a. most excellent; too liberal: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½un-nata, pp.excessively high; -½unnati, f. eminence. |
| |
| anātmavat | a. not self-pos sessed, beside oneself; -vedin, a. not knowing oneself, not -the Âtman: (di)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -sampanna, pp. soulless, stupid; uncon trolled; -sât-krita, pp. not appropriated. |
| |
| anucca | a. low (birth); -uk-kalat, pr. pt. not departing from (ab.); -uk-kita, pp. not plucked; -uk-khinna, pp. uninterrupted, unimpeded; -uk-khishta, (pp.) n. no mere remnant; a. containing no remains of food, clean; -uk-khvasat, pr. pt. not breathing. |
| |
| anupapatti | f. not coming to pass, impossibility; a. inadmissible, impossible; -upa-panna, pp. unsuitable; unproved, in admissible; -upa-bhugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being enjoyed (riches); -upa-bhogya, fp. not to be enjoyed; -upama, a. incomparable; -upa-yat, pr. pt. not cohabiting with; -upa-yukta, pp. unserviceable, useless; unfit; -upa-yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. good for nothing; -upayogin, a. unserviceable:(i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -uparodha, m. not prejudicing, not injur ing: -tas, ad. without inconvenience; -upa-lakshita, pp. unnoticed; -upalabdhi, f. non perception; imperceptibility; -upalambha, m. id.; -upasamhârin, a. non-exclusive (fallacious middle term); -upasarga, a. not combined with a preposition; -upa-skrita, pp. unprepared; simple; unfurnished with (in.); disinterested; blameless; -upa-hata, pp. healthy; undisputed: -½âtmaka, a.not dejected, cheerful; -upa-hita, pp. unconditioned, unappropriated. |
| |
| apatha | n. no way, pathlessness; wrong way; bad course; wrong place: in. not in the usual way; a. pathless; inaccessible; -prapanna, pp. misplaced; -hara, a. choosing the wrong way. |
| |
| aparicaya | m. unfamiliarity; -kalita, pp. unmoved, immovable; -kita, pp. unknown, unfamiliar; -kyuta, pp. not having deserted; -kkhada, a. destitute of retinue or baggage; -kkhinna, pp.unlimited; -kkheda, m. lack of decision; irresolution; want of judg ment: -kartri, a. not deciding rightly; -gâta, pp. premature, still-born. |
| |
| abhojya | fp. that may not be eaten; whose food may not be eaten: -½anna, a. id. |
| |
| ardhatrayodaśa | a. pl. twelve & a half; -dagdha, pp. half-burnt; -danda, m. fine of half the amount; -divasa, m. midday; -devá, m. demi-god; -dvi-katur-asraka, m. kind of posture; -nish-panna,a. half com pleted. |
| |
| avasakta | pp. (√ sañg) fixed; -sak thikâ, f. loin cloth: -m kri, place a cloth round the loins; -sanna, pp. ended, waned; spent; -sara, m. occasion, opportunity; right time; appropriateness, use; turn; -sárpana, n. descent; -sarpinî, f. descending cycle; -sâda, m. sitting down; sinking; exhaustion, lassi tude; defeat: -na, n. discouragement; de jection; -s&asharp;na, n. resting-place; cessation; end; death; end of a sentence or verse; pause: -bhûmi, f. acme; -sita, pp. (√ sâ) ended: -½artha, a. satisfied; -siti, f. conclusion, end; -seka, m. sprinkling; bleeding (by leeches); -sekana, n. sprinkling; water for washing; bleeding. |
| |
| asamīrita | pp. not raised (wind); -udyama, m. lack of exertion; sluggishness; -unnaddha, pp. modest; -riddha, pp. not successful, incomplete; -riddhi, f. failure; -eta, pp. not come, wanting, lacking. |
| |
| asaṃbhava | m. destruction; absence, lack; impossibility, inadmissibility, absurdity; a. not being born again; having no material body; not occurring, impossible, absurd; -bhavyám, ad. irretrievably;-bhâv anâ, f. incredulity; disrespect; -bhâvayat, pr. pt. thinking impossible; -bhâvita, pp. uncompleted; inconceivable; unworthy of (g.): -½upamâ, f. simile in which an impos sibility is assumed; -bhâvya, fp. inconceiv able: -m, ad. irretrievably; -bhâshana, n. not addressing; -bhâshâ, f. no conversation with (in.); -bhâshya, fp. not to be conversed with, not suitable for a conference; -bhinna, pp. not broken through; -bhrita, pp. not made, natural; -bhoga, m. non-enjoyment; -bhogya, fp. with whom it is not lawful to eat; -bhrânta, pp. unbewildered, calm: -m, ad. |
| |
| āśā | f. id. (w. g., lc., or --°ree;): in. in the expectation or hope of; -ganana, a. in spiring hope; -pisâk-ikâ, -î, f. demon of (=cruel and delusive) hope; -bandha, m. bond of hope; cobweb; -vat,a. hopeful; hoping for (d., lc.); -vibhinna, pp. cut off from hope, disappointed. |
| |
| ucchikhaṇḍa | a. with tail out spread; -khitti, f. destruction, extermina tion; -khinna, pp. (√ khid) cut off; m. (sc. sandhi) peace bought by ceding fertile terri tory; -khiras, a. holding the head high; -khilîmdhra, n. luxuriant mushroom; a. covered with mushrooms. |
| |
| upasadana | n. respectful saluta tion; performance; -sádya, fp. to be respect fully approached or served; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) having entered as a pupil. |
| |
| autpattika | a. (î) original, innate, natural. |
| |
| aurasa | a. (î) proceeding from the chest; innate, natural; begotten of the body; m. lawful son of the body; -ya, a. begotten of one's body. |
| |
| kaṣṭa | pp. bad; heavy, severe; miser able; forced, unnatural; pernicious, danger ous; n. evil, misfortune, misery (kashtât kashtataram, worst of all evils): -m, in., ab., °ree;--, with difficulty, only just; -m, ij. woe! often w. dhik or hâ dhik; -tapas, a. doing severe penance; -tara, cpv. most dangerous or pernicious; -labhya, fp. hard to obtain; -½adhika, a. worse. |
| |
| kṛtāṅka | a. branded; -½añgala, a. having the palms joined in supplication to (d.); -½âtithya, a. having practised hospi tality; hospitably entertained; -½âtman, a. whose mind is cultivatedor purified; -½âdara, a. treated with due respect; -½anuvyâdha, a. filled with (in.); -½anta, a. making an end, decisive; m. matter, affair, case; fate; Death, Yama; system, doctrine: -nagarî, f. city of Yama, -samtrâsa,m. N. of a Râkshasa; -½antara, a. having made one's way to (g.); -½anná, n. cooked food; -½aparâdha, a. hav ing committed an offence against (g.); -½abhi sheka, a. hvg. performed a religious ablution; consecrated;-½abhyâsa, a. kept to one's studies (by, --°ree;); -½artha, a. having attained his object; satisfied: -tâ, f., -tva, n. satisfaction. |
| |
| khaṇḍamodaka | m. manna-sugar (Pr.). |
| |
| gaṇādhipati | m. ep. of Siva; Ganesa; -½adhîsa, m. Ganesa; -½adhyaksha, m. id.; -½anna, n. food coming from a corpora tion; -½abhyantara, m. member of a corpo ration. |
| |
| guṇayukta | pp. tied to a rope and endowed with virtues; -râga, m. delight in virtues; -vakana, m. n. adjective; -vat, a. furnished with a thread; having the elemental qualities; possessing good qualities, virtuous, excellent: -tâ, f. possession of virtues; -varman, m. N.; -vâkaka, a. expressing a quality; -sata-sâlin, a. possessing hundreds of virtues; -sabda, m. adjective; -samyukta, pp. endowed with good qualities; -samskâra, °ree;--, quality and preparation; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good qualities; -sâgara, m. a perfect ocean of virtues; -hâni, f. lack of virtues; -hîna, pp. devoid of virtues. |
| |
| gūḍhāgāra | n. prison; -½artha, m. hidden or mystical meaning; a. having a hidden or mystical meaning; -½âsaya, a. con cealing his purpose; -½utpanna, pp. begotten in secret (not by the husband). |
| |
| ghuṣṭasvara | a. with a loud voice; -½anna, n. food offered by invitation. |
| |
| citrāṅga | m. Dapple-body, N. of a deer and of a dog; î, f. N. of a courtesan; -½a&ndot;gada, a. adorned with brilliant bracelets; m. N. of a fairy, of a Gandharva, and of a recorder of human actions in Yama's realm; -½anna, n. rice coloured by the addition of in gredients; (á)-magha, a. having splendid gifts; -½ârambha, a. painted; -½arpita, pp. id.: -½ârambha, a. id. |
| |
| coca | n. kind of cinnamon bark. |
| |
| jātijānapada | a. relating to the castes and to the districts; -bhâg, a. sub ject to birth; -bhramsa, m. loss of caste; -bhrashta, pp. having lost caste; -mat, a. high-born; capable of being classed under a general notion; -mâtra, n. mere rank: -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting by the name of his caste only; -vakana, n. generic term; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good family, high-born; -smara, a. remembering one's former exist ence: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -smarana, n. remembrance of a former birth; -hîna, pp. destitute of good family, of low birth or rank. |
| |
| tricakra | a. three-wheeled; n. three-wheeled car; -kakshus, a. three-eyed; -ka tura, a. three or four; -gagat, n. sg. pl. the three worlds (heaven, earth, lower regions): (g)-gananî, f. the mother of the three worlds, Pârvatî; -gata, a. wearing three braids: â, f. N. of a Râkshasî; -gâta: -ka, n. the three spices, viz. cinnamon, cardamoms, and nut meg; -nayana, m. (three-eyed), Siva; -nâ- kiketa, a. having three timeslighted the fire named Nâkiketa. |
| |
| devānīka | n. divine host; -½anu- kara, m. attendant of a god; -½anuyâyin, m. id.; -½anna, n. food offered to the gods; -½âyatana, n. temple; -½aranya, n. forest of the gods (the Nandana forest); -½ari, m. foe of the gods, Asura; -½arkana, n. worship of a god or the gods; -½âlaya, m. temple; -½âva satha, m. id.; -½asva, m. divine steed. |
| |
| daivadatta | pp. bestowed by fate, innate; -durvipâka, m. ill-ripening dispensa tion=cruelty of fate; -para, a. to whom fate is the chief thing; m. fatalist; -parâyana, a. m. id.; -yoga, m. dispensation of fate; -vasa, m. will of fate: ab. accidentally; -vid, a. acquainted with fate; m. astrologer; -vi dhi, m. fate; -sampanna, pp. favoured by fortune: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -hata-ka, a. buf feted by fortune, unfortunate; accursed; n.accursed fate (Pr.). |
| |
| nayavat | a. versed in policy, pru dent; -vid, a. id.; -vartman, n. policy; -sâl in, a. possessed of worldly wisdom or of policy; -sâstra, n. doctrines of policy; -sâdh ana, n. politic procedure; -sâhasa½unnati mat, a. requiring a high degree of discretion and resolution; -hîna, pp. destitute of dis cretion. |
| |
| nātyādṛta | pp. much neglected; -½ukkhrita, pp. not too high; -½utpanna, pp. not quite natural or usual. |
| |
| nitya | a. inward, innate; own (V.); constant, perpetual, eternal; always abiding in, devoted to (--°ree;); regular, essential, neces sary: °ree;-or -m, ad. constantly, perpetually, always; invariably; na nityam, not always; never; -samâsa, m. necessary or fast com pound, i. e. one that cannot be resolved with out destroying the meaning; -svarita, m. necessary, i. e. independent svarita. |
| |
| nirantara | a. having no interstice. contiguous, successive, continuous, uninterrupted, constant; dense; thickly set with, full of (in. or --°ree;); faithful (friend); without a difference, identical: -m, ad.tightly (embrace); continually; forthwith; -anna, a. having nothing to eat; fasting; yielding no food; -anvaya, a. having no descendants; unrelated, unconnected: -m, ad. behind any one's back. |
| |
| nirākaraṇa | n. expulsion; re pudiation of a wife; removal; disproval; -âkaranîya, fp. to be disproved; -âkari shnu, a. repudiating (ac.); seeking to remove from (ab.); forgetful; -âkartavya, fp. to be disproved; -âkartri, m. contemner of (g.); a. disproving; -âkâ&ndot;ksha, a. expecting nothing; having no desires; requiring no supplement; -âkâra, a. formless, bodiless; having no object, vacant; -âkula, a. not crowded, unfrequented; not confused, orderly; unconcerned, calm; -â kriti, a. formless; neglecting one's religious duties; -âkranda, a. unprotected; affording no protection; m. or n. unsheltered place; -âkri yâ, f.expulsion; disproval; -âgas, a. guiltless; -âgraha, a. not obstinately insisting on any thing; -âkikîrshu, des. a. wishing to refute any one (ac.); -âgîvya, a. affording no livelihood; -âdambara, ad. without much talk (°ree;--); -âta&ndot;ka, a. free from ailment or anxiety; causing no ailment or anxiety; -â- tapa, a. sheltered from the heat of the sun, shady; -âtapatra, a. destitute of an umbrella; -âtithya, n. inhospitable (forest); -âdara, a.showing no respect towards (lc.); -âdhi, a. free from care; -ânanda, a. joyless, sad; -ântra, a. disembowelled; -âpad, a. free from adversity; -âbâdha, a. undisturbed; harm less; frivolous, futile; -âmaya, m. health, welfare; a. healthy, well; salubrious; in fallible; -âmarsha, a. putting up with every thing, apathetic; -âmisha, a. fleshless; hav ing no sensual desires: -½âsin, a. not eating flesh, not carnivorous; -âyata-tva, n. lack of extension, shortness; -âyati, a. having no future; -âyâsa, a. involving no trouble; causing no fatigue; -âyudha, a. unarmed; -ârambha, a. unenterprising, inactive; -â lamba, a. having no support; suspended in the air; self-supported, isolated, affording no support; -âlâpa, a. not talking; -âloka, a. devoid of light, dark; blind, foolish; -âvar ana, a. uncovered, manifest; -âsa, a. having given up all hope or expectation, despairing (of, ac. with prati, d., ab., lc., or --°ree;): -kara, a. taking away all hope of, rendering impos sible, -tva, n. hopelessness; -âsa&ndot;ka, a. fear less; not afraid of (lc.); -âsa&ndot;kya, fp. not to be feared; -âsâ, f. renunciation of all hopes: -½âsanna, pp. verging on despair; -âsitva, n. despair; -âsin, a. having renounced all hope, hopeless; -âsis, a. having no desires or hopes; -âsî-bhû, lose all hope; -âsrama, a. being in none of the four stages of a Brâh man: -pada, a. having no hermitages (forest); -âsramin, a. id.; -âsraya, a. shelterless, un supported; independent; unprotected; -âsa, m. expulsion, exclusion, rejection, repudiation; -âstha, a. taking no interest in, not caring about (--°ree;); -âhâra, m. fasting; a. abstaining from food, having nothing to eat: -tâ, f. abst. n. |
| |
| nisarga | m. evacuation of excre ment; giving away; bestowal, grant; crea tion; innate disposition, nature: °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. by nature; -ga, a. innate, original, origin ally formed by (--°ree;); -padva,a. (î) naturally inclined towards (lc.). |
| |
| naisarga | a. natural: i-ka, a. id.; original, inherent, innate, constitutional. |
| |
| pakva | a. (=pp. of √ pak) cooked, baked, done; burnt, baked (bricks, pots); grey (hair); ripe, fully developed, mature; bearing ripe fruit (tree): -tâ, f. ripeness, maturity; -bimba½adhara½oshthî, a. f. having a lower lip red like the Bimba fruit; -½anna, n. cooked food; -½ishtaka, a. made of baked bricks: -kita, n. building of baked bricks. |
| |
| paramātman | m. supreme or universal soul; -½âtma-tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ânanda, m. supreme joy; -½anna, n. (best food), rice boiled in milk; -½âpad, f. greatest misfortune; -½artha, m.highest or whole truth, true state of the case, reality: °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. in reality, -bhâg, a. possessed of the highest truth. |
| |
| parinābhi | ad. around the navel; -nindâ, f. severe blame of (g.); censorious ness; -nirvâna, n. complete extinction of the individual; -nirvriti, f. complete redemption; -nishthâ, f. extreme limit, summit; complete familiarity with (lc. or --°ree;); -nish-panna tva, n. actual existence; -pakva, a. fully baked; quite ripe (fruit); fully matured (in tellect; man); effete, decaying. |
| |
| parivitti | m. unmarried man whose younger brother is married: -tâ, f., -tva, n. allowing one's younger brother to marry first; -vinna, pp.=-vitti; -vivadi shu, des. a. intending to reside; (pári) vishti, f. service, attendance. |
| |
| paryāya | m. revolution; expiration of a period; change of seasons; periodic re turn; repetition; regular succession; turn; ritual turn with the Soma cups in the Atirâ tra feast; period, sentence; stanza; alterna tive word, synonym: °ree;-or in. in order; alter nately, -m, abs. going about; -krama, m. order of succession, regular rotation; -tva, n. condition of being a ritual turn; -½anna, n. food meant for another. |
| |
| pāṇipātra | a. using the hand as a drinking vessel, drinking out of the hand; -pîdana, n. pressing the hand (of a girl), marriage; -puta, m. hollowed hand: -ka, m. (?) id.; -pûra, a. filling the hand: -½anna, n. handful of food; -pranay-in, a. longing for the hand: (i)-tâ, f. abst. n.: -m samupâ gata, pp.=grasped by the hand (sword); -pra- nayinî, f. beloved of his hand, wife; -mat, a. having hands; -mita, pp. to be spanned by the hands. |
| |
| pūrvapakṣa | m. fore part or side; first half of a lunar month (when the moon increases), light fortnight; (primâ facie case), action at law; first objection to a proposi tion; -pakshin, a. making the first objection to a proposition; -pakshî-kri, make the first objection to a proposition; -patha, m. pre vious path, same way as before; -pada, n. previous member of a compound (gr.); -pad ya, a. belonging to the first member of a compound; -parigraha, m. first claim, pre cedence, privilege; a. claimed as a privilege by (g.); -pâda, m. fore-foot; -pitâmaha, m. fore-grandfather=ancestor; -pîthikâ, f. in troduction; -purusha, m.forefather (pl. ancestors); primaeval spirit, ep. of Brahman: -½upârgita, pp. collected by one's ancestors; -pûgita, pp. previously consecrated; -pûrva, a. every preceding one, each previously men tioned one; m. pl.ancient ancestors; -pûr va½ukta, pp. respectively mentioned before; -péya, n. precedence in drinking; precedence (in general); -pragñ&asharp;, f. knowledge of the past, memory; -prati-panna, pp. having previously agreed to or promised something; -pravritta, pp. having occurred previously; -prasthita, pp. having started previously, hastening on before. |
| |
| pūrvokta | pp. said or mentioned before, aforesaid; -½ukita, pp. accustomed in former days, known from of old; -½uttara, a. north-eastern (lc. in the north-east): du. preceding and following; -½utthâyin, a. aris ing first (in the morning); -½utthita, pp. having risen before (smoke); -½utpatti, a. arising before; -½utpanna, pp. having arisen before: -tva, n. priority; -½upakârin, a. having formerly done one a service; -½upa-nihita, pp. previously hidden away; -½upârg ita, pp. formerly acquired. |
| |
| prakṛti | f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances. |
| |
| pracchada | m. coverlet, bed-cover; -kkhanna, pp. (√ khad), hidden, secreted, disguised, etc.; -khhâdaka, a covering, concealing (--°ree;); m. song, accompanied by the lute, of a woman deserted by her husband, and containing a veiled reference to her forlorn state; -kkhâdana, a. covering, concealing (--°ree;); n. concealment; -kkhâdya, fp. to be concealed; -kkhâya, n (?) shady place, shade; -kkhita, pp. √ khâ. |
| |
| pratyupakāra | m. requital of kindness, service in return; -kârin, a. re turning a kindness; requiting (--°ree;); -kriyâ, f. requital of kindness, service in return; -desa, m. instruction in return; -panna mati, a. possessed of presence of mind: -tva, n. presence of mind; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; -mâna, n. counter-simile; -vesa, m. beset ting or besieging (any one in order to make him yield); -sthâna, n. imminence; -sthâ pana, n. (mental) realisation; -sparsana, n. renewed washing or rinsing; -hâra, m. re storation, restitution. |
| |
| pratyukta | pp. √ vak; n. answer: -tva, n. refutation; -½ukti, f. reply; -½uggîv ana, n. revival; resuscitation; -½uta, ad. on the contrary, rather, even; -½utkarsha, m. surpassing; -½úttabdhi, f.supporting, propping; -½uttambha, m.: -na, n. id.; -½ut tara, n. reply to an answer, rejoinder; an swer; -½uttarî-karana, n. making a reply, answer; -½uttarî-kri, answer; -½utthâna, n. rising up to meet (a guest), respectful recep tion; rising up against, hostility; -½uttheya, fp. to whom respect should be shown by rising; -½utpanna, pp. prompt, ready: -mati, a. possessed of presence of mind; m. Ready wit, N. of a fish; -½udadhi,ad. at the sea; -½udâharana, n. counter-example; -½udâ hârya, fp. to be given as a counter-example; -½udgati, f., -½udgama, m.: -na, n. going to meet, esp. as a mark of respect; -½udgaman îya, fp. suitable for the respectful reception of a guest; -½udyama, m. counter-weight, balance; -½udyamin, a. balancing; -½udyâ tri, m. assailant; -½udyâmín, a. rebellious; -½unnamana, n. rebounding. |
| |
| pratyāśraya | m. shelter, abode; -srâvá, m., -sr&asharp;vana, n. answering call (ritual formula); -svâsa, m. breathing again, re covery; -svâsana, n. consolation; -samkali ta, (pp.) n. weighing side by side, pondering both sides of a question; -sa&ndot;ga, m. con nexion; proximity (--°ree;); -satti, f. immediate proximity (in time or space); analogy; cheer fulness, good humour; -sanna, pp. near, proximate, close at hand: -tâ, f. proximity; -svara, a. reflecting back. |
| |
| prapakva | a. inflamed (med.); -pak sha, m. tip of a wing; -pañka, m. expansion, prolixity, amplification, of (g. or --°ree;); phe nomenon; manifestation or form of (g.); phenomenal world (ph.); mutual flattery (rh.); ludicrous dialogue (dr.): in. or -tas, ad. in detail, -pañka-ka, a. (ikâ) multiply ing (--°ree;); amplifying, explaining in detail; -pañkana, n. detailed or prolix account; -pañka-buddhi, a. crafty, wily; -pañka-ya,den. describe or explain in detail; represent in a false light; -pañka-vakana, n. prolix discourse; -paná, m. trade, barter, purchase; -patana, n. flying away; falling down, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); -patti, f.pious resignation; (á)-patha, m. onward way, journey; road; -pathín, a. wandering; -pad, f. 1. road; 2. (prá-) fore part of the foot; (prá) pada, n. fore part or tip of the foot; -pada na, n. entry, into (--°ree;); -padam, ad. reciting in such a manner as to cut up verses into sec tions of an equal number of syllables and to interpose between them formulae contain ing the word prapadye (Br.); -panna, pp. (√ pad) reached, arrived; attained, obtained: -pâla, m. protector of suppliants (Krishna); -palâyana, n. flight; -palâyin, a. fleeing, fugitive; -p&asharp;, f. water-tank, reservoir, well; water-hut for travellers; affluent (of a tank etc.); -pâka, m.ripening (of an ulcer etc.); digestion; -pâtha: -ka, m. lesson (subsection in books); -pâni, m. fore-arm: -ka, m. id.; -pându, a. very white: -ra, a. id.; -pâta, m. kind of flight; leaping forward; hasten ing away; fall, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); falling out (of the hair); effusion (of semen); fall (of a glance on anything); steep declivity, precipice; -pâtana, n. felling, cast ing down; directing or causing (the eye) to alight (--°ree;);-pâna, n. drinking; -pâ-pâlikâ, -pâ-pâlî, f. female watcher of a water-tank, well, or water-hut; -pâ-mandapa, m. water hut (for travellers); -pâlaka, m. protector, guardian; -pâlana, n. guarding, protecting. |
| |
| prasakala | a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away. |
| |
| praskaṇva | m. N. of a Vedic Rishi: pl. descendants of Praskanva; -skandana, a. leaping forward, attacking, ep. of Siva; suf fering from diarrh&oe;a; n. bounding over or across (--°ree;); aperient; -skandin, a. leaping into (--°ree;); -skanna, pp. √ skand; -skunda, m. support or (according to a commentator) circular altar; -skhalana, n. stumbling, stag gering. |
| |
| priyākhya | a. announcing good tidings; called pleasure; â-gana, m. pl. loved ones, mistresses; a½atithi, a. fond of guests, hospitable; a½âtman, a. of an agreeable na ture, pleasant; a½annatva,n. dearness of food; a½apriyá, n. (sg., du., pl.) what is agreeable and disagreeable, pleasure and dis pleasure, likes and dislikes; â-mukhî-bhû, turn into the face of one's beloved; a½arha, a. worthy of love or kindness. |
| |
| pretādhipa | m. Lord of the dead, ep. of Yama: -nagarî, f. city of Yama; -½adhipati, m. Lord of the dead or the Manes; -½anna, n. food offered to the Manes; -½âvâsa, m. burial-place; -½asthi, n.bone of a dead man. |
| |
| bahūkṣara | a. polysyllabic; -½agni, a. mentioning many Agnis (certain verses); -½añkana, a. having many goings or courses; -½anná, a. abounding in food; -½apa tya, a. promising numerous offspring; m. (?) mouse; -½apâya, a. attended with many dangers; -½abaddha-pralâpin, a. talking much meaningless chatter; -½abhidhâna, n. (many-designation), plural; -½amitra, a. having many enemies; -½artha,a. having many meanings; -½avarodha, a. having many wives; -½asvá, a. rich in horses; m. N.; -½âgya, a. abound ing in ghee; -½âdin, a. eating much, vora cious; -½âsin, a. id.; m. N.; -½âskarya, a. containing many marvels: -maya, a. id.; -½rik, a. abounding in verses (a term esp. applied to the Rig-veda); -½riká, a. id.; m. (knowing many verses), knower or follower of the Rig-veda; -½enas, a. having committed many sins. |
| |
| buddhikṛt | a. producing the im pression of (--°ree;); -krita, pp. wisely acted; -kintaka, a. thinking wisely; -gîvin, a. sub sisting by intelligence; -tattva, n. the tattva of intellect (produced from Prakriti and Purusha); -pûrva, a. premeditated, inten tional: -m, ad. intentionally; -pûrvaka, a. id.: -m, ad. purposely; -prabha, m. N. of a prince; -prâgalbhî, f. soundness of judg ment; -mat, a. intelligent; shrewd, wise:-tva, n. wisdom; -matikâ, f. N.; -maya, a. consisting of intellect; -moha, m. confusion of mind; -vara, m. N. of a minister of Vikra mâditya; -vargita, pp. destitute of under standing, foolish; -vriddhi, f. increase of understanding or wisdom: -kara, a. produc ing --; -sarîra, m. N.; -sastra, a. armed with wisdom; -sâlin, a. possessed of under standing, intelligent, wise; -suddha, pp. pure of purpose; -suddhi, f. purification of the intellect; -sreshtha, spv. best through intel lect: â-ni karmâni=the works of the intel lect are best; -sampanna, pp. endowed with understanding, intelligent, wise; -sammita, pp. commensurate with reason; -sâgara, m. N.; -stha, a. present to the mind, conscious; -hîna, pp. destitute of intellect, dull-witted: -tva, n. deficiency of intellect, stupidity. |
| |
| bhikṣāka | m. beggar; -karana, n. begging, mendicancy; -kara, m. N. of a son of Bhoga; -karana, n. mendicancy: -m kar, go about begging; -kárya, n. id.: -m kar, go about begging: â, f. id.; -karya-karana, n. id.; -kâra, a. practising mendi cancy; m. beggar; -½atana, n. wandering about begging, mendicancy: -m kri, beg; -m kâr aya, force any one (ac.) to go begging; -½anna, n. food obtained by begging; -pâtra, n.begging-bowl, alms-dish; -prakâra, m. going forth to beg; -bhânda, n. begging bowl; -bhug, a. living on alms; -½ayana, n. mendicancy; -½arthin, a. begging for charity; m. beggar; -vat, a. receiving charity, beg ging; -vritti, a. subsisting on alms; -½âsi tva, n. eating of begged food, living on alms; -½âsin, a. eating begged food, living on alms; -½âhâra, m. begged food; a. living on alms; m. beggar. |
| |
| bhaikṣavat | ad. like alms; -vritti, f. subsistence on alms, mendicancy; a. living on alms; -½anna, n. begged food; -½âsin, a. eating begged food; -½âsya, n. subsistence on alms; -½âhâra, a. eating begged food; -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting on alms. |
| |
| matta | pp. √ mad: -ka, a. somewhat overbearing; m. N.; -kâsin-î, a. f. looking intoxicated (used of fascinating women, esp. as a term of address); -mayûra, m. peacock intoxicated with joy; -vârana, m. mad ele phant; n. (?) fence round a house: -vikrama, a. having the might of a mad elephant; n. turret, pinnacle: -vâranîya, a. attached to the turret (of a car). |
| |
| manaḥsaṃkalpa | m. heart's de sire; -sa&ndot;ga, m. mental attachment, con tinual thinking of a beloved one (second stage of love); -samtâpa, m. mental pain, anguish; -samunnati, f. high-mindedness; -sukha, a. pleasant to the (mind=) taste; -stha, a. mental; -sparsa, a. touching the heart; -svâmin, m. N. of a Brâhman. |
| |
| mahākathā | f. great tale; -karu- na, a. very compassionate; -karna, a. great eared (Siva); -karman, n. great work; a. doing great works (Siva); -kalâ, f. night of new moon; -kalpa, m. great cosmic period; -kavi, m. great or classical poet (such as Kâ lidâsa, Bhavabhûti, etc.); -kâya, a. having a great body, bulky, gigantic; huge (tree): -tva, n. large size; -½âkâra, a. large, great, extensive; -kâla, m. a form of Siva in his capacity of the great destroyer of the world; N. of a temple of Siva Mahâkâla at Uggay inî; n. N. of a famous Li&ndot;ga: -pura, m. city of Mahâkâla, Uggayinî; -kâlî, f. a form of Durgâ; -kâvya, n. great or classical poem (a term specifically applied to the six poems Raghuvamsa, Kumârasambhava, Meghadûta, Kirâtârgunîya, Sisupâlavadha, and Naishadha karita); -kula, n. illustrious or noble family; (á), a. of high lineage: -½utpanna, pp. born of a noble family; -kulîna, a. belonging to a noble family: -tâ, f. noble origin, high birth; -kûla, a. having high banks; -ketu, a. hav ing a great banner (Siva); -kesa, a. thick haired (Siva); -kosa, a.having large testi cles (Siva): î, f. N. of a river; -kaushîta ka, n. title of a Vedic text; -kratu, m. great sacrifice (such as the Râgasûya and the Asva medha); -krodha, a. very irascible; -ksha tra-pa, m. great Satrap; -½aksha-patalika, m. head-keeper of the archives; -khâta, n. deep ditch; -khyâta, pp. very famous; -gaga, m. great elephant; elephant supporting the earth (=diggaga); -ganá, m. great host, swarm, or body: -pati, m.great lord of hosts, Ganesa; -ganesa, m. id.; -gandha, a. strong scented, very fragrant; -gala, a. having a thick or long neck; -giri, m. great mountain; -guna, a. having great virtues, very merito rious; very efficacious; -guru, a. very rever end person; -griha, n. great house; -gaurî, f. one of the nine forms of Durgâ; -graha, m. ep. of Râhu; -grâmá, m. great host (RV.1); large village; -grîva, a. long-necked (Siva); -ghata, m. large jar; -ghora, a. very terri ble; -ghosha, a. making a loud noise, thun dering (clouds); -½a&ndot;ga, a. having a large body or large limbs (Siva). |
| |
| mahokṣa | m. large or full-grown bull: -tâ, f. state of a great bull; -½ukkhra ya, a. very lofty or great; -½ukkhrâya-vat, a. id.; -½uttama, n. (?) perfume; -½utpala, n. lotus-flower (Nelumbium speciosum); -½ut sava, m. great festival; -½utsavin, a. cele brating a great festival; -½utsâha, a. having great power; strong-willed, energetic, per severing; -½udadhi, m. great sea, ocean (of which there are supposed to be four): -ga, m. shell; -½udaya, m. great exaltation, good fortune, or prosperity; a. conferring great good fortune, or blessings; very prosperous; very happy; m. N.; n. ep. of the city of Kâ nyakubga: â, f. N. of a hall in the lunar world: (a)-svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -½ud ara, n. big belly, dropsy; a. (î) big-bellied; m. N.: -mukha, m. N. of an attendant of Durgâ; -½udyama, a. exerting oneself greatly, hard-working, industrious; busily occupied with (inf. or d. of abst. n.); -½unnata, pp. very lofty; -½unnati, f. great elevation, high rank or position; -½upâdhyâya, m. great teacher; -½uraga, m. great serpent; -½uras-ka, a. broad-chested; -½ûrmin, a. very billowy; -½ulkâ, f. great firebrand; great meteor. |
| |
| mātṛtamā | spv. f. most motherly (waters; V.); (ri)-tas, ad. with regard to or in right of the mother; -tâ, f. motherhood; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.; -nandana, m. ep. of Skanda; -pâlita, m. N. of a Dânava; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. worship of the divine mothers; -bandhú, m. maternal relative: û, f. mother in name only, unnatural mother: u, n. maternal relationship; -bândhava, m. maternal kinsman; -mandala, n.circle or group of the divine mothers: -vid, m. priest of the divine mothers; -yagña, -yâga, m. sacrifice to the mothers; -vamsa, m. family of the mother; -vamsya, a. belonging to the mother's family; -vat, ad. like or as a mother; as towards a mother; -vatsala, m. (tender towards his mother); ep. of Skanda; -vadha, m. matricide; -shvasri, f. mother's sister, maternal aunt; -shvaseya, m. mother's sister's son. |
| |
| mānotsāha | m. energy caused by self-confidence; -½unnati, f. great honour or respect; -½unmâda, m. infatuation of pride; -½unmukta, pp. destitute of honour. |
| |
| miṣṭa | ] a. savoury, dainty; pleasant (smell); sweet (speech); n. savoury dish, dainty: -kartri, m. preparer of dainty dishes, skilful cook; -tâ, f. sweetness; -pâkaka, a. cooking savoury dishes; -vâkya, a. speaking sweetly; -½anna, n. sweet food. |
| |
| mūlaka | a. (ikâ) having its root in, produced or derived from; n. radish; root; -karman, n. magic rites with roots; -kâr ana, n. original or prime cause; -krikkhra, m. n. penance consisting in eating onlyroots; -khânaka, m. digger of roots; -grantha, m. original text; -kkhinna, pp. cut off with the root, dissipated (hope); -kkheda, m. cutting down (a tree) by the root; -kkhedin, a. de stroying the text (super-cleverness);-ga, a. growing from the root (plant); formed on roots of trees (ant-hill); -tás, ad. below: w. â, from the root onwards; from the begin ning (relate); -tâ, f. being the root or source of (--°ree;); -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dvâra, n. main door; -nikrintana, a. (î) cutting off by the root, destroying root and branch (--°ree;); -purusha, m. (root-man), male repre sentative of a family; -prakriti, f. primeval or unevolved matter (in the Sâ&ndot;khya phil.; also called pradhâna): pl. principal sovereigns to be considered in time of war; -pranihita, pp. known through spies from the beginning (thieves); -phala, n. roots and fruits; interest of capital; -bhava, a. growing from roots; -bhâga, m. lower part; -bhritya, m. heredi tary servant; -mantra, m. main or heading text; spell; -mantra-maya, a. formed of spells, taking effect like a spell; -râmâyana, n. original (i. e. Vâlmîki's) Râmâyana; -vakana, n. original words or text; -vat, a. supplied with (esculent) roots (place); stand ing upright; -vâpa, m. planter of (esculent) roots; -vinâsana, n. radical destruction; -vyasana-vritti-mat, a.following a calling which is a hereditarily vile occupation; -vyâdhi, m. main disease; -vratin, a. sub sisting exclusively on roots; -sâdhana, n. main instrument; -sthâna, n. base, founda tion; chief place; Multan; -sthâyin,a. ex isting from the beginning (Siva); -srotas, n. main stream of a river; -hara, a. taking away the roots, completely destroying (g.): -tva, n. complete ruin; -½âyatana, n. original abode or seat; -½âsin, a. subsisting on roots. |
| |
| mṛtkaṇa | m. little lump of clay: -tâ, f. condition of a little lump of clay; -kar man, n. working in clay; -karma-sam panna, pp. coated with clay; -khana, m. clay-pit. |
| |
| yathāvakāśam | ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand. |
| |
| yavāsaka | m. manna-plant (which withers at the commencement of the rainy season). |
| |
| rājānujīvin | m. servant of a king; -½anna, n. food given by a king or Kshatriya; -½anya-tva, n. change of sove reign; -½apasada, m. fallen king; -½abhisheka, m. royal inauguration. |
| |
| rūpayauvanavat | a. young and beautiful; -latâ, f. N. of a princess; -vat, a. having form or colour; embodied, corporeal; shapely, handsome, beautiful; having a beautiful colour; --°ree;, having the form of: -î, f. N., -tama, spv. very beautiful; -viparyaya, m. disfigurement; -sâlin, a. beautiful; -sikhâ, f. N.; -sanâtana, m. N. of an author; (á)-samriddha, pp. perfectly suitable in form; perfectly beautiful; -sampad,f. perfection of form, superb beauty; -sampanna, pp. endowed with beauty; modified; -siddhi, m. N.; f. correctness of grammatical form; -sena, m. N. of a fairy; -stha, a. having a shape; -sparsa vat, a. possessing colour and tangibility; -s-vin, a. [as if from rupas, n.] beautiful. |
| |
| lokayātrā | f. worldly affairs, every-day life; daily bread, maintenance; -raksha, m. protector of the people, king; -rañgana, n. pleasing the world; -rava, m. popular talk; -lokana, n. eye of the world, sun: pl. eyes of men; -vakana, n. popular talk or rumour; -vat, ad. as in ordinary life; -vartana, n. means by which the world exists; -vâda, m. talk of the world, public rumour; -vârttâ, f. public rumour; -vi krushta, pp. publicly decried; offensive to the world; -vigñâta, pp. generally known; -vidvishta, pp. universally disliked; -vidhi, m. creator of the world; order of things pre vailing in the world; -viruddha, pp. no toriously contradictory; -virodha, m. oppo sition to popular opinion; -visruta, pp. generally known; -vistara, m. general pre valence; -vritta, pp. n. general custom, ways prevailing among the people; -vrittânta, m. ways of the world; -vyavahâra, m. id.; ordinary designation; -sruti, f. world-wide notoriety; -samvyavahâra, m. business trans actions with men; -samkshaya, m. destruc tion of the world; -samgraha, m. experience gainedthrough intercourse with the world; gaining influence over men, propitiation of mankind; aggregate of the worlds; -sam grâhin, a. propitiating men; -sampanna, pp. experienced in life; -sâkshika, a. wit nessed by the world: -m, ad. before wit nesses; -sâkshin, m. witness of the world. |
| |
| vicchitti | f. cutting off, obstruc tion, interruption, cessation; C.: lack of (in.); (peculiar =) taking conception or treatment (rh.); charmingly negligent adornment; un guent, paint; -kkhinna, pp. √ khid: -tâ, f. disconnectedness. |
| |
| viṭaṅka | n. (?) loftiest point, pinna cle, top: -pura, n. N. of a town. |
| |
| viṣataru | m. poison tree; -tâ, f. poisonousness; -tva, n. id.; -da, m. (water giver), cloud; -dâyaka, -dâyin, m. poisoner; -digdha, pp. poisoned; -d&usharp;shana, a. (î) destroying poison (V.); n.poisoning (of food; C.); -druma, m. poison tree; -dhara, m. venomous snake; reservoir; -dh&asharp;na, n. re ceptacle of poison; -nimitta, a. caused by poison; -panna-ga, m. venomous snake; -parvan, m. N. of a Daitya; -pâdapa, m. poison tree; -pushpa, n. poisonous flower. |
| |
| viṣādin | a. swallowing poi son; -½anna, n. poisoned food; -½apaha, a. destroying poison; -½amrita-maya, a. (î) hav ing the nature of poison and nectar (girl). |
| |
| vṛttakāya | a. having a round body; -gandhi: -n, n. kind of artificial prose containing metrical passages; -bandha, m. verse; -bha&ndot;ga, m. violation of good con duct and of metre; -yukta, pp.of good con duct, virtuous; -vat, a. id.; -sampanna, pp. id.; -stha, a. adhering to good conduct, vir tuous; -hîna, pp. destitute of good conduct, ill-conducted; -½âkshepa, m. statement of dissatisfaction with or disbelief in an occur rence (rh.). |
| |
| vṛthākarman | n. action done at will, non-religious act; -½âkâra, m. useless phenomenon or thing; a. whose form is vain or illusory; -tva, n. futility; -½anna, n. food for one's own use only; -palita, a. grown grey in vain; -pasughna, a. slaying cattle for pleasure (not for sacrifice); -pragâ, a. f. having borne children in vain; -mâmsá, n. flesh taken at random (not conforming to prescribed rules), flesh meantfor one's own use only (Br., C.); -vâk, f. unsuitable or un true speech; -vâdin, a. speaking falsely; -vriddha, pp. grown old in vain (i. e. without learning wisdom); -½udyama, a. exerting oneself in vain. |
| |
| vaikṛta | a. [vikriti] modified, derivative, secondary; subject to modification; artificial, kept up by adoption (family); n. modification, alteration, disfigurement, ab normal condition, changed state (ord. mg.); unnatural phenomenon, portent; mental change, agitation; change of sentiment, hos tility: -vat, a. morbidly affected by (--°ree;). |
| |
| śavāgni | m. funeral fire (Br.); -½anná, n. funeral food (Br., S.). |
| |
| śikhara | a. pointed; m. n. peak, summit (of a mountain); tree-top; pinnacle, turret; top; point (of a tooth); mountain of a (back of an elephant, --°ree;); N. |
| |
| śīlavañcanā | f. deception as to any one's character; -vat, a. well-conducted, honourable, having a good disposition or a noble character: -î, f. N.; -viplava, m. ruin of morality or integrity; -vilaya, m. id.; -vrit ta, n. sg. & du. integrity and good behaviour: -dhara, a. possessed of --; -sâlin, a. honour able, moral; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a good disposition, well-conducted; -hara, m. N. |
| |
| śṛṅga | n. (--°ree; a. â, î) horn (also used for drinking and blowing); C.: elephant's tusk (rare); syringe (rare); mountain-top, peak; turret, pinnacle; horn of the moon; extreme end, tip (also AV.); height, acme, best of its kind; (horn=) self-sufficiency, pride (rare); first awakening of love (rare): -ka, (--°ree; a.) horn; syringe; -bhuga, m. N.; -rahita, pp. hornless; -vat, a. horned; peaked; -vera, m. N. of a snake-demon; n. fresh or dry ginger; -pura, n. N. of a town on the Ganges; -sata, n. pl. hundreds of peaks. |
| |
| śruta | (pp.) n. what has been heard or learnt, tradition, learning, sacred knowledge; hearing; instruction: -dhara, a. retaining what one has heard, having a good memory; m. ear; N.; -dhi, m. N.; -pâraga, a. ex tremely learned; -pûrva, a. previously heard, known by hearsay, by (in., g.), from (ab.); -bandhu, m. N. of a Vedic poet; -vat, pp. act. having heard anything (ac.); learned; -vardhana, m. N. of a physician; -vismrita, pp. heard and forgotten; -vritta½upapanna, pp. endowed with learning and virtue; -sar man, m. N.; -sîla, n. du. learning and con duct: -vat, a. learned and honourable, -sam panna, pp. id., -½upa-sampanna,pp. id.; -sena, m. N. of a king. |
| |
| ṣaṣṭha | a. (&isharp;) sixth: w. bhâga, m. or amsa, m. sixth part, one-sixth; w. kâla, m. sixth hour of the day; sixth meal (on the evening of the third day); m. (sc. kâla) sixth meal: -m kri, take the sixth meal only (omitting the preceding five); n. one-sixth: -kandra, m. N.; -½amsa, m. sixth part, one-sixth, sp. tax of one-sixth raised by kings: -vritti, m. (subsisting on one-sixth), king, prince; -½anna-kâla, a. taking onlythe sixth meal, eating only on the evening of the third day (-tâ, f. abst. n.); -½anna-kâl-ika, a. id. |
| |
| sattva | n. [being-ness] V., C.: being, existence, reality; essence, nature, innate dis position, character; C.: strong character, energy, resolution, courage; absolute good ness (the first of the three qualities inherent in Prakriti); spirit; vital breath, life; en tity, substance, thing (rare); m. n. living being, animal; ghost, demon, goblin (rare). |
| |
| samutka | a. longing for (--°ree;); -kantak ita, pp. with bristling hair, thrilled; -kan- thâ, f. longing for (--°ree;); -karsha, m. laying aside (of a girdle); higher rank, exalted posi tion; pre-eminence, excellence; -kskepa, m. throwing out a hint, allusion to (d.); -târa, m. getting over, deliverance from (--°ree;); -tu&ndot; ga, a. lofty; -tegana, n. inciting, instigat ing; -tha, a. arising, sprung, produced, or derived from (ab., gnly. --°ree; w. a word in the ab., sts. lc., sense); appearing in (--°ree;); -thâna, n. rising, getting up; hoisting (of a flag); augmentation of (property, g.); swelling of (the stomach, g.); undertaking, occupation, activity; healing: sambhûya or ekîbhûya --, common enterprise, partnership; --°ree; a. arising or produced from; -patana, n. flying up together; -patti, f. origin, produc tion; -panna, pp. produced, arisen; -pâda, m.production; -pâdya, fp. to be produced or caused; -piñga, m. confusion, disorder; -pîdana, n. pressing, squeezing; -phulla, pp. opened wide (eyes); -sarga, m. discharge (of urine etc.); emission (of semen): -m kri, have sexual intercourse with (lc.); -sâra-ka, a. dispersing, driving away; -sârana, n. id.; dispelling, removing; -sâha, m. energy: -tâ, f. alacrity in (lc.); -suka, a. agitated, un easy, anxious; longing for (--°ree;), eager to (inf.; ord. mg.); -tâ, f. desire, longing, -tva, n. agitation; yearning emotion; -suka-ya, den. P. fill with yearning; -sedha, m. height. |
| |
| saṃpakva | a. boiled soft; ripe; fully matured; -patti, f. concord (S., rare); turn ing out well, success, accomplishment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare); good condition, excellence; abundance, affluence; lucky event; prosperity, fortune (sg., pl.): in. at random: -ka, a. --°ree;, excellence; -pád, f. V.: agreement, bargain (rare); full number, total; C.: success, accomplishment, fulfilment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare; --°ree; a.=possess ing); right condition; excellence, perfection, beauty; abundance, plenty, high degree or excess of; (what befals), fate (rare); good fortune, prosperity, wealth, property (sg., pl.); -panna-kshîrâ, a. f. giving good milk: (a)-tamâ, spv. f. giving very good milk; -panna-tara, cpv. very palatable; -panna tâ, f. possession of (--°ree;); -panna-danta, a. possessing teeth; -parâyá, m. death (rare); conflict, battle; -parigraha, m. gracious re ception of (g.); property; -parka, m. mix ture, union, contact, association (of, --°ree;; with, in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -pâta, m. C.: flight, swift descent, fall, into (lc.); a particular mode of flight; col lision, concussion, encounter, with (saha); confluence; point of contact (rare); en trance, appearance, occurrence; V.: remnant of fluid (in a vessel), residue of an offering; hymns contiguous in the Samhitâ and ritual (also -sûkta, n.); -pâti, m. N. of a fabulous bird, son of Aruna or Garuda and elder brother of Gatâyu; -pâtín, a. flying to gether; flying with=equally swift; falling down (flowers); -pâda-ka, a. procuring, bestowing; producing, causing; -pâdana, a. (î) procuring, bestowing; carrying out, executing; n. procurement, acquirement; accomplishment, fulfilment, execution, per formance, production; clearing, putting in order (a house or site); -pâdanîya, fp. to be procured; -carried out, brought about, or accomplished; -appeased; -pâdayitri, m., trî, f. procurer; producer, accomplisher; -pâdita-tva, n. accomplishment or fulfilment by (--°ree;); -pâdin, a. coinciding with, suitable for (in., --°ree;); procuring; accomplishing; -p&asharp;d ya, fp. to be brought about, effected, or accomplished: -tva, n. accomplishment; -pârin, a. putting across (of a vessel, Br.); -pipâdayishâ, f. desire to accomplish; wish to prove right; -pîda, m. pressure: â, f. pain, torment; -puñga, m.multitude; -puta, m. hemispherical bowl (and anything shaped like it); round casket (for jewellery etc.); hemisphere (rare); credit, balance: e likh, write down (ac.) to the credit of (g.); -put ikâ, f. jewel-casket (=treasuryof aphorisms and tales); -pushti, f. perfect prosperity; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. honouring, reverence; -pûgya, fp. to be honoured; -pûrna, pp. (√ 1. pri) filled etc.: -kâlîna, a. occurring in the fulness of (=at the right) time (birth), -kumbha, m. full pot; -pûrna-tâ, f. com pleteness, completion; full measure: -yuk ta, pp. having abundance; -pûrna½a&ndot;ga, a. (î) having its parts complete, entire; -pûrti, f. fulfilment, completion; -pûrva, a. pre ceded by=compounded with pûrva; -prik ta-tva, n. union. |
| |
| samudreka | m. predominance; -unnati, f. rising (of the breast); height; ex altation, high position, eminence; increase; elevation (of mind): kittam samunnatim asnute, the soul feels elevated; -unneya, fp. to be inferred or concluded; -unmukhî- kri, lift up; -unmûlana, n. eradication, complete destruction. |
| |
| samyagavabodha | m. correct understanding; -guna, m. true virtue; -gop tri, m. true protector; -gñana, n. correct or true knowledge; -darsana, 1. n. true insight: -sampanna, pp. possessed of true insight; 2. a. id.; -darsin, a. id.; -vânta, pp. having thoroughly vomited (leech); -vigayin, a. completely victorious; -vritta, pp. behaving kindly towards (lc.); &ndot;-mati, f. correct opinion. |
| |
| sarga | m. [√ srig] RV.; shot; jet, stream; gust (of wind); starting a courser, racing; herd let loose; V., C.: great host; C.: emission, discharge; creation (ord. mg.); creature (w. daiva, divine being, god); innate disposition, nature (rare); resolve, purpose, will (rare); section, canto (in an epic poem): lc. in the world; â sargât, from the beginning of the world; (sárga)-takta, pp. speeding like a missile (waters, RV.); -pratakta, pp. id. (steed; RV.1); -bandha, m. composition in cantos, epic poem. |
| |
| sarvaśūnya | a. entirely empty: -tâ, f. complete void; theory that everything is non-existent, nihilism, -tva, n. id.: -vâdin, m. nihilist; -samhârin, a. all-destroying; -sa-guna, a. possessing excellences in every thing; -sama-tâ, f. impartiality towards everything; (á)-samriddha, pp. entirely well arranged (V.); -sampatti, f. success in everything; abundance of everything; -sam panna, pp. provided with everything: -sas ya, a. having abundant corn everywhere (earth); -saha, a. enduring everything; -sâdhana, a. accomplishing everything; -sâdhârana, a. (â, î) common to all; -sâdhu, ad. very good (as an exclamation); -sâmân ya, a.common to all; -siddhârtha, a. having all one's aims accomplished, having every thing one desires; -sukha-krit, a. causing universal happiness; (sárva)-sena, a. leading all his host (RV.); -sthâna-gavâta, m. N. of a Yaksha; -sva, n. entire property; --°ree;, entirety, whole, or sum of: -phal-in, a. with all their goods and fruits; -svarna-maya, a. (î) entirely golden; -hara, a. appropriating everything; all-destroying (death); -hara- na, n.confiscation of the entire property; -hâra, m. id.: -m, abs. confiscating his whole property; -hâsya, fp. derided by all; -hút, a. offered completely (sacrifice; V.); -huti, f. entire sacrifice (Br.). |
| |
| sasākṣika | a. occurring before witnesses: -m, ad. in the presence of wit nesses; -sâgara, a. together with the oceans; -sâdhana, a. having means; together with forces; -sâdhvasa, a. dismayed, terrified: -m, ad.; -sâdhvî-ka, a. together with Arun dhatî; -sâra, a. firm, strong: -tâ, f. strength; -sârtha, a. with a caravan; -sita½utpala mâlin, a. having a wreath of white lotuses; -suta, a. together with sons orchildren; -sura, a. together with the gods; -suhrid, a. having friends; -saurabha, a. fragrant; -saurâshtra, a. together with the Saurâsh tras; -sthâna, a. occupying the same position as (g.); produced in the same part of the mouth as (g., --°ree;); -sthûna-kkhinna, pp. hewn down together with the stump. |
| |
| sahapāṃsukrīḍana | n. play ing with sand together (in childhood), -krîd ita, pp. having been a (sand) play-mate; -pinda-kriyâ, f. common offering of the fu neral cake; -prayâyin, m. fellow-traveller; -prasthâyin, a. travelling with one; m. travelling companion; -bhasman, a. together with the ashes (Br., S.); -bhâva, m. commu nity; inseparable connexion; -bhâvanika, a. together with Bhâvanikâ; -bhâvin,a. connected, with (--°ree;); -bhû, a. born with one, innate, natural; n. counterpart of (g.); -bhog ana, n. eating in company, with (--°ree;); joint enjoyment of (g.); -manas, a. sensible; -mâda, m. joint fight; -yagña, a.together with the sacrifice; -yâyin, a. accompanying; m. fellow-traveller; -yaugamdharâyana, a. with Yaugamdharâyana. |
| |
| sahasaṃvāsa | m. dwelling to gether; -sambhava, a. produced at the same time: w. ganmanâ, innate. |
| |
| sāhajika | a. [saha-ga] innate, natural; m. N. |
| |
| sīmanta | m. parting of the hair (V., C.); ceremony of parting the hair (= -½unnayana; C.): -ka, a. (i-kâ) having a parting (as a sign of pregnancy); -drisvan, a. having seen the limit, thoroughly versed in anything; -mani, m. crest-jewel. |
| |
| suprakāśa | a. well-lighted; dis tinctly visible; -praketá, a. bright, con spicuous, notable (RV.); -práketa, a. id. (RV.1); -prakshâlita, pp. well-washed; -pra gupta, pp. very secret; -prakkhanna, pp.well-concealed; -pragá, a. having good or numerous children; -pragás, a. id.; -pragña, a. very wise (person); -pránîti, f. safe guidance (V.); a. guiding safely (V.); following good guidance (RV.); -pratara, a. easy to cross (rivers); -pratarka, m. sound judgment; -pratikara, a. easy to requite; -pratigña, m. N. of a Dânava; -prativarman, m. N.; -pratishtha, a. standing firm; firmly sup porting; m. kind of military array; -pra tishthâpita, cs. pp. well set up (image); (sú)-pratishthita, pp. standing firm; pro perly set up (stone); thoroughly implanted in (lc.); well-established (fame, Pr.); n. N. of a town in Pratishthâna; -prátîka, a. having a beautiful countenance, handsome, lovely; m. N.; N. of a mythical elephant; -pratîta, pp. well-known; -pratúr, a. (nm. t&usharp;s) advancing victoriously (RV.1); -prá tûrti, a. id. (V.); -prapâná, n. good drink ing-place (RV.); -prabha, a. having a good appearance, fine, excellent; m. N. of a Deva putra: -deva, m. N.; -prabhâta, pp. beau tifully illuminated by dawn; n. beautiful dawn; -prayás, a. well-regaled (V.); -pra y&asharp;, a. pleasant to tread on (RV.1); -pra yukta, pp. well-discharged (arrow); well recited; well-planned (fraud); -pravâkaná, a. praiseworthy (RV.); -prasanna, pp. very clear (water); very bright or pleased (face etc.); very gracious; -prasava, m. easy par turition; -prasâda, a. placable; -prasâdh ita, pp. well-adorned; -prasiddha, pp. well known; -prahâra, m. N. of a fisherman. |
| |
| susakhi | m. (nm. â) good friend; -samkruddha, pp. greatly enraged; -sam gatâ, f. N.; -samgama, m. pleasant (place of) meeting; -samgrihîta, pp. well-controlled or governed (kingdom); -sakiva, m.good minister; a. having a good minister; -saggî kri, make perfectly ready; -samkita, pp. well-gathered, carefully accumulated: -m sam-ki, collect carefully; -sattra, n. good hospital; -sattva, a. very resolute; -sadrisa, a.(î) very like (g.); -samtushta, pp. per fectly satisfied; -samtosha, a. easy to satisfy; -samdîpta, pp. flaming brightly; -samdrís, a. fair to see; -samdha, a. true to one's word; -sanna, pp. [√ sad] completely at an end, foiled; -sama, a. perfectly level or smooth; (sú)-samâhita, pp. [√ dhâ] well laden (waggon, Br.); C.: well-adorned; very attentive or intent, thoroughly concentrated; (sú)-samiddha, pp. [√ idh] well-kindled;(sú)-samriddha, pp. [√ ridh] V.: quite per fect; C.: very abundant; very wealthy; -samriddhi, f. great wealth; -sampad, f. affluence, great prosperity; (sú)-sampish- ta, pp. completely shattered (car; RV.1); -sampratapta, pp. thoroughly harassed; -sambaddha, pp. intimately connected; -sambhriti, f. due collection of requisites; -sambhrama, m. great agitation or confu sion, excessive haste; -sambhrânta, pp. completely bewildered; (sú)-sarva, a. quite complete (Br.); -sahâya, a. having a good companion or assistant: -vat, a. id.; -sâdh ana, a. easy to prove; -sâdhita, pp. well trained; -sâdhya, fp. easy to control, amen able; -sâman, n.very conciliatory words; -sârathi, a. having a good charioteer; -sita, a. pure white; -siddha, pp. well-cooked; very efficacious, of great magical power; completely supplied with (in.): -½artha, a. having completely attained one's object; -sî ma, a. having a good parting (woman). |
| |
| sūcipattra | n. index; -bhinna, pp. split at the point (bud); -bhedya, fp. so dense as to be capable of being pierced with a needle (darkness); -sikhâ, f. point of a needle. |
| |
| sūtaka | n. birth; calving; impurity (of the parents) caused by childbirth; im purity (in general): -bhogana, n. natal feast; -½anna, (V.) n.: -½âdya, (C.) n. food rendered impure by childbirth. |
| |
| sṛṣṭi | f. [√ srig] C.: emission; V., C.: creation (abst. and concrete; ord. mg.); C.: innate disposition, nature (rare); liber ality (rare): -½antara, n. one of intermediate caste between the fourcreated by Brahman: -ga, a. sprung from one of mixed caste. |
| |
| snigdha | pp. (√ snih) sticky, unctuous, smooth; soft, mild, bland, gentle; oily, greasy; glossy, glistening; attached to (lc.); tender, affectionate, friendly; dense (shade): -m, ad. gently; -tama, spv.very oily; very affectionate; -tâ, f. softness; oiliness; attachment, affection; -tva, n. attachment to (lc.); -bhinna½añgana, n. glossy pounded collyrium; -mudga, m. kind of bean; -sîta rûksha, a. slippery, cool, and rough:-tva, n. abst. n.; -½añgana, n. glossy collyrium. |
| |
| svabhāva | m. own manner of being, innate disposition, nature (opp. acquired qualities): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, by nature, natur ally; by oneself, spontaneously: -krita, pp. done by nature, natural; -kripana, m. (nig gardly by nature), N. of a Brâhman; -ga, a. produced by nature, congenital, natural, to (--°ree;); -ganita, pp. id.; -dvesha, m. natural hatred; -bhâva, m. natural disposition; -sid dha, pp. established by nature, natural, in nate; self-evident, obvious; -½ukta, pp. spon taneously stated; -½ukti, f. statement of the exact nature, vivid description (rh.). |
| |
| svābhāvika | a. (î) belonging to one's own nature, natural, original, peculiar, innate, inherent: -½itara, a. not innate. |
| |
| svottha | a. produced in oneself, innate; -½utthita, pp. produced in or due to oneself; -½upârgita, pp. acquired by oneself. |
| |
| hiṅgula | n. cinnabar, vermilion. |
Concordance
109 results0 results326 results
| |
| akṣatam | asy ariṣṭam ilānnaṃ gopāyanam # śG.3.10.2. Cf. prec., akṣitam asi, akṣitir asi, and akṣito 'si. |
| |
| akṣuc | ca me 'nnaṃ ca me # MS.2.11.4: 142.2. See annaṃ ca me. |
| |
| akṣuc | cānnaṃ ca # MS.3.4.1: 45.5. See annaṃ cākṣuc. |
| |
| akhidrāḥ | prajā abhivipaśya # KS.39.3. See aghoraḥ etc., and achinnapatrāḥ etc. |
| |
| agnaye | gṛhapataye rayipataye puṣṭipataye kāmāyānnādyāya svāhā # Apś.6.13.2. P: agnaye gṛhapataye Apś.13.24.8. |
| |
| agnaye | ca tvā pṛthivyai connayāmi # Apś.6.8.1. |
| |
| agnaye | 'nnapataye svāhā # HG.1.7.18. |
| |
| agnaye | 'nnādāya svāhā # HG.1.7.18. |
| |
| agnaye | 'nnādāyānnapataye svāhā # VSK.3.2.5; AB.7.12.5; Vait.7.19; Kś.4.14.25. |
| |
| agnim | annādam annādyāyādadhe # VS.3.5c. See under annādam agnim. |
| |
| agnir | annasyānnapatiḥ # KS.5.1; 32.1. |
| |
| agnir | annādo 'gner ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam # Mś.1.4.2.3. See agner ahaṃ devayajyayā-. |
| |
| agnir | annādo 'nnapatir annādyam asmin yajñe mayi dadhātu (TB. yajñe yajamānāya dadātu) svāhā # TB.2.5.7.3; śB.11.4.3.8; Kś.5.13.1. |
| |
| agnir | āgnīvaiṣṇava āsannaḥ # KS.34.15. |
| |
| agnir | dharmeṇānnādaḥ # TB.2.5.7.2. |
| |
| agnir | na jambhais tṛṣv annam āvayat # RV.10.113.8d. |
| |
| agnīṣomayor | (ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13. Cf. prec. |
| |
| agne | naya mayobho suśeva divaḥ pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣāl lokaṃ vinda yajamānāya # KS.7.13. See agne 'nnapā. |
| |
| agne | 'nnapā mayobhuva suśeva divaḥ pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣāl lokaṃ vinda yajamānāya # Apś.5.13.8. See agne naya mayobho. |
| |
| agner | ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam # TS.1.6.2.3; 11.5; Apś.4.9.13. See agnir annādo 'gner ahaṃ etc. |
| |
| agner | vām apannagṛhasya sadasi sādayāmi # TS.1.1.13.3; TB.3.3.9.8; Apś.3.8.4. See agner vo. |
| |
| agner | vo 'pannagṛhasya sadasi sādayāmi # VS.6.24; TS.1.3.12.1; MS.1.3.1: 29.1; KS.3.9; śB.3.9.2.13; Apś.11.20.13; Mś.2.2.5.15 (14). P: agner vaḥ Kś.8.9.11. See agner vām. |
| |
| agne | vājajid vājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ vājaṃ jeṣyantaṃ vājinaṃ vājajitaṃ vājajityāyai saṃ mārjmy agnim annādam annādyāya # TB.3.7.6.14; Apś.2.13.1. See prec., and cf. the ūha, āpo vājajito. |
| |
| agne | vājajid vājaṃ tvā sasṛvāṃsaṃ vājaṃ jigivāṃsaṃ vājinaṃ vājajitaṃ vājajityāyai saṃ mārjmy agnim annādam annādyāya # TB.3.7.6.17; Apś.3.4.7. See under prec. |
| |
| agnes | tvā mātrayā jagatyai vartanyāgrayaṇasya vīryeṇa (KS. jagatyā vartanyā) devas tvā savitotṣṛjatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyai (KS. savitonnayatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyā asau) # TS.2.3.10.3; KS.11.7. P: agnes tvā mātrayā TS.2.3.11.4. See agneṣ ṭvā mātrayā. |
| |
| agneḥ | sviṣṭakṛto ( 'haṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13. Cf. agniḥ sviṣṭa-. |
| |
| achinnasya | te deva soma dakṣasya rāyaspoṣasya suvīryasyābhigrahītāraḥ syāma # MS.1.3.12: 34.7. P: achinnasya te deva soma Mś.2.4.1.9. See next two. |
| |
| achinnasya | te deva soma suvīryasya rāyaspoṣasya daditāraḥ syāma # VS.7.14; KS.4.4; śB.4.2.1.22. P: achinnasya N.9.10.14. See prec. and next. |
| |
| achinno | divyas (KS.Apś. daivyas) tantur mā mānuṣaś (KS.Apś. manuṣyaś) chedi # MS.1.4.2: 49.2; 1.4.7: 55.12; KS.7.2,9; Apś.4.16.4. Cf. achinnaṃ tantuṃ pṛthivyā. |
| |
| achinno | rāyaḥ suvīraḥ # TS.1.3.5.1; 9.2; 6.3.9.3; Apś.7.19.2. See achinnarāyaṃ. |
| |
| attir | asy annam adyāsam # JUB.3.20.10. |
| |
| atha | yajñiyaṃ madhumad astu no 'nnam # AVś.6.116.1d. |
| |
| athaiṣāṃ | bhinnakaḥ kumbhaḥ # SMB.2.7.3c. See atho bhinadmi, bhinadmi te kuṣumbham, and cf. iyattakaḥ. |
| |
| atho | annasya kīlālaḥ (Lś. annasya yo rasaḥ) # AVś.7.60.5c; AVP.3.26.5c; VS.3.43c; Lś.3.3.1c; Apś.6.27.3c; śG.3.3.1c; 7.2c; HG.1.29.1c. |
| |
| atho | bhinadmi taṃ kumbham # AVP.2.14.4c. See under athaiṣāṃ bhinnakaḥ. |
| |
| atho | yad annam aśnāti # AVP.6.23.7c. |
| |
| aditir | achinnapatrā priyā (also achinnapatraḥ priyo) devānāṃ priyeṇa dhāmnā priye sadasi sīda # KS.1.11 (quater). Cf. aditiraśanāchinnapatrā, aditir asi nāchinnapatrā, and aditir asy achidrapattrā. |
| |
| aditiraśanāchinnapatrā | # Mś.1.2.3.24. Cf. under aditir achinnapatrā priyā. |
| |
| aditir | asi nāchinnapatrā # VārG.1.12. Cf. under aditir achinnapatrā priyā. |
| |
| aditir | asy achidrapattrā # Apś.2.6.1. Cf. under aditir achinnapatrā priyā. |
| |
| adomadam | annam addhi prasūtaḥ # AVś.6.63.1d. See under athā jīvaḥ. |
| |
| adbhyaś | ca tvauṣadhībhyaś ca (sc. unnayāmi) # Apś.6.8.2. |
| |
| adhvaryo | yeṣāṃ vā anādhṛṣṭāṃ (also anādhṛṣyāṃ, anāptāṃ, anāpyāṃ, anilayāṃ, annapatnīṃ, annādīṃ, apabhayāṃ, apūrvāṃ, abhrātṛvyāṃ, vai kalyāṇīṃ, vai bhadrāṃ) prajāpates tanvaṃ vidvān hotā bhavaty anādhṛṣṭo vai sa hotā bhavati (also anādhṛṣyo, anāpto, anāpyo, and further variations) anādhṛṣṭās te yajamānā bhavanti (also anādhṛṣyās, anāptās, anāpyās, and further variations) # śś.10.19.2. Cf. annādā cānnapatnī etc. |
| |
| anadyamāno | yad anannam (JUB. adantam) atti # ChU.4.3.7d; JUB.3.2.4d. |
| |
| anannam | annakāmyā # AVP.9.24.1b. |
| |
| anirākariṣṇur | yaśasvī tejasvī brahmavarcasy annādo bhūyāsaṃ svāhā # PG.2.4.3. |
| |
| anupadasyam | annādyam āpnavāni # śś.4.8.6. |
| |
| annaṃ | vā ekaṃ chandasyam (GG. ekachandasyam) annaṃ hy ekaṃ bhūtebhyaś chandayati (svāhā) # SMB.2.6.13. Ps: annaṃ vā ekachandasyam GG.4.9.4; annaṃ vai KhG.4.3.10. |
| |
| annaṃ | cākṣuc ca # KS.21.11. See akṣuc cānnaṃ. |
| |
| annaṃ | cānnādyaṃ ca # AVś.13.4.22. |
| |
| annadāsy | (for annado 'sy ? cf. comm.) annapatiḥ # śś.6.12.27. |
| |
| annaṃ | no budhya # see annaṃ me budhya. |
| |
| annapate | 'nnasya (MS.KSṃśṃG. annasya) no dehi # VS.11.83a; 34.58; TS.4.2.3.1a; 5.2.2.1; MS.2.10.1a: 132.5; 4.14.16: 242.8; KS.16.10a; 19.12; śB.6.6.4.7; TB.3.11.4.1a; Apś.6.13.5; 16.11.3; Mś.1.6.1.52; 6.1.4.21; 6.2.4.19; PrāṇāgU.1a; AG.1.16.5a; śG.1.27.7a; MG.1.20.2; JG.1.10a; ApMB.2.15.15a (ApG.7.17.9). P: annapate TB.3.11.9.9; Kś.16.6.8; Apś.19.13.5; VārG.1.32. Designated as annapatīyā (sc. ṛk) PG.3.1.5. See annasyānnapatiḥ prādāt, and cf. āśaye 'nnasya. |
| |
| annapāśena | maṇinā # SMB.1.3.8a; GG.2.3.21. P: annapāśena KhG.1.4.10. |
| |
| annaṃ | prāṇam annam apānam āhuḥ # TB.2.8.8.3a. |
| |
| annaṃ | me (Apś.6.24.3, no) budhya (Apś. budhnya) pāhi, tan me (Apś.6.24.3, no) gopāyāsmākaṃ punar āgamāt # MS.1.5.14 (bis): 83.2,14; Apś.6.24.3,6. P: annaṃ me budhya pāhi Mś.1.6.3.7. See prec. |
| |
| annaṃ | me (Apś.6.26.2, no) budhyājugupas (Apś. budhnyā-) tan me (Apś.6.26.2, naḥ) punar dehi # MS.1.5.14: 84.7; Apś.6.26.2,5. P: annaṃ me budhyājugupaḥ Mś.1.6.3.14. See prec. but one. |
| |
| annavatām | odanavatām āmikṣavatām eṣāṃ rājā bhūyāsam # TB.2.7.16.4. P: annavatām Apś.22.28.24. |
| |
| annasya | ghṛtam eva rasas tejaḥ saṃpatkāmo juhomi svāhā # SMB.2.6.15. Ps: annasya ghṛtam eva GG.4.9.5; annasya KhG.4.3.11. |
| |
| annasya | pataye namaḥ # see annānāṃ pataye. |
| |
| annasya | rāṣṭrir asi rāṣṭris te bhūyāsam # SMB.2.8.9. P: annasya rāṣṭrir asi GG.4.10.12; KhG.4.4.12. |
| |
| annasyānnapatiḥ | prādāt # PB.1.8.7a. P: annasya Lś.2.8.21. See under annapate 'nnasya. |
| |
| annāt | parisruto rasam # VS.19.75a; MS.3.11.6a: 149.1; KS.38.1a; TB.2.6.2.2a. P: annāt parisrutaḥ MG.1.20.2; YDh.1.300; BṛhPDh.9.64. |
| |
| annādaṃ | tvānnapatyāya (Aś. -patyāyādadhe) # Aś.3.12.23; Apś.5.11.6; 9.9.1. See under next. |
| |
| annādam | agnim annapatyāyādadhe # MS.1.6.1d: 86.10; 1.6.2d: 87.6. See prec. and next, agnim annādam, and annādāyānnapatyāyā. |
| |
| annādam | annādyāyādadhe (KS. annādyāyānnapatyāyādadhe) # TS.1.5.3.1d; KS.7.13 (ter); 8.6. See under prec. |
| |
| annādā | (KB. -dī) cānnapatnī ca bhadrā ca kalyāṇī cānilayā cāpabhayā cānāptā cānāpyā cānādhṛṣyā (KB. -dhṛṣṭā) cāpratidhṛṣyā (KB. cānādhṛṣyā) cāpūrvā cābhrātṛvyā ca # AB.5.25.15--20; KB.27.5; Aś.8.13.13. Cf. adhvaryo yeṣāṃ etc. |
| |
| annādā | bhūyāsta ye no 'nnādān akarta # MS.4.2.8: 29.18. See next. |
| |
| annādā | bhūyāsma ye ca no 'nnādān karṣṭāpi (read akārṣṭāpi ?) ca no 'nye 'nnādā bhūyāṃso jāyantām # Kauś.92.28. See prec. |
| |
| annādāyānnapatyāyā | dadhat # Kauś.70.6. See under annādam agnim. |
| |
| annādā | sthānnadughaḥ # TB.3.11.1.19. |
| |
| annādī | etc. # see annādā cānnapatnī. |
| |
| annādo | bhūyāsam # śB.11.2.7.11; Apś.6.14.6; JG.1.19. P: annādaḥ Kś.3.3.5. |
| |
| annādo | 'ham adyāsmiñ jane bhūyāsam, anannādaḥ sa yo 'smān dveṣṭi # Apś.6.21.1. See next. |
| |
| annānāṃ | (MS. annasya) pataye namaḥ # VS.16.18; TS.4.5.2.1; MS.2.9.3: 122.12; KS.17.12. |
| |
| annāvṛdhaṃ | prati caranty annaiḥ # RV.10.1.4b. |
| |
| aparāhṇasya | tejasā sarvam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.4. |
| |
| apaścādaghvānnasya | (MSṃś.Apś. apaścāddaghvānnaṃ) bhūyāsam # AVś.19.55.5; MS.3.9.4: 120.17; Apś.7.28.2; Mś.1.8.6.22. |
| |
| apānaṃ | tvāmṛta ādadhāmy annādam annādyāya goptāraṃ guptyai # Apś.5.15.6. Cf. prāṇaṃ etc. |
| |
| apūpavān | kṣīravāṃś (dadhivāṃś, drapsavāṃś, ghṛtavāṃś, māṃsavāṃś, annavāṃś, madhumāṃś, rasavāṃś, and apavāṃś) carur eha sīdatu # AVś.18.4.16a--24a; apūpavān ghṛtavāṃś (with vikāras, -vāñ chṛtavāṃś, kṣīravāṃś, dadhivāṃś, madhumāṃś) carur eha sīdatu TA.6.8.1 (1--5)a. P: apūpavān Kauś.86.3. |
| |
| abhi | dvijanmā trivṛd annam ṛjyate # RV.1.140.2a. |
| |
| amantram | annaṃ yat kiṃcit # RVKh.9.67.14a. |
| |
| amum | unnaiṣam # Kauś.47.54. |
| |
| ambhaś | ca mahaś cānnaṃ cānnādyaṃ ca # AVP.9.20.9. |
| |
| ayam | annasyānnapatir astu vīraḥ # AVP.1.80.5. |
| |
| arālāg | udabhartsata # śś.12.23.1b. See āsannā udabhir. |
| |
| ariṣṭaṃ | yajñaṃ sam imaṃ dadhātu (KS.Vait. tanotu) # VS.2.13c; KS.34.19b; śB.1.7.4.22; Lś.4.12.1; Vait.4.3. See vichinnaṃ yajñaṃ. |
| |
| arundhatīm | unnayantīm # AVś.8.7.6c. |
| |
| arūkṣitaṃ | dṛśa ā rūpe annam # RV.4.11.1d; TS.4.3.13.2d. |
| |
| aṣṭādaśā | ekānnaviṃśeṣu śrayadhvam # TB.3.11.2.3. |
| |
| aṣṭāviṃśā | ekānnatriṃśeṣu śrayadhvam # TB.3.11.2.4. |
| |
| asthnaś | chinnasya rohaṇī # AVś.4.12.1b. See next. |
| |
| asmāt | praviśyānnam addhi # TA.1.31.3d. |
| |
| asmād | annāt # VS.2.25; śB.1.9.3.12; Kś.3.8.13. |
| |
| asyāṃ | me pṛthivyām agniś cānnaṃ cādhipatī agniś cānnaṃ ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātām agniṃ cānnaṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.7. Cf. ye 'dhastāj juhvati. |
| |
| aham | annaṃ vaśam ic carāmi # TB.2.8.8.1b. |
| |
| aham | annam # TA.9.10.6 (ter); TU.3.10.6 (ter). |
| |
| aham | annam annam adantam admi # ArS.1.9d; TB.2.8.8.1d; TA.9.10.6d; TU.3.10.6d; NṛpU.2.4d; N.14.2d. |
| |
| aham | annādaḥ # TA.9.10.6 (ter); TU.3.10.6 (ter). |
| |
| ā | tvā śakyām upamaṃ rādho annaiḥ # RV.10.29.3d; AVś.20.76.3d. |
| |
| āpo | naptre ghṛtam annaṃ vahantīḥ # RV.2.35.14c. |
| |
| āpo | vājajito vājaṃ vaḥ sariṣyantīr vājaṃ jeṣyantīr vājinīr vājajito vājajityāyai saṃmārjmy apo annādā annādyāya # Apś.8.8.2. ūha of agne vājajid vājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ. |
| |
| āyad-āyat | prati gṛhṇāmy annam # AVP.2.28.1b. |
| |
| āyuḥ | kīrtiṃ yaśo balam annādyaṃ prajām # PG.3.2.11. Cf. next but one. |
| |
| āyur | annādyaṃ me pinvasva # TB.3.7.6.6; Apś.4.6.2. |
| |
| ārdraḥ | pinvamāno 'nnavān rasavān irāvān # TB.3.10.1.4. |
| |
| āvitta | (MS. āvittā) indro vṛddhaśravāḥ # VS.10.9; MS.2.6.9: 69.4; 4.4.3: 52.18; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.33 (erroneously, āvitto). See āvinna etc. |
| |
| āvittaḥ | pūṣā viśvavedāḥ # VS.10.9; MS.2.6.9: 69.5; 4.4.3: 53.2; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.35. See āvinnaḥ etc. |
| |
| āvittāditir | uruśarmā # VS.10.9; śB.5.3.5.37. See next, and āvinnā devy. |
| |
| āvittau | mitrāvaruṇau dhṛtavratau # VS.10.9; MS.2.6.9: 69.4; 4.4.3: 52.19; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.34. See āvinnau. |
| |
| āśaye | 'nnasya no dhehi # Kauś.106.7c. Cf. annapate. |
| |
| āśīrvataḥ | (sc. abhyunnayadhvam) # Kś.10.5.10. ūha of śukrasyābhyunnayadhvam. |
| |
| āsādayan | niṣādayan saṃsādanaḥ saṃsannaḥ sannaḥ # TB.3.10.1.3. |
| |
| ā | skannāj jāyate vṛṣā # TB.3.7.10.4b; TA.4.13.1b; Apś.9.6.7b. |
| |
| idaṃ | te annaṃ yujyaṃ samukṣitam # RV.8.4.12c. |
| |
| idam | annam # SMB.1.5.8. See next, and cf. VyāsaDh.3.34. |
| |
| idam | annam ayaṃ rasaḥ # Lś.1.2.4a; JG.1.8a. P: idam annam JG.1.8. See prec. |
| |
| idam | ahaṃ yajamānaṃ svargaṃ lokam unnayāmi # Vait.7.8. |
| |
| idam | ahaṃ viśam annādyāya tejase brahmavarcasāya parigṛhṇāmi # MG.2.11.7. |
| |
| idam | aham amuṃ bhrātṛvyam ābhyo digbhyo 'syai divo 'smād antarikṣād asyai pṛthivyā asmād annādyān nir bhajāmi # TS.1.6.6.1. P: idam aham amuṃ bhrātṛvyam ābhyo digbhyo 'syai divaḥ TS.1.7.6.2. See idam aham ābhyo. |
| |
| idam | aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyānnādyaṃ harāmi # TS.3.4.8.5. |
| |
| idam | aham amuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo 'muṣmād annādyān nirūhāmi # PB.6.6.2. P: idam aham amum (! cf. comm.) Lś.1.10.10. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśo. |
| |
| idam | aham amuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy amuṣminn annādye 'dhyūhāmi # PB.6.6.3. P: idam aham imam (! cf. comm.) Lś.1.10.6. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśy. |
| |
| idam | aham ābhyo digbhyo 'syai divo 'smād antarikṣād asmād annadyād asyai pratiṣṭhāyai dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyaṃ nirbhajāmi # śś.4.12.10. See idam aham amuṃ bhrātṛvyam. |
| |
| idam | aham imāṃ padyāṃ virājam annādyāyādhitiṣṭhāmi # SMB.2.8.2; GG.4.10.2. P: idam aham imām KhG.4.4.5. |
| |
| idam | ahaṃ māṃ tejasā brahmavarcasenaujasā vīryeṇa prajayā paśubhir annādyena samardhayāmi # KA.1.36; 2.36. |
| |
| indra | āsannaḥ # KS.34.16. |
| |
| indrasyāhaṃ | devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam # Apś.4.9.13. Text, indrasya: the rest understood. See next. |
| |
| indrasyendriyāvato | 'haṃ devayajyayendriyāvy annādo bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1. |
| |
| indrāgniyoḥ | (sc. ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13. See agnīndrayor. |
| |
| indrāgniyor | (Mś. -gnyor) ahaṃ devayajyayendriyāvy annādo (Mś. -driyavān vīryavān) bhūyāsam # TS.1.6.2.4; 11.6; Mś.1.4.2.6. See under agnīndrayor. |
| |
| indrāgnyor | dhenur dakṣiṇāyām uttaravedyāḥ śroṇyām āsannā # KS.34.15. |
| |
| imam | annādyāya pra viśataṃ svāhā # Kauś.22.9d. |
| |
| iyattakaḥ | kuṣumbhakaḥ (AVP. kusu-) # RV.1.191.15a; AVP.4.17.5a. Cf. under athaiṣāṃ bhinnakaḥ. |
| |
| iyam | ājñedam annam idam āyur idam amṛtam # SMB.1.5.8. P: iyam ājñā GG.2.7.19; KhG.2.2.33. |
| |
| ukṣantūdnā | (AVP. ukṣantūdhnā) maruto ghṛtena # AVś.3.12.4c (thus correctly some mss.; the vulgate uchantūnnā etc., q.v.); AVP.3.20.4c; 7.6.6c. See uchantūnnā etc. |
| |
| ukṣānnāya | vaśānnāya # RV.8.43.11a; AVś.3.21.6a; 20.1.3a; AVP.3.12.6a; TS.1.3.14.7a; MS.2.13.13a: 163.4; 4.11.4: 172.15; KS.7.16a; 40.5a; AB.6.10.5; KB.28.3; GB.2.2.20; Aś.5.5.18; Apś.16.35.1. P: ukṣānnāya śś.7.4.10; Mś.5.1.7.37. |
| |
| ucchiṣṭocchiṣṭopahataṃ | yac ca pāpena dattaṃ mṛtasūtakād vā vasoḥ pavitram agniḥ savituś ca raśmayaḥ punantv annaṃ mama duṣkṛtaṃ ca yad anyat # MU.6.9. Apparently metrical. Cf. under next but one. |
| |
| uta | śrotrasya śrotram annasyānnam # śB.14.7.2.21b; BṛhU.4.4.21b. |
| |
| unnetar | hotuś camasam anūnnaya somaṃ mātirīricaḥ # śB.4.4.2.17; Kś.10.6.20. |
| |
| unnetar | hotuś camasam anūnnaya hotṛcamase dhruvāyāvakāśaṃ kuru # Apś.13.14.11; 14.1.7. |
| |
| unnetaḥ | sarvaṃ rājānam unnaya mātirīrico daśābhiḥ kalaśau mṛṣṭvā nyubja # Apś.14.1.10. |
| |
| upasthāya | mātaram annam aiṭṭa # RV.3.48.3a. |
| |
| ūrjaṃ | puṣṭaṃ bibhratīm annabhāgam # AVś.12.1.29c. |
| |
| ṛgbhir | annādaḥ # TS.4.4.8.1; KS.39.11. |
| |
| ṛgvede | tvaṃ samutpannā # RVKh.10.127.6c. |
| |
| ekarṣir | iva tapaty ekarṣir iva dīdāyaikarṣir ivānnādo bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.1. |
| |
| ejāti | glahā kanyeva tunnā # AVś.6.22.3c. See krośāti gardā. |
| |
| etat | te gharmānnam etat purīṣam # KA.3.190. See gharmaitat te 'nnam. |
| |
| etad | annam atta devāḥ # VS.23.8; MS.3.12.19: 165.16; śB.13.2.6.8. See etad devā annam. |
| |
| etad | annam addhi prajāpate # VS.23.8; TS.7.4.20.1; MS.3.12.19: 165.16; KSA.4.9; śB.13.2.6.8; TB.3.9.4.8. |
| |
| etad | devā annam atta # TS.7.4.20.1; KSA.4.9; TB.3.9.4.8. See etad annam atta. |
| |
| enam | enān adharācaḥ parāco 'vācas tapasas (read tamasas ?) tam unnayata devāḥ pitṛbhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ prajāpatiḥ prathamo devatānām # Kauś.49.6. Doubtful text. |
| |
| evam | aham āyuṣā medhayā varcasā prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasena samindhe (SMB. brahmavarcasena dhanenānnādyena samedhiṣīya) # SMB.1.6.32; PG.2.4.3. See next, and evaṃ mām āyuṣā. |
| |
| evam | aham āyuṣā varcasā tejasā sanyā medhayā prajñayā prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasenānnādyena dhanena samedhiṣīya svāhā # JG.1.12. See under prec. |
| |
| evaṃ | mām āyuṣā varcasā sanyā medhayā (HG. māṃ medhayā prajñayā) prajayā paśubhir brahmavarcasenānnādyena samedhaya # ApMB.2.6.2; HG.1.7.2. See under evam aham āyuṣā medhayā. |
| |
| evā | kāmasya vichinnam # AVś.6.139.5c. |
| |
| om | unnaya # Aś.2.3.11; Kś.4.14.9; Apś.6.7.2; Mś.1.6.2.2. |
| |
| om | unnayāni # Aś.2.3.10. See under unnayāmi. |
| |
| om | unnayāmi # Apś.6.7.1. See under unnayāmi. |
| |
| oruvyacāḥ | pṛṇatām ebhir annaiḥ # RV.3.50.1c. |
| |
| audbhidyaṃ | rājñaḥ # Apś.18.19.5. See udbhinnaṃ. |
| |
| kāmasya | tvā sannamā apidadhāmi # KS.37.13. |
| |
| kārṣīvaṇā | annavido na vidyayā # AVś.6.116.1b. |
| |
| kālāya | vāṃ gotrāya vāṃ jaitrāya vām audbhetrāya vām annādyāya vām avanenijet (read -nenije ?; followed in the same sūtra by sukṛtāya vām) # VārG.5.13. Cf. next. |
| |
| kālāya | vāṃ jaitriyāya vām audbhettriyāya vām annādyāya vām avanenije sukṛtāya vām # Apś.6.20.2. Cf. prec. |
| |
| kālair | haritvam āpannaiḥ # TA.1.12.3e. |
| |
| kīlālaṃ | ghṛtaṃ madam annabhāgam # AVP.5.31.2d; Kauś.62.21d. |
| |
| kuṣṭānnaṃ | patitānnam # MahānU.19.1b. |
| |
| kṛtsnaṃ | vedam amṛtam annādyabhāgam # śś.13.12.10. |
| |
| ko | mām annaṃ manuṣyo dayeta # TB.2.8.8.2d. |
| |
| kravyā | nāma stha pārthivās teṣāṃ va iha gṛhā annaṃ va iṣavo nimiṣo vātanāmam # TS.5.5.10.4; ApMB.2.17.25 (ApG.7.20.4). Cf. prec. |
| |
| krośāti | gardā kanyeva tunnā # TS.3.1.11.8c. See ejāti glahā. |
| |
| gaṇānnaṃ | gaṇikānnaṃ kuṣṭānnaṃ patitānnaṃ bhuktvā vṛṣalībhojanam # MahānU.19.1. Quasi metrical. |
| |
| gaṇānnaṃ | gaṇikānnaṃ ca (MahānU. omits ca) # BDh.3.6.5a; ViDh.48.21a; MahānU.19.1a. |
| |
| gāvo | hiraṇyaṃ dhanam annapānaṃ sarveṣāṃ śriyai svāhā # Tā.10.63. |
| |
| gṛdhrāṇām | annam asāv astu senā # SV.2.1214b. |
| |
| gharmā | jaṭharānnādaṃ mām adyāsmiñ jane kurutam # Apś.6.21.1. See next. |
| |
| gharmaitat | te 'nnam etat purīṣam (VS.śB. gharmaitat te purīṣam) # VS.38.21a; MS.4.9.10a: 131.8; śB.14.3.1.23a; TA.4.11.4a; 5.9.7; Apś.15.14.13. P: gharmaitat te Kś.26.7.32. See etat te gharmānnam. |
| |
| ghṛtam | annaṃ ghṛtam v asya medanam # RV.10.69.2b. |
| |
| ghṛtam | annaṃ duhratāṃ gopurogavam # AVś.8.7.12e. |
| |
| ghṛtam | ene ajanan nannamāne # RV.10.82.1b; VS.17.25b; TS.4.6.2.4b; MS.2.10.3b: 134.1; KS.18.2b. |
| |
| ghṛtair | annair vāvṛdhāte madhūnām # RV.10.5.4d. |
| |
| ghṛtaiḥ | samiddho ghṛtam asyānnam # TB.1.2.1.11b; Apś.5.6.3b; 14.17.1b. |
| |
| cakre | agnir januṣājmānnam # RV.6.4.4b; TS.1.3.14.7b. |
| |
| cakṣuḥ | śrotraṃ prāṇaḥ satyasaṃmitaṃ vākprabhūtaṃ manaso vibhūtaṃ hṛdayograṃ brāhmaṇabhartṛkam annaśubhe varṣapavitraṃ gobhagaṃ pṛthivyuparaṃ varuṇavāyvitamaṃ tapastanv indrajyeṣṭhaṃ sahasradhāram ayutākṣaram amṛtaṃ duhānam # ā.5.3.2.1. |
| |
| candramase | ca tvā nakṣatrebhyaś ca (sc. unnayāmi) # Apś.6.8.1. |
| |
| camasādhvaryo | unnayasvobhayataḥ śukraṃ kuruṣva # Apś.12.26.4. |
| |
| cārum | annādaṃ parā dviṣantaṃ śṛṇīta # AVP.4.30.1d--9d. |
| |
| janayas | tvāchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devyavatīḥ) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe # VS.11.61; MS.2.7.6: 81.14; 3.1.8: 10.10; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.8. P: janayas tvāchinnapatrāḥ KS.19.7. See varūtrayo janayas. |
| |
| jitam | asmākam udbhinnam asmākam # AVś.10.5.36a; 16.9.1a. |
| |
| jitam | asmākam udbhinnam asmākam ṛtam asmākaṃ tejo 'smākaṃ brahmāsmākaṃ svar asmākaṃ yajño 'smākaṃ paśavo 'smākaṃ prajā asmākaṃ vīrā asmākam # AVś.16.8.1--27. |
| |
| jihvābhir | aha nannamat # RV.8.43.8a. |
| |
| takṣṇāṃ | yad annam āśima # AVP.9.22.9b. |
| |
| tat | subhūtaṃ virāḍ annam # HG.1.13.15; ApDh.2.2.3.11. |
| |
| tad | vāṃ mahitvaṃ ghṛtānnāv astu # RV.6.67.8c. |
| |
| tan | nau saṃdhehy oṣadhe # SMB.2.4.8f. Cf. chinnaṃ saṃ dhehy. |
| |
| tapurmūrdhā | ghṛtānnaḥ pāvakaḥ # RV.7.3.1d; SV.2.569d; KS.35.1d; JB.3.207d; Apś.14.17.1d. |
| |
| tam | annam inddhe # JB.1.40. Not marked as a mantra in the edition. |
| |
| tasmāt | tad ātunnāt praiti # śB.14.6.9.31c; BṛhU.3.9.31c. |
| |
| tasmād | annaṃ tad ucyate # TA.8.2.1d; TU.2.2.1d; MU.6.12d. |
| |
| tasminn | annaṃ saha devatābhiḥ # GB.1.2.7d. |
| |
| tasyās | te pṛthivi devayajani pṛṣṭhe 'gnim annādam annādyāyādadhe # VS.3.5; śB.2.1.4.28. See under upasthe te. |
| |
| tasyāhaṃ | devayajyayānnasyānnapatir bhūyāsam # KS.5.1. |
| |
| tāṃ | gandharvāḥ kaśyapā unnayanti # AVś.13.1.23c. Cf. saṃ tvāṃ gandharvāḥ. |
| |
| tṛṣu | yad annā tṛṣuṇā vavakṣa # RV.4.7.11a; KS.7.16a. |
| |
| tṛṣu | yad annā veviṣad vitiṣṭhase # RV.10.91.7b; SV.2.333b; JB.3.88b; Apś.3.15.5b. See triṣu etc. |
| |
| tṛṣu | yad annā samavṛkta jambhaiḥ # RV.7.3.4b. |
| |
| tejase | tvā śriyai yaśase balāyānnādyāya prāśnāmi # HG.1.13.8. Cf. prec. |
| |
| tena | mukhena mām annādaṃ kuru # KBU.2.9 (quinq.). |
| |
| tebhiś | chidram apidadhmo yad atra # MS.1.7.1c: 109.3; 1.8.9c: 130.8; Aś.3.14.10c. See under teṣāṃ chinnaṃ. |
| |
| tebhyo | baliṃ puṣṭikāmo (JG. annakāmo) harāmi (AG. dadāmi) # Tā.10.67.2c; MahānU.20.1c; AG.1.2.5c (crit. notes); JG.1.23c. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ. |
| |
| teṣāṃ | vo agnimūḍhānām (SV. agninunnānām; RVKh. agnidagdhānām agnimūḍhānām) # RVKh.10.103.2c; AVś.6.67.2c; SV.2.1221c. |
| |
| teṣāṃ | chinnaṃ sam etad (śś. sam imaṃ; TS. praty etad) dadhāmi # VS.8.61c; TS.1.5.10.4c; śś.13.12.13c. See prec., and tebhiś chidram. |
| |
| teṣāṃ | nuttānām adhamā tamāṃsi # AVś.9.2.4c. Cf. teṣāṃ pannānām. |
| |
| teṣāṃ | pannānām adhamā tamāṃsi # AVś.9.2.9c. Cf. teṣāṃ nuttānām. |
| |
| triṣu | yad annā veviṣad vitiṣṭhase # MS.4.11.4b: 173.1. See tṛṣu etc. |
| |
| tris | te annaṃ kṛṇavat sasminn ahan # RV.4.12.1b. |
| |
| tvayā | vibhinnaṃ bharati pradhiṃ pitā # RV.10.138.6d. |
| |
| dadhāmy | annaiḥ pari vanda ṛgbhiḥ # RV.2.35.12d. |
| |
| divyā | apo nannamyadhvam etc. # see devya etc. |
| |
| dīrghāyur | aham annādo (HG. annādo brahmavarcasī) bhūyāsam # HG.1.10.1; ApMB.2.7.19b. |
| |
| devasya | tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2. |
| |
| devāya | devīr didhiṣanty annam # RV.2.35.5b. |
| |
| devya | (Apś. divyā) āpo nannamyadhvam (Kś. naṃnam-) adyāsmin yajñe yajamānāya # PB.21.10.20; Kś.23.3.1; Apś.22.19.1. |
| |
| drapsaṃ | skannaṃ brahmaṇā daivyena # RV.7.33.11c; N.5.14c. |
| |
| drvanna | id vanavat sarpirannaḥ # RV.10.27.18d. |
| |
| drvannaḥ | sarpirāsutiḥ # RV.2.7.6a; VS.11.70a; TS.4.1.9.2a; MS.2.7.7a: 83.1; 3.1.9: 12.4; KS.16.7a; śB.6.6.2.14; Apś.16.9.6; Mś.6.1.3.28 (33). P: drvannaḥ Kś.16.4.35. |
| |
| dvāro | devīr anv asya (AVP. devīr annasya) viśve (MS.KS. viśvāḥ) # AVś.5.27.7a; AVP.9.1.5a; VS.27.16a; TS.4.1.8.2a; MS.2.12.6a: 150.8; KS.18.17a. |
| |
| dvir | yat pañca bibhrato yanty annā # RV.1.122.13b. |
| |
| nadaṃ | na bhinnam amuyā śayānam # RV.1.32.8a; AVP.12.12.8a. |
| |
| namaḥ | śyāvāsyāyānnāśane yat ta āviddhaṃ tat te niṣkṛntāmi # PG.1.3.18. |
| |
| namaḥ | sakhibhyaḥ sannān māvagāta # TB.2.4.7.11d; Apś.7.28.2d. |
| |
| namaḥ | sarvānnabhūtaye # śG.2.14.15. |
| |
| namo | astu (VS.śB. 'stu) rudrebhyo ye pṛthivyāṃ yeṣām annam iṣavaḥ # VS.16.66; MS.2.9.9: 129.14; KS.17.16; śB.9.1.1.37. P: namo astu rudrebhyo ye pṛthivyām Mś.11.7.1.22. Cf. namo rudrāya pṛthivīṣade. |
| |
| namo | gaṅgāyamunayor madhye ye vasanti te me prasannātmānaś ciraṃjīvitaṃ vardhayanti # TA.2.20.1. |
| |
| namo | bhojyāya prakṛṣṭāya kapardine cakrāya cakradharāyānnāyānnapataye śivāya sadāśivāya turyāya turīyāya bhūrbhuvaḥsvaḥpate rāyaspate vājipate gopate ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvāṅgiraḥpate # VaradapU.1.3. |
| |
| namo | rudrāya pṛthivīṣade yasyānnam iṣavaḥ # KA.1.207; 3.166. Cf. namo astu rudrebhyo ye pṛthivyāṃ. |
| |
| nara | indra pratiśikṣanty annaiḥ # RV.10.29.5d; AVś.20.76.5d. |
| |
| na | sannāṃ ava gachati # AVś.6.76.4b; AVP.8.3.12b. |
| |
| nāvaṃ | bhinnām ivodakam # AVś.5.19.8b. See bhinnāṃ nāvam. |
| |
| nitikti | yo vāraṇam annam atti # RV.6.4.5a. |
| |
| nidhidātānnādo | mataḥ # VaradapU.1.7. Fragments: nidhidātā ... annādo mataḥ VaradapU.1.6. |
| |
| ni | vartayāmy āyuṣe 'nnādyāya prajananāya rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya # VS.3.63. P: ni vartayāmi Kś.5.2.17; PG.2.1.11. |
| |
| parāke | annaṃ nihitaṃ loka etat # TB.2.8.8.2a. |
| |
| pari | svayaṃ cinuṣe annam āsye (SV. āsani) # RV.10.91.5d; SV.2.332d. |
| |
| paśūnāṃ | rūpam annasya (VS.śB. add rasaḥ) # RVKh.5.87.10c; VS.39.4c; śB.14.3.2.20; TB.2.4.6.6c. |
| |
| paśor | annasya bhūmānam # AVś.19.31.8c; AVP.10.5.8c. |
| |
| pitaro | nārāśaṃsāḥ sannaḥ (VSK. sādyamānaḥ) # VS.8.58; VSK.9.7.7; pitaro nārāśaṃsaḥ KS.34.16. See pitṛṇāṃ nārā-. |
| |
| pinaṣṭi | smā kunannamā (AVP. kunaṃnamā) # RV.10.136.7b; AVP.5.38.7b. |
| |
| pīvoannāṃ | (VS. -nā; MS. -naṃ, but Padap. -nān) rayivṛdhaḥ sumedhāḥ # RV.7.91.3a; VS.27.23a; MS.4.14.2a: 216.16; AB.5.18.8; TB.2.8.1.1a; Aś.3.8.1; 8.10.1; Apś.19.16.5. P: pīvoannān śś.9.23.11. |
| |
| purūṇy | annā sahasā vi rājasi # RV.5.8.5c. |
| |
| pūrvam | agner api dahaty annam # TB.2.8.8.1a. |
| |
| pūrvāhṇasya | tejasāgram annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.2. |
| |
| paurṇamāsy | aṣṭakāmāvāsyā annādā sthānnadughaḥ, yuṣmāsv idam antaḥ, viśvaṃ yakṣaṃ viśvaṃ bhūtaṃ viśvaṃ subhūtam, viśvasya bhartryo viśvasya janayitryaḥ # TB.3.11.1.19. |
| |
| prajāpataye | tvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ śriye mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam annādyāya # Aś.2.9.9; śG.3.8.2. |
| |
| prajāpateṣ | ṭvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ bhūtyai mahyaṃ puṣṭyai mahyaṃ śriyai mahyaṃ hriyai mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam āyuṣe mahyam annāya mahyam annādyāya mahyaṃ sahasrapoṣāya mahyam aparimitapoṣāya # Kauś.74.18. |
| |
| prati | tiṣṭhāmy annapānayoḥ # AB.8.9.3. |
| |
| pratīcī | dig varuṇo 'dhipatiḥ pṛdākū rakṣitānnam (AVP. rakṣitā mitra) iṣavaḥ # AVś.3.27.3; AVP.3.24.3. Cf. AVś.12.3.57. |
| |
| pratīcyai | tvā diśe varuṇāyādhipataye pṛdākave rakṣitre 'nnāyeṣumate # AVś.12.3.57. Cf. AVś.3.27.3. |
| |
| prabhūtam | annaṃ kāraya # Lś.5.1.12. |
| |
| pra | skannāj (KS. skannaṃ) jāyatāṃ haviḥ # KS.35.4d; Kś.25.12.9d; Apś.9.17.1d. |
| |
| prāṇaṃ | tvāmṛta ādadhāmy annādam annādyāya goptāraṃ guptyai # TB.1.2.1.34; Apś.5.12.2. Cf. apānaṃ etc. |
| |
| prāṇe | tvāmṛtam ādadhāmy annādam annādyāya goptāraṃ guptyai # TB.1.2.1.20. |
| |
| priyebhir | yāhi priyam annam acha # RV.10.112.4d. |
| |
| preṣyāntevāsino | vasanaṃ kambalāni kaṃsaṃ hiraṇyaṃ striyo rājāno 'nnam abhayam āyuḥ kīrtir varco yaśo balaṃ brahmavarcasam annādyam ity etāni mayi sarvāṇi dhruvāṇy acyutāni santi # HG.1.22.14. |
| |
| balāya | śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāya # AB.8.7.5,7,9. |
| |
| brahma | ca tapaś ca kīrtiś ca yaśaś cāmbhaś ca nabhaś ca brāhmaṇavarcasaṃ cānnaṃ cānnādyaṃ ca # AVś.13.4.22. |
| |
| brahmaṇo | 'viṣyā annam # AVP.8.9.9d. |
| |
| brahmavarcasam | annādyaṃ mayi tviṣiṃ dhāḥ # śś.17.13.10. |
| |
| brahmavarcasi | yaśasi vīrye 'nnādye # ApMB.2.11.16e. |
| |
| brahmāṇo | me juṣantām annam annam # JG.2.2b. |
| |
| bharadvājo | madhv annaṃ kṛṇotu # AVP.2.28.5b; 5.28.4d. |
| |
| bhargo | devasya kavayo 'nnam āhuḥ # GB.1.1.32b. |
| |
| bhāgyo | bhavad atho annam adad bahu # AVś.10.8.22a. |
| |
| bhinadmi | te kuṣumbham # AVś.2.32.6c. See under athaiṣāṃ bhinnakaḥ. |
| |
| bhinnāṃ | nāvam ivodakam # AVP.9.19.4b. See nāvaṃ bhinnām. |
| |
| bhinnāratnīr | bhinnaśīrṣṇā sam ṛchatām # AVP.5.10.8c. |
| |
| bhīmo | annasya saṃkāśe # AVP.11.10.5c. |
| |
| bhuvo | 'nnaṃ vāyave 'ntarikṣāya svāhā # TA.10.3.1; MahānU.7.2. |
| |
| bhūr | annam agnaye pṛthivyai svāhā # TA.10.3.1; MahānU.7.2. |
| |
| bhūri | cid annā sam id atti sadyaḥ # RV.7.4.2d. |
| |
| bhūr | bhuvaḥ suvar annaṃ candramase digbhyaḥ svāhā # TA.10.3.1; MahānU.7.2. |
| |
| bhūr | bhuvaḥ suvar annam om # TA.10.3.1; MahānU.7.2. |
| |
| madhu | kariṣyāmi # JB.1.88 (bis). Cf. annaṃ kariṣyāmi. |
| |
| madhu | janayiṣyāmi # JB.1.88 (bis). Cf. next and annaṃ janayiṣyāmi. |
| |
| madhu | bhaviṣyati # JB.1.88. Cf. annaṃ praviṣyāmi. |
| |
| madhyaṃdinasya | tejasā madhyam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.3. |
| |
| mayā | so annam (AVś. 'nnam) atti yo vipaśyati # RV.10.125.4a; AVś.4.30.4a. |
| |
| mahaḥ | pituṃ papivāñ (AVś. -vāṃ) cārv annā # RV.1.61.7b; AVś.20.35.7b. |
| |
| mahendrasya | (sc. ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13. |
| |
| mahyaṃ | tejase mahyaṃ brahmavarcasāya mahyam annādyāya mahyaṃ bhūmne mahyaṃ puṣṭyai mahyaṃ prajananāya prajānāṃ bhūmne prajānāṃ puṣṭyai prajānāṃ prajananāya somasya rājño rājyāya mama grāmaṇeyāya # JB.1.84. |
| |
| mahyaṃ | tvā yaśase 'nnādyāya brahmavarcasāya # JG.1.19. |
| |
| mahyam | annam atho śriyam # SMB.2.4.10d. |
| |
| mitrāvaruṇayor | dhenur uttarasyām uttaravedyāḥ śroṇyām āsannā # KS.34.15. |
| |
| mṛtyur | dharmeṇānnapatiḥ # TB.2.5.7.2. |
| |
| mekhale | 'skannam achinnam # śG.2.13.5c. |
| |
| medhāvinaṃ | brahmacaryopapannam # ViDh.29.10b; VāDh.2.9b; N.2.4b. |
| |
| mogham | annaṃ vindate apracetāḥ # RV.10.117.6a; TB.2.8.8.3a; śG.2.14.26. Cf. BṛhD.1.49, and Mahābh.5.12.20. |
| |
| yaju | ṣkannaṃ prathamaṃ devayānam # RV.10.181.3b. |
| |
| yat | te annaṃ bhuvaspate # AVś.10.5.45a; AVP.1.63.1a. |
| |
| yatra | mṛtyur bhavaty annam asya # JB.2.73d. |
| |
| yat | saptānnāni medhayā # śB.14.4.3.1a,2a; BṛhU.1.5.1a,2a. |
| |
| yat | svapne annam aśnāmi # AVś.7.101.1a. P: yat svapne Kauś.46.12. See yad annam adyate. |
| |
| yad | annam agnir bahudhā virāddham (var. lects. virājam, viruddham) # PrāṇāgU.1a. Cf. next. |
| |
| yad | annam admi bahudhā virūpam # AVś.6.71.1a; AVP.2.28.2a; TA.2.6.2a. P: yad annam Vait.4.16; Kauś.45.17; 57.29. Cf. prec. |
| |
| yad | annam admy anṛtena devāḥ # AVś.6.71.3a; AVP.2.28.3a; TA.2.6.2a. |
| |
| yad | annam adyate naktam (HG. sāyam) # Apś.10.13.11a; HG.1.17.4a. See yat svapne. |
| |
| yad | annam āśimā vayam # AVP.9.24.1a. |
| |
| yad | dadhiṣe pradivi cārv annam # RV.7.98.2a; AVś.20.87.2a. |
| |
| yan | nau kāmasya vichinnam # SMB.2.4.8e. |
| |
| yan | madhuno madhavyaṃ paramaṃ rūpam annādyaṃ (ApMB. paramam annādyaṃ vīryaṃ; HG. paramam annādyaṃ rūpaṃ) tenāhaṃ madhuno madhavyena parameṇa rūpeṇānnādyena (ApMB. parameṇānnādyena vīryeṇa; HG. parameṇa rūpeṇa) paramo madhavyo 'nnādo (ApMB. paramo 'nnādo madhavyo) 'sāni (HG. bhūyāsam) # PG.1.3.20; ApMB.2.10.5 (ApG.5.13.13); HG.1.13.8. |
| |
| yan | me skannaṃ manaso jātavedaḥ # Kauś.6.1a. P: yan me skannam Vait.16.17; Kauś.6.2. |
| |
| yavyāyai | gavyāyā etad devā annam atta # TS.7.4.20.1; KSA.4.9. |
| |
| yas | te bharād anniyate cid annam # RV.4.2.7a. |
| |
| yasmā | achinnaparṇena # AVś.19.32.2c; AVP.11.12.2c. |
| |
| yasmād | annān manasodrārajīmi # AVP.1.81.3b; 2.28.4b. Cf. yasmān me mana. |
| |
| yasmān | me mana ud iva rārajīti # AVś.6.71.2c. Cf. yasmād annān. |
| |
| yasya | te 'nnaṃ na kṣīyate # Kauś.135.9a. |
| |
| yasya | vrate pṛthivī nannamīti # RV.5.83.5a. P: yasya vrate śś.3.13.4. |
| |
| yasyām | annaṃ vrīhiyavau # AVś.12.1.42a. P: yasyām annam Kauś.24.38. |
| |
| yasyām | annaṃ kṛṣṭayaḥ saṃbabhūvuḥ # AVś.12.1.3b,4b. |
| |
| yasyeśiṣe | pradivi yas te annam # RV.6.41.3d. |
| |
| yāny | annāni ye rasāḥ # AVś.19.31.4b; AVP.10.5.4b. |
| |
| yā | rāṣṭrāt pannād apayanti śākhāḥ # TA.6.3.2a. P: yā rāṣṭrāt pannāt TA.6.4.2; 9.2. |
| |
| yūpe | baddhaṃ mumucima (AVP. pramumucimā) yad annam # AVP.5.28.2d; Vait.10.17d. |
"nna" has 21 results
906 results
| ||
| jagannātha ācārya | Jagannātha Ācārya | CC Adi 10.108 |
| ||
| nīlācale āchoń | stay at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Madhya 15.52 |
| ||
| anna-maya-ādiṣu | among the manifestations known as anna-maya and so on | SB 10.87.17 |
| ||
| praskanna-ādyāḥ | sons headed by Praskanna | SB 9.20.7 |
| ||
| āgamana | coming to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.138 |
| ||
| nīlācale āgamana | coming back to Jagannātha Purī (Nīlācala) | CC Madhya 25.261 |
| ||
| jagannāthera āge | in front of the Deity of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.47 |
| ||
| jagannāthera āge | in front of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.205 |
| ||
| ratha-āge | in front of the Jagannātha ratha | CC Madhya 25.252 |
| ||
| jagannāthera āge | in front of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.24 |
| ||
| prabhu-pada-āghāte | by the kicking of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.12 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | came back to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.255 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | returned to Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 1.13 |
| ||
| āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 1.25 |
| ||
| āilā nīlācale | reached Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 1.45 |
| ||
| nīlācala āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 4.3 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 4.13 |
| ||
| āila siṃha-dvāre | came to the gate of the Jagannātha temple known as Siṃha-dvāra | CC Antya 11.72 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 16.39 |
| ||
| alaukikam | which is unnatural in this world | SB 10.3.30 |
| ||
| jagannātha-ālaya | to the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.213 |
| ||
| prasāda āni' | bringing jagannātha-prasādam | CC Madhya 6.111 |
| ||
| jagannātha-prasāda ānila | brought the mahā-prasādam of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.237 |
| ||
| prasāda ānilā | brought the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.105 |
| ||
| anna-maya-ādiṣu | among the manifestations known as anna-maya and so on | SB 10.87.17 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa | of the Annakūṭa ceremony | CC Madhya 4.75 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa | the Annakūṭa ceremony during the time of Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 4.86 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa kare | perform the Annakūṭa ceremony | CC Madhya 4.90 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda-anna | remnants of food offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.39 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | remnants of food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 7.60 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | remnants of food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.195 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 11.206 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | food of Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.315 |
| ||
| annakūṭa-nāme | by the name Annakūṭa | CC Madhya 18.26 |
| ||
| vibudha-anugāḥ | the Kinnaras | SB 5.5.21-22 |
| ||
| apsaraḥ-kinnara-uragaiḥ | and by the Apsarās, Kinnaras and Uragas | SB 10.4.9 |
| ||
| kinnara-apsarasaḥ | the Kinnaras and Apsarās | SB 11.31.2-3 |
| ||
| āsiha nīlācale | come to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.114 |
| ||
| āsiyā | arriving at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.142 |
| ||
| kurabaka-aśoka-nāga-punnāga-campakāḥ | O kurabaka (red amaranth), aśoka, nāga, punnāga and campaka trees | SB 10.30.6 |
| ||
| āṭhāranālāte | to a place near Jagannātha Purī named Āṭhāranālā | CC Madhya 25.224 |
| ||
| bahuta prasāda | varieties of food offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.41 |
| ||
| miśra bale | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 14.82 |
| ||
| baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa | very strong dayitās, or carriers of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.8 |
| ||
| bhaktera gaṇa | the hordes of devotees at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.225 |
| ||
| jagannāthera bhare | by the weight of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.247 |
| ||
| jagannātha-bhavana | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.209 |
| ||
| upala-bhoga | the offering of food to Lord Jagannātha at noon | CC Antya 1.47 |
| ||
| upala-bhoga | the upala-bhoga offering to Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.16 |
| ||
| piṇḍā-bhogera | of Lord Jagannātha's prasādam | CC Antya 8.53 |
| ||
| nīlācale cala | go back to Jagannātha Purī (Nīlācala) | CC Madhya 16.141 |
| ||
| cale nīlācale | was going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 6.266 |
| ||
| calilā nīlācale | departed for Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.174 |
| ||
| nīlādri calilā | went back to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.222 |
| ||
| kurabaka-aśoka-nāga-punnāga-campakāḥ | O kurabaka (red amaranth), aśoka, nāga, punnāga and campaka trees | SB 10.30.6 |
| ||
| nāga-punnāga-campakaiḥ | with nāgas, punnāgas and campakas | SB 4.6.14-15 |
| ||
| prasāda-candana | remnants of sandalwood pulp offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.65 |
| ||
| siddha-cāraṇa-pannagān | Siddhas, Cāraṇas and Pannagas | SB 10.62.17 |
| ||
| khaga-kinnara-cāraṇāḥ | the celestial birds, the Kinnaras and the Cāraṇas | SB 10.74.13-15 |
| ||
| kinnara-cāraṇaiḥ | and by Kinnaras and Cāraṇas | SB 10.78.13-15 |
| ||
| jagannāthera caraṇe | at the lotus feet of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.43 |
| ||
| jagannātha chāḍi' | leaving the place of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.10 |
| ||
| kṣetra chāḍi' | leaving Jagannātha-kṣetra | CC Madhya 11.43 |
| ||
| kṣetra chāḍi' | leaving Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 9.84 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 4.3-4 |
| ||
| daraśana | seeing of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.64 |
| ||
| īśvara daraśana | visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.247 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.346 |
| ||
| īśvara daraśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.186 |
| ||
| kara daraśana | see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.39 |
| ||
| śrī-mukha daraśana | seeing the face of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.216 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | visit to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.241 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing the Deity of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.5 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.184-185 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.44 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | visiting the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 1.26 |
| ||
| ratha-yātrā daraśana | visiting the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.105 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.218 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.6 |
| ||
| īśvara daraśana | visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.12 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.22 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.26 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.31 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.54 |
| ||
| kaila jagannātha-daraśana | saw Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 19.102 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśane | by seeing Lord Jagannātha in the temple | CC Madhya 4.144 |
| ||
| daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.24 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Jagannātha in the temple | CC Madhya 6.216 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to see the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 9.345 |
| ||
| daraśane | to visit Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.14 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.38 |
| ||
| daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.40 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | for visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.206 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha, the Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 15.293 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.295 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see the Jagannātha Deity in the temple | CC Madhya 25.231 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 2.142 |
| ||
| yāi daraśane | I am going to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.122 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.93 |
| ||
| daraśane gelā | went to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.79 |
| ||
| daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.40 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to visit Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.42 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.80 |
| ||
| īśvara darśana | seeing of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.28 |
| ||
| darśana karite | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.33 |
| ||
| darśana kari' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.31 |
| ||
| jagannātha darśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.113 |
| ||
| snāna darśana kari' | finishing his bathing and seeing of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.295 |
| ||
| īśvara-darśane | by seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.26 |
| ||
| darśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.239 |
| ||
| jagannātha-dāsa | Jagannātha dāsa | CC Adi 10.112 |
| ||
| kāṣṭhakāṭā jagannātha-dāsa | Kāṣṭhakāṭā Jagannātha dāsa | CC Adi 12.84 |
| ||
| deva-dāsī | a female singer of the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 13.78 |
| ||
| deva-dāsīra | of the female singer in the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.136-137 |
| ||
| baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa | very strong dayitās, or carriers of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.8 |
| ||
| jagannāthe dekhe | sees Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.31 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 4.143 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing the Jagannātha Deity | CC Madhya 6.3 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.34 |
| ||
| puruṣottama dekhi' | after visiting Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.170 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | by seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.125 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.192 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 17.21 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.232 |
| ||
| dekhi' jagannātha | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.12 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.208 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.211 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.53 |
| ||
| īśvara dekhi' | after visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.45 |
| ||
| ratha-yātrā dekhibāre | to see the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 7.58 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhilena | saw Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.57 |
| ||
| īśvara dekhite | to see Jagannātha | CC Madhya 5.154 |
| ||
| dekhiyā | after seeing Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.98 |
| ||
| īśvara dekhiyā | after visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.43 |
| ||
| deula prasāda | remnants from the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 2.108 |
| ||
| deva-gandharva-kinnara | the demigods, the Gandharvas and the Kinnaras | CC Antya 9.8 |
| ||
| deva-dāsī | a female singer of the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 13.78 |
| ||
| deva-dāsīra | of the female singer in the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.136-137 |
| ||
| jagannāthe dila | offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.49 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda dilā | delivered all the prasādam of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 3.43 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā-dine | on the day of the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.61 |
| ||
| prasāda diyā | delivering the prasādam of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 19.16 |
| ||
| dońhāke | both of them (Nīlāmbara Cakravartī and Jagannātha Miśra) | CC Madhya 6.54 |
| ||
| dońhāra | of the parents, Śacīmātā and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.8 |
| ||
| prasāda-ḍora | the thread received from the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 10.171 |
| ||
| sva-dṛśoḥ | or of him who has innate knowledge | SB 11.28.10 |
| ||
| siṃha-dvāre | at the gate of the temple of Jagannātha, known as Siṃha-dvāra | CC Madhya 2.8 |
| ||
| siṃha-dvāre | at the entrance door of the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 6.14 |
| ||
| āila siṃha-dvāre | came to the gate of the Jagannātha temple known as Siṃha-dvāra | CC Antya 11.72 |
| ||
| siṃha-dvāre | at the Siṃha-dvāra gate of the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 20.129 |
| ||
| ei saba prasāda | all these remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.47 |
| ||
| jaja gaga jaja gaga | a sound indicating the name Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.104 |
| ||
| jaja gaga jaja gaga | a sound indicating the name Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.104 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.95 |
| ||
| gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.138 |
| ||
| gamana | going toward Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.215 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.217 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.3-4 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | departure for Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 19.10 |
| ||
| nīlādri gamana | coming back to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.238 |
| ||
| sevaka-gaṇa | the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.30 |
| ||
| baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa | very strong dayitās, or carriers of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.8 |
| ||
| bhaktera gaṇa | the hordes of devotees at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.225 |
| ||
| kinnara-gaṇāḥ | the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet | SB 7.8.55 |
| ||
| deva-gandharva-kinnara | the demigods, the Gandharvas and the Kinnaras | CC Antya 9.8 |
| ||
| kinnara-gandharvāḥ | the Kinnaras and Gandharvas, inhabitants of various planets in the heavenly planetary system | SB 10.3.6 |
| ||
| kinnara-gandharvaiḥ | by Kinnaras and Gandharvas | SB 4.6.9 |
| ||
| gaura-śyāme | Lord Jagannātha and Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Madhya 13.119 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannātha-gehe | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.1 |
| ||
| daraśane gelā | went to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.79 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra-ghare | in the house of Śrī Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 9.296 |
| ||
| govinda | Lord Jagannātha in His moving form as Govinda | CC Antya 10.52 |
| ||
| puruṣottama-grāma | the place known as Puruṣottama, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 14.232 |
| ||
| guṇḍicā-mandire | in the Guṇḍicā-mandira in Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 12.20 |
| ||
| jagannātha ha-ite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.162-163 |
| ||
| nīlācala haite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.107 |
| ||
| jagannātha haite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 17.106 |
| ||
| nīlācala haite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 19.30 |
| ||
| nīlācala haite | from Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 4.3 |
| ||
| hema-kumbhaiḥ | with gold pinnacles | SB 3.23.18 |
| ||
| iha | here in Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 5.112 |
| ||
| ihāń | here (to Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 4.137 |
| ||
| ihāń | here, at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 5.148 |
| ||
| īśvara dekhite | to see Jagannātha | CC Madhya 5.154 |
| ||
| īśvara-darśane | by seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.26 |
| ||
| īśvara darśana | seeing of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.28 |
| ||
| īśvara daraśana | visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.247 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to see the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 9.345 |
| ||
| īśvara daraśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.186 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha, the Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 15.293 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.295 |
| ||
| īśvara daraśana | visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.12 |
| ||
| īśvara dekhiyā | after visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.43 |
| ||
| īśvara dekhi' | after visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.45 |
| ||
| īśvara-daraśane | to visit Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.42 |
| ||
| īśvara-sevaka | the servants of Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.96 |
| ||
| īśvarera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 15.10 |
| ||
| jagannātha ha-ite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.162-163 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 3.95 |
| ||
| jagannātha ācārya | Jagannātha Ācārya | CC Adi 10.108 |
| ||
| jagannātha-dāsa | Jagannātha dāsa | CC Adi 10.112 |
| ||
| jagannātha tīrtha | Jagannātha Tīrtha | CC Adi 10.114 |
| ||
| jagannātha | the Jagannātha Deity | CC Adi 10.141 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Jagannātha | CC Adi 11.48 |
| ||
| jagannātha kara | Jagannātha Kara | CC Adi 12.60 |
| ||
| kāṣṭhakāṭā jagannātha-dāsa | Kāṣṭhakāṭā Jagannātha dāsa | CC Adi 12.84 |
| ||
| śrī-śacī-jagannātha | Śrīmatī Śacīdevī and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.54-55 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Jagannātha | CC Adi 13.57-58 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra-vara | Jagannātha Miśra, who was the chief among the seven | CC Adi 13.59 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.72 |
| ||
| jagannātha | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.80 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 13.84 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra pāśa | at the house of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.108 |
| ||
| śacī-jagannātha | mother Śacīdevī and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.119 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 17.294 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.53 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.63 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.77 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.98 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.247 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 2.53 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 4.3-4 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 4.143 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśane | by seeing Lord Jagannātha in the temple | CC Madhya 4.144 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | to the temple of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.3 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing the Jagannātha Deity | CC Madhya 6.3 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.4 |
| ||
| jagannātha | the Deity of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.15 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.34 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.45 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.51 |
| ||
| jagannātha | to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.118 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.211 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Jagannātha in the temple | CC Madhya 6.216 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.239 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.248 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 7.9 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | to the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 7.55 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 7.58 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra-ghare | in the house of Śrī Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 9.296 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 9.301 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.346 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.351 |
| ||
| jagannātha chāḍi' | leaving the place of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.10 |
| ||
| jagannātha | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.29 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | servitor of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.41 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.163 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.166 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannātha-gehe | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.1 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | servant of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.9 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.38 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.105 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.107 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevakera | of the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.167 |
| ||
| jagannātha-ālaya | to the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.213 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.174 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | for visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.206 |
| ||
| jagannātha-bhavana | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.209 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.5 |
| ||
| jagannātha | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.8 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.26 |
| ||
| jaya jagannātha | all glories to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.51 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.55 |
| ||
| jagannātha | the Deity of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.76 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.115 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | by seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.125 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mukha | the face of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.162 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.175 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.178 |
| ||
| jagannātha | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.192 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.192 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.193 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.195 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.196 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.36 |
| ||
| jaya jagannātha | all glories to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.57 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.61 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.70 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.104 |
| ||
| jagannātha-vallabha | Jagannātha-vallabha | CC Madhya 14.105 |
| ||
| jagannātha darśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.113 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.118 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.205 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.212 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | visit to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.241 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.242 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.244 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.254 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing the Deity of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.5 |
| ||
| jagannātha-māhāti | Jagannātha Māhāti | CC Madhya 15.19 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Jagannātha Māhāti | CC Madhya 15.29 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.184-185 |
| ||
| jagannātha-prasāda | remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.221 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mukha | Lord Jagannātha's face | CC Madhya 15.288 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.44 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.79 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.80 |
| ||
| jagannātha ha-ite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.162-163 |
| ||
| jagannātha | to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.252 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 17.21 |
| ||
| jagannātha haite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 17.106 |
| ||
| jagannātha nāma | also known as Jagannātha | CC Madhya 20.215 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see the Jagannātha Deity in the temple | CC Madhya 25.231 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.232 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | the priests who were servitors of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.233 |
| ||
| jagannātha-prasāda ānila | brought the mahā-prasādam of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.237 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | visiting the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 1.26 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 1.72 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha in the temple | CC Antya 1.103-104 |
| ||
| jagannātha | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 2.9 |
| ||
| jagannātha-nṛsiṃha-saha | with Lord Jagannātha and Nṛsiṃhadeva | CC Antya 2.67 |
| ||
| jagannātha-nṛsiṃha | Lord Jagannātha and Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva | CC Antya 2.71 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 2.142 |
| ||
| jagannātha ratha-yātrāya | on the occasion of the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.11 |
| ||
| dekhi' jagannātha | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.12 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | at the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.53 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.143 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannātha-saṃjñe | named Śrī Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.112 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.114 |
| ||
| jagannātha-rāya | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.118 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.148 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.208 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.211 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.218 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 7.7 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.6 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.44 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.65 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevāra | for the service of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.82 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhi' | after seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.53 |
| ||
| jagannātha dekhilena | saw Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.57 |
| ||
| jagannātha-vāsī | the inhabitants of Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 10.62 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.86 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.93 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.22 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.26 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.28 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.31 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.33 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 15.7 |
| ||
| jagannātha daraśana | visiting Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.54 |
| ||
| jagannātha-daraśane | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.80 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.85 |
| ||
| jagannātha | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 18.35 |
| ||
| jagannātha-vallabha | Jagannātha-vallabha | CC Antya 19.79 |
| ||
| kaila jagannātha-daraśana | saw Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 19.102 |
| ||
| jagannāthaḥ | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.1 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.71 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.85 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | unto Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 3.197 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | unto Jagannātha | CC Madhya 5.124 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.13 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | on Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.116 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | in Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.117 |
| ||
| jagannāthe dila | offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.49 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | from Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.96 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | with Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 2.64 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 4.7 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | unto Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.109 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | unto Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.117 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | in Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.29 |
| ||
| jagannāthe dekhe | sees Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.31 |
| ||
| jagannāthe | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 15.7 |
| ||
| jagannātheha | also Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.139 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.64 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.122 |
| ||
| jagannāthera sevaka | the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 4.149 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 5.144 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 9.297 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.348 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.43 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.198 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.220 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Śrī Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.71 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.204 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.17 |
| ||
| jagannāthera āge | in front of the Deity of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.47 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.70 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.98 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.168 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.197 |
| ||
| jagannāthera āge | in front of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.205 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.47 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.62 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.132 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.211 |
| ||
| jagannāthera prasāda | the prasādam offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.240 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.244 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.246 |
| ||
| jagannāthera bhare | by the weight of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.247 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.16 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.27 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.244 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.95 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.123 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 2.60 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Jagannātha | CC Antya 3.41 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.9 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.51 |
| ||
| jagannāthera āge | in front of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.24 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.152 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.215 |
| ||
| jagannāthera prasāda | remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 8.11 |
| ||
| jagannāthera caraṇe | at the lotus feet of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.43 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.41 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.138 |
| ||
| jagannāthera prasāda | remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.140-141 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.146 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.87 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.126 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.123 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.79 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.89 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.95 |
| ||
| jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 19.13 |
| ||
| jagat-patim | the Lord of the universe, Jagannātha | SB 8.16.22 |
| ||
| jaja gaga jaja gaga | a sound indicating the name Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.104 |
| ||
| jaja gaga jaja gaga | a sound indicating the name Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.104 |
| ||
| nīlācala-jana | all the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.235 |
| ||
| nīlācalera jana | people in Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 7.91 |
| ||
| jaya jagannātha | all glories to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.51 |
| ||
| jaya jagannātha | all glories to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.57 |
| ||
| kaḍāra | remnants of Lord Jagannātha's sandalwood pulp | CC Antya 11.66 |
| ||
| prasāda-kaḍāra | the remnants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.134 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra began to speak | CC Adi 13.81 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 13.84 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra said | CC Adi 14.9 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra said | CC Adi 14.79 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 14.86 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 14.89 |
| ||
| kaila jagannātha-daraśana | saw Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 19.102 |
| ||
| kamala-nayana | the lotus-eyed Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.35 |
| ||
| kamala-locana | the lotus-eyed Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.103 |
| ||
| jagannātha kara | Jagannātha Kara | CC Adi 12.60 |
| ||
| kara daraśana | see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.39 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa kare | perform the Annakūṭa ceremony | CC Madhya 4.90 |
| ||
| darśana kari' | seeing Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.31 |
| ||
| snāna darśana kari' | finishing his bathing and seeing of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.295 |
| ||
| darśana karite | to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.33 |
| ||
| kāṣṭhakāṭā jagannātha-dāsa | Kāṣṭhakāṭā Jagannātha dāsa | CC Adi 12.84 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya-kathana | the description of dancing in the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.159 |
| ||
| khaga-kinnara-cāraṇāḥ | the celestial birds, the Kinnaras and the Cāraṇas | SB 10.74.13-15 |
| ||
| kinnara | the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet | SB 2.10.37-40 |
| ||
| kinnara-gandharvaiḥ | by Kinnaras and Gandharvas | SB 4.6.9 |
| ||
| kinnara | inhabitants of the Kinnara planets | SB 4.20.35-36 |
| ||
| kinnara | inhabitant of the Kinnara planet | SB 4.30.6 |
| ||
| kinnara-gaṇāḥ | the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet | SB 7.8.55 |
| ||
| kinnara-gandharvāḥ | the Kinnaras and Gandharvas, inhabitants of various planets in the heavenly planetary system | SB 10.3.6 |
| ||
| apsaraḥ-kinnara-uragaiḥ | and by the Apsarās, Kinnaras and Uragas | SB 10.4.9 |
| ||
| khaga-kinnara-cāraṇāḥ | the celestial birds, the Kinnaras and the Cāraṇas | SB 10.74.13-15 |
| ||
| kinnara-cāraṇaiḥ | and by Kinnaras and Cāraṇas | SB 10.78.13-15 |
| ||
| kinnara-apsarasaḥ | the Kinnaras and Apsarās | SB 11.31.2-3 |
| ||
| kinnara | the inhabitants of Kinnaraloka | CC Antya 2.10 |
| ||
| deva-gandharva-kinnara | the demigods, the Gandharvas and the Kinnaras | CC Antya 9.8 |
| ||
| kinnarāḥ | the Kinnaras | SB 4.1.54-55 |
| ||
| saha-kinnarāḥ | along with the Kinnaras | SB 7.8.37-39 |
| ||
| śrī-kinnarāḥ ūcuḥ | the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet said | SB 7.8.55 |
| ||
| kinnarāḥ | the inhabitants of Kinnaraloka | SB 8.18.9-10 |
| ||
| kinnarāḥ | and the residents of Kinnaraloka | SB 8.20.20 |
| ||
| vidyādhara-kinnarāḥ | the Vidyādharas and Kinnaras | SB 11.6.2-4 |
| ||
| kinnaraiḥ | and by the Kinnaras | SB 4.12.1 |
| ||
| kinnaraiḥ | by the Kinnaras | SB 6.7.2-8 |
| ||
| kinnaraiḥ | the Kinnaras | SB 8.2.5 |
| ||
| kinnarān | the Kinnaras | SB 3.20.45 |
| ||
| kṣetra-vāsa | residing at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.246 |
| ||
| kṣetra-vāsī | residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.254 |
| ||
| kṣetra chāḍi' | leaving Jagannātha-kṣetra | CC Madhya 11.43 |
| ||
| kṣetra chāḍi' | leaving Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 9.84 |
| ||
| kṣetrāṇi | sacred places (like Kurukṣetra, Gayākṣetra and Jagannātha Purī) | SB 7.14.30-33 |
| ||
| kṣetre | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.41 |
| ||
| kṣetre | at Jagannātha-kṣetra (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 12.42 |
| ||
| hema-kumbhaiḥ | with gold pinnacles | SB 3.23.18 |
| ||
| kurabaka-aśoka-nāga-punnāga-campakāḥ | O kurabaka (red amaranth), aśoka, nāga, punnāga and campaka trees | SB 10.30.6 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa | of the Annakūṭa ceremony | CC Madhya 4.75 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa | the Annakūṭa ceremony during the time of Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 4.86 |
| ||
| anna-kūṭa kare | perform the Annakūṭa ceremony | CC Madhya 4.90 |
| ||
| prasāda lañā | taking all kinds of remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 14.23 |
| ||
| kamala-locana | the lotus-eyed Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.103 |
| ||
| madhu-udyāne | in the garden known as Jagannātha-vallabha | CC Antya 19.1 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda-anna | remnants of food offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.39 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of food from Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.351 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.30 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | the remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 10.74 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.172 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.197 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda dilā | delivered all the prasādam of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 3.43 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | Lord Jagannātha's remnants | CC Antya 7.63 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | food offered to Śrī Jagannātha | CC Antya 7.69 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | the remnants of food from Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.43 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of food from Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.117 |
| ||
| jagannātha-māhāti | Jagannātha Māhāti | CC Madhya 15.19 |
| ||
| mālā-prasāda | a garland and remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.347 |
| ||
| mālā-prasāda | flower garlands and remnants of Lord Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 11.74 |
| ||
| guṇḍicā-mandire | in the Guṇḍicā-mandira in Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 12.20 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.63 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | to the temple of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.3 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | to the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 7.55 |
| ||
| śrī-mandire | in the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 25.251 |
| ||
| mandire | at the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 1.59 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mandire | at the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.53 |
| ||
| mandirera | of the temple of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.195 |
| ||
| anna-maya-ādiṣu | among the manifestations known as anna-maya and so on | SB 10.87.17 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra-vara | Jagannātha Miśra, who was the chief among the seven | CC Adi 13.59 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.72 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra began to speak | CC Adi 13.81 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 13.84 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.107 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra pāśa | at the house of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.108 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.108 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.120 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra said | CC Adi 14.9 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra said | CC Adi 14.79 |
| ||
| miśra bale | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 14.82 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.83 |
| ||
| miśra | my dear Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.85 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 14.86 |
| ||
| miśra kahe | Jagannātha Miśra replied | CC Adi 14.89 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.91 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.94 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 15.11 |
| ||
| miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 15.23 |
| ||
| miśra purandara | Jagannātha Miśra Purandara | CC Madhya 6.54 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra-ghare | in the house of Śrī Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 9.296 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 9.301 |
| ||
| miśre | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.11 |
| ||
| miśrera | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.73 |
| ||
| miśrera | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.87 |
| ||
| miśrera | Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.118 |
| ||
| miśrera | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.12 |
| ||
| miśrera | and of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.20 |
| ||
| miśrera | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.90 |
| ||
| miśrera | and of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 15.13 |
| ||
| miśrere | unto Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.118 |
| ||
| miśrere | unto Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.121 |
| ||
| miśrere | unto Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 14.84 |
| ||
| śrī-mukha daraśana | seeing the face of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.216 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mukha | the face of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.162 |
| ||
| jagannātha-mukha | Lord Jagannātha's face | CC Madhya 15.288 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya | dancing in the dancing hall of Jagannātha's temple | CC Antya 10.102 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya-kathana | the description of dancing in the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.159 |
| ||
| nāga-punnāga-campakaiḥ | with nāgas, punnāgas and campakas | SB 4.6.14-15 |
| ||
| kurabaka-aśoka-nāga-punnāga-campakāḥ | O kurabaka (red amaranth), aśoka, nāga, punnāga and campaka trees | SB 10.30.6 |
| ||
| jagannātha nāma | also known as Jagannātha | CC Madhya 20.215 |
| ||
| annakūṭa-nāme | by the name Annakūṭa | CC Madhya 18.26 |
| ||
| nāṭaka | the Jagannātha-vallabha-nāṭaka | CC Madhya 2.77 |
| ||
| kamala-nayana | the lotus-eyed Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.35 |
| ||
| ṭhākurera nikaṭa | near the place of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.20 |
| ||
| ṭhākurera nikaṭa | near Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.21 |
| ||
| nīlācala | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.19 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.236 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.245 |
| ||
| nīlācala haite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.107 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 6.281 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.20 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.87 |
| ||
| nīlācala yāite | to go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 10.90 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.93 |
| ||
| nīlācala-purī | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.98 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | all the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.218 |
| ||
| nīlācala-jana | all the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.235 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 13.175 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | all the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 13.198 |
| ||
| nīlācala-pateḥ | of Lord Jagannātha, the Lord of Nīlācala | CC Madhya 13.207 |
| ||
| nīlācala | Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 14.120 |
| ||
| nīlācala | Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.131 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.227 |
| ||
| nīlācala | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.251 |
| ||
| nīlācala haite | from Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 19.30 |
| ||
| nīlācala yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.180 |
| ||
| nīlācala haite | from Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 4.3 |
| ||
| nīlācala āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 4.3 |
| ||
| nīlācala yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 10.3 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.55 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.122 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.123 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.124-126 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.127 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.128 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.129 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.139 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.150 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.151 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 10.156 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 12.29 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 13.11 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 13.13 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 13.34 |
| ||
| nīlācale | while He was staying at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 13.35 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 13.39 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Adi 17.56 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.22 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.121 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.124 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.127 |
| ||
| nīlācale yāba | I shall go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 1.231 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.235 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.249 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.252 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.268 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.75 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.182 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.183 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.191 |
| ||
| nīlācale yābe tumi | You will go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.194 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.194 |
| ||
| nīlācale | toward Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.10 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.169 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.169 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 5.153 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 6.23 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.4 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.12 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.28 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.69 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.94 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 7.131-132 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 8.241 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 8.297 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 8.298 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.171 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.172 |
| ||
| calilā nīlācale | departed for Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.174 |
| ||
| nīlācale yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.331 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.332 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.333 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.335 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.39 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.94 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.109 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.65 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 14.114 |
| ||
| nīlācale rahi' | staying at Nīlācala, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 15.4 |
| ||
| nīlācale āchoń | stay at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Madhya 15.52 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 15.184-185 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 15.239 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.12 |
| ||
| śrī-nīlācale | Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.37 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.64 |
| ||
| nīlācale cala | go back to Jagannātha Purī (Nīlācala) | CC Madhya 16.141 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.147 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.230 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.235 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.240 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Nīlācala, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.245-246 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.282 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 17.226 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 19.11 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 20.215 |
| ||
| nīlācale vāsa | residence at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.241 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | came back to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.255 |
| ||
| nīlācale āgamana | coming back to Jagannātha Purī (Nīlācala) | CC Madhya 25.261 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | returned to Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 1.13 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 1.14 |
| ||
| āilā nīlācale | reached Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 1.45 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 1.215 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 2.75 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 3.39 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 4.13 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 4.82 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 5.90 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 5.115 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 5.158 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 6.3 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 6.157 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 6.178 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 6.263 |
| ||
| cale nīlācale | was going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 6.266 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 6.267 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 8.6 |
| ||
| rahilā nīlācale | remained at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 8.38 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 8.96 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 9.4 |
| ||
| nīlācale vāsa | residence at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 11.11 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 12.72 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 12.103 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.71 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.77 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.100 |
| ||
| nīlācale vāsa | residence at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.111 |
| ||
| āsiha nīlācale | come to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.114 |
| ||
| nīlācale | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 16.3 |
| ||
| nīlācale āilā | came to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 16.39 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 16.64 |
| ||
| nīlācale | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 18.3 |
| ||
| nīlācale | Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 19.11 |
| ||
| nīlācale | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 19.22 |
| ||
| nīlācalera jana | people in Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 7.91 |
| ||
| nīlācalera sańgī | associates at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 10.157 |
| ||
| nīlācalete | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 19.241 |
| ||
| nīlādreḥ | Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 14.120 |
| ||
| nīlādri | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.46 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.95 |
| ||
| nīlādri | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.208 |
| ||
| nīlādri | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.216 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.217 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | going to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.3-4 |
| ||
| nīlādri | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.88 |
| ||
| nīlādri | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.97 |
| ||
| nīlādri | Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.5 |
| ||
| nīlādri rahilā | remained at Nīlādri, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.76 |
| ||
| nīlādri yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.228 |
| ||
| nīlādri | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.247 |
| ||
| nīlādri | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.250 |
| ||
| nīlādri-gamana | departure for Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 19.10 |
| ||
| nīlādri calilā | went back to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.222 |
| ||
| nīlādri gamana | coming back to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.238 |
| ||
| nīlādrim | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.1 |
| ||
| jagannātha-nṛsiṃha-saha | with Lord Jagannātha and Nṛsiṃhadeva | CC Antya 2.67 |
| ||
| jagannātha-nṛsiṃha | Lord Jagannātha and Lord Nṛsiṃhadeva | CC Antya 2.71 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya | dancing in the dancing hall of Jagannātha's temple | CC Antya 10.102 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya-kathana | the description of dancing in the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.159 |
| ||
| prabhu-pada-āghāte | by the kicking of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.12 |
| ||
| siddha-cāraṇa-pannagān | Siddhas, Cāraṇas and Pannagas | SB 10.62.17 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya | dancing in the dancing hall of Jagannātha's temple | CC Antya 10.102 |
| ||
| pari-muṇḍā-nṛtya-kathana | the description of dancing in the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.159 |
| ||
| jagannātha-miśra pāśa | at the house of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.108 |
| ||
| nīlācala-pateḥ | of Lord Jagannātha, the Lord of Nīlācala | CC Madhya 13.207 |
| ||
| jagat-patim | the Lord of the universe, Jagannātha | SB 8.16.22 |
| ||
| piṇḍā-bhogera | of Lord Jagannātha's prasādam | CC Antya 8.53 |
| ||
| prabhu-sthāne | in Jagannātha Purī, where the Lord was staying | CC Adi 10.54 |
| ||
| prabhu-pada-āghāte | by the kicking of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.12 |
| ||
| prabhu | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.120 |
| ||
| prabhura | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.205 |
| ||
| prabhura | of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.209 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda-anna | remnants of food offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.39 |
| ||
| bahuta prasāda | varieties of food offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.41 |
| ||
| prasāda āni' | bringing jagannātha-prasādam | CC Madhya 6.111 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.249 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | remnants of food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 7.60 |
| ||
| prasāda | and Lord Jagannātha's prasādam | CC Madhya 7.75 |
| ||
| mālā-prasāda | a garland and remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.347 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of food from Jagannātha | CC Madhya 9.351 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.30 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | the remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 10.74 |
| ||
| prasāda | the remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 10.79 |
| ||
| prasāda-ḍora | the thread received from the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 10.171 |
| ||
| mālā-prasāda | flower garlands and remnants of Lord Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 11.74 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of the food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.110 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of the food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.120-121 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.172 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | remnants of food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.195 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 11.206 |
| ||
| prasāda | of remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 11.239 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.197 |
| ||
| prasāda lañā | taking all kinds of remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Madhya 14.23 |
| ||
| prasāda | food offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.34 |
| ||
| jagannāthera prasāda | the prasādam offered to Jagannātha | CC Madhya 14.240 |
| ||
| ei saba prasāda | all these remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.47 |
| ||
| jagannātha-prasāda | remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.221 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.289 |
| ||
| prasāda | the remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.45 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.53 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 16.98 |
| ||
| jagannātha-prasāda ānila | brought the mahā-prasādam of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.237 |
| ||
| deula prasāda | remnants from the temple of Jagannātha | CC Antya 2.108 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda dilā | delivered all the prasādam of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 3.43 |
| ||
| prasāda-anna | food of Jagannātha | CC Antya 6.315 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | Lord Jagannātha's remnants | CC Antya 7.63 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | food offered to Śrī Jagannātha | CC Antya 7.69 |
| ||
| jagannāthera prasāda | remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 8.11 |
| ||
| jagannāthera prasāda | remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Antya 10.140-141 |
| ||
| prasāda-candana | remnants of sandalwood pulp offered to Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 11.65 |
| ||
| prasāda | remnants of Jagannātha's food | CC Antya 11.66 |
| ||
| prasāda | Jagannātha's prasādam | CC Antya 11.73 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | the remnants of food from Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.43 |
| ||
| prasāda-kaḍāra | the remnants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 13.134 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda | remnants of food from Jagannātha | CC Antya 14.117 |
| ||
| prasāda | the remnants of Lord Jagannātha's food | CC Antya 16.90 |
| ||
| prasāda ānilā | brought the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.105 |
| ||
| prasāda | the remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.106 |
| ||
| prasāda diyā | delivering the prasādam of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 19.16 |
| ||
| prasāde | in the remnants of Lord Jagannātha's food | CC Antya 6.324 |
| ||
| praskanna-ādyāḥ | sons headed by Praskanna | SB 9.20.7 |
| ||
| pratāparudra rāya | King Pratāparudra of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.5 |
| ||
| punnāga | punnāga | SB 3.15.19 |
| ||
| nāga-punnāga-campakaiḥ | with nāgas, punnāgas and campakas | SB 4.6.14-15 |
| ||
| punnāga | punnāgas | SB 8.2.14-19 |
| ||
| kurabaka-aśoka-nāga-punnāga-campakāḥ | O kurabaka (red amaranth), aśoka, nāga, punnāga and campaka trees | SB 10.30.6 |
| ||
| miśra purandara | Jagannātha Miśra Purandara | CC Madhya 6.54 |
| ||
| purī | Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 4.143 |
| ||
| nīlācala-purī | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.98 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottama | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.197 |
| ||
| puruṣottama dekhi' | after visiting Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.170 |
| ||
| puruṣottama-vāsī | the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.24 |
| ||
| puruṣottama-vāsī | residents of Puruṣottama (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 10.38 |
| ||
| puruṣottama-grāma | the place known as Puruṣottama, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 14.232 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottama | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.135 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottama | Jagannātha Purī, or Nīlācala, the place of Puruṣottama | CC Antya 6.188 |
| ||
| puruṣottame | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.170 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottame | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.165 |
| ||
| puruṣottame | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.14 |
| ||
| puruṣottame | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 2.84 |
| ||
| puruṣottame | in Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 3.3 |
| ||
| puruṣottame | in Puruṣottama (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Antya 3.12 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottame | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 9.81 |
| ||
| puṣpāñjali | offering flowers to the Lord Jagannātha Deity | CC Madhya 11.238 |
| ||
| nīlācale rahi' | staying at Nīlācala, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 15.4 |
| ||
| nīlādri rahilā | remained at Nīlādri, Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.76 |
| ||
| rahilā nīlācale | remained at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 8.38 |
| ||
| ratha-āge | in front of the Jagannātha ratha | CC Madhya 25.252 |
| ||
| jagannātha ratha-yātrāya | on the occasion of the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.11 |
| ||
| ratha-yātrā daraśana | visiting the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.105 |
| ||
| ratha-yātrā dekhibāre | to see the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 7.58 |
| ||
| pratāparudra rāya | King Pratāparudra of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.5 |
| ||
| jagannātha-rāya | Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.118 |
| ||
| ei saba prasāda | all these remnants of the food of Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.47 |
| ||
| śrī-śacī-jagannātha | Śrīmatī Śacīdevī and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.54-55 |
| ||
| śacī-jagannātha | mother Śacīdevī and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.119 |
| ||
| saha-kinnarāḥ | along with the Kinnaras | SB 7.8.37-39 |
| ||
| jagannātha-nṛsiṃha-saha | with Lord Jagannātha and Nṛsiṃhadeva | CC Antya 2.67 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannātha-saṃjñe | named Śrī Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.112 |
| ||
| nīlācalera sańgī | associates at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 10.157 |
| ||
| sannateyuḥ | Sannateyu | SB 9.20.3 |
| ||
| sannatimān | Sannatimān | SB 9.21.27 |
| ||
| śayyā-utthāna | the rising from bed of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.67 |
| ||
| jagannāthera sevaka | the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 4.149 |
| ||
| sevaka-gaṇa | the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.30 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | servitor of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.41 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | servant of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.9 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.175 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevaka | the priests who were servitors of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 25.233 |
| ||
| īśvara-sevaka | the servants of Jagannātha | CC Antya 16.96 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevakera | of the servants of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.167 |
| ||
| jagannātha-sevāra | for the service of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 9.82 |
| ||
| siddha-cāraṇa-pannagān | Siddhas, Cāraṇas and Pannagas | SB 10.62.17 |
| ||
| siṃha-dvāre | at the gate of the temple of Jagannātha, known as Siṃha-dvāra | CC Madhya 2.8 |
| ||
| siṃha-dvāre | at the entrance door of the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 6.14 |
| ||
| āila siṃha-dvāre | came to the gate of the Jagannātha temple known as Siṃha-dvāra | CC Antya 11.72 |
| ||
| siṃha-dvāre | at the Siṃha-dvāra gate of the Jagannātha temple | CC Antya 20.129 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā | the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.121 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā | the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.60 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā-dine | on the day of the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.61 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā | the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.62 |
| ||
| snāna darśana kari' | finishing his bathing and seeing of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.295 |
| ||
| śrī-kinnarāḥ ūcuḥ | the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet said | SB 7.8.55 |
| ||
| śrī-śacī-jagannātha | Śrīmatī Śacīdevī and Jagannātha Miśra | CC Adi 13.54-55 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottama | to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.197 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottame | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.165 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannātha-gehe | in the temple of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.1 |
| ||
| śrī-mukha daraśana | seeing the face of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 12.216 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannāthera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.168 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottama | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 15.135 |
| ||
| śrī-nīlācale | Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.37 |
| ||
| śrī-mandire | in the Jagannātha temple | CC Madhya 25.251 |
| ||
| śrī-jagannātha-saṃjñe | named Śrī Jagannātha | CC Antya 5.112 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottama | Jagannātha Purī, or Nīlācala, the place of Puruṣottama | CC Antya 6.188 |
| ||
| śrī-puruṣottame | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 9.81 |
| ||
| prabhu-sthāne | in Jagannātha Purī, where the Lord was staying | CC Adi 10.54 |
| ||
| subhadrā | the sister of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.22 |
| ||
| sva-dṛśoḥ | or of him who has innate knowledge | SB 11.28.10 |
| ||
| svabhāvaḥ | innate tendency, nature | SB 11.22.13 |
| ||
| śyāma | Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.118 |
| ||
| śyāma | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.118 |
| ||
| gaura-śyāme | Lord Jagannātha and Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Madhya 13.119 |
| ||
| śyāmere | Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 13.119 |
| ||
| tāhāń | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.237 |
| ||
| tāhāń | at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.249 |
| ||
| tāńra | of Jagannātha Miśra | CC Madhya 6.52 |
| ||
| tāńra | His (Lord Jagannātha's) | CC Madhya 6.119 |
| ||
| te | they (the Kinnaras and Kimpuruṣas) | SB 3.20.46 |
| ||
| ṭhākurera nikaṭa | near the place of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.20 |
| ||
| ṭhākurera nikaṭa | near Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 10.21 |
| ||
| ṭhākurera | of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.126 |
| ||
| jagannātha tīrtha | Jagannātha Tīrtha | CC Adi 10.114 |
| ||
| nīlācale yābe tumi | You will go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.194 |
| ||
| śrī-kinnarāḥ ūcuḥ | the inhabitants of the Kinnara planet said | SB 7.8.55 |
| ||
| madhu-udyāne | in the garden known as Jagannātha-vallabha | CC Antya 19.1 |
| ||
| vardhana-unnādaḥ | Vardhana and Unnāda | SB 10.61.16 |
| ||
| unnatiḥ | Unnati | SB 4.1.49-52 |
| ||
| upala-bhoga | the offering of food to Lord Jagannātha at noon | CC Antya 1.47 |
| ||
| upala-bhoga | the upala-bhoga offering to Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.16 |
| ||
| apsaraḥ-kinnara-uragaiḥ | and by the Apsarās, Kinnaras and Uragas | SB 10.4.9 |
| ||
| śayyā-utthāna | the rising from bed of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 6.67 |
| ||
| jagannātha-vallabha | Jagannātha-vallabha | CC Madhya 14.105 |
| ||
| jagannātha-vallabha | Jagannātha-vallabha | CC Antya 19.79 |
| ||
| jagannātha miśra-vara | Jagannātha Miśra, who was the chief among the seven | CC Adi 13.59 |
| ||
| vardhana-unnādaḥ | Vardhana and Unnāda | SB 10.61.16 |
| ||
| kṣetra-vāsa | residing at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.246 |
| ||
| nīlācale vāsa | residence at Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.241 |
| ||
| nīlācale vāsa | residence at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 11.11 |
| ||
| nīlācale vāsa | residence at Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 13.111 |
| ||
| kṣetra-vāsī | residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 1.254 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 6.281 |
| ||
| puruṣottama-vāsī | the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 10.24 |
| ||
| puruṣottama-vāsī | residents of Puruṣottama (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 10.38 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | all the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 11.218 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 13.175 |
| ||
| nīlācala-vāsī | all the residents of Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 13.198 |
| ||
| jagannātha-vāsī | the inhabitants of Jagannātha Purī | CC Antya 10.62 |
| ||
| vibudha-anugāḥ | the Kinnaras | SB 5.5.21-22 |
| ||
| vidyādhara-kinnarāḥ | the Vidyādharas and Kinnaras | SB 11.6.2-4 |
| ||
| nīlācale yāba | I shall go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 1.231 |
| ||
| nīlācale yābe tumi | You will go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 3.194 |
| ||
| yāi daraśane | I am going to see Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 12.122 |
| ||
| nīlācale yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 9.331 |
| ||
| nīlācala yāite | to go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī) | CC Madhya 10.90 |
| ||
| nīlādri yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 16.228 |
| ||
| nīlācala yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī | CC Madhya 25.180 |
| ||
| nīlācala yāite | to go to Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala | CC Antya 10.3 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā | the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 1.121 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā | the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.60 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā-dine | on the day of the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.61 |
| ||
| snāna-yātrā | the bathing ceremony of Lord Jagannātha | CC Madhya 11.62 |
| ||
| ratha-yātrā daraśana | visiting the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.105 |
| ||
| ratha-yātrā dekhibāre | to see the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 7.58 |
| ||
| jagannātha ratha-yātrāya | on the occasion of the car festival of Lord Jagannātha | CC Antya 4.11 |
"nna" has 225 results.
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter